ECE Handbook 2019 Scheme

School of Electronics & Communication
Engineering
Handbook
B. Tech in Electronics & Communication Engineering
First Year to Fourth Year
(First Semester to Eighth Semester)
2019-2023
Rukmini Knowledge Park,

Kattigenahalli, Yelahanka, Bangalore -
560 064
Phone No: +91-080-46966966
www.reva.edu.in
Ref: RU/BoS/ECE/CEC/Nov-2018/7 1
Chancellor’s Message
“Education is the most powerful weapon which you can use to change the world.”
- Nelson Mandela.
There was a time when survival depended on just the realization of physiological needs.
We are indeed privileged to exist in a time when ‘intellectual gratification’ has become
indispensable. Information is easily attainable for the soul that is curious enough to go
look for it. Technological boons enable information availability anywhere anytime. The
difference, however, lies between those who look for information and those who look
for knowledge.
It is deemed virtuous to serve seekers of knowledge and as educators it is in the ethos at REVA University to
empower every learner who chooses to enter our portals. Driven by our founding philosophy of ‘Knowledge
is power’, we believe in building a community of perpetual learners by enabling them to look beyond their
abilities and achieve what they assumed impossible.
India has always been beheld as a brewing pot of unbelievable talent, acute intellect and immense potential.
All it takes to turn those qualities into power is a spark of opportunity. Being at a University is an exciting
and rewarding experience with opportunities to nurture abilities, challenge cognizance and gain
competence.
For any University, the structure of excellence lies in the transitional abilities of its faculty and its facility. I’m
always in awe of the efforts that our academic board puts in to develop the team of subject matter experts
at REVA. My faculty colleagues understand our core vision of empowering our future generation to be
ethically, morally and intellectually elite. They practice the art of teaching with a student-centered and
transformational approach. The excellent infrastructure at the University, both educational and extra-
curricular, magnificently demonstrates the importance of ambience in facilitating focused learning for our
students.
A famous British politician and author from the 19th century - Benjamin Disraeli, once said ‘A University
should be a place of light, of liberty and of learning’. Centuries later this dictum still inspires me and I believe,
it takes team-work to build successful institutions. I welcome you to REVA University to join hands in laying
the foundation of your future with values, wisdom and knowledge.
Dr. P. Shyama Raju

The Founder and Hon'ble Chancellor, REVA University
Ref: RU/BoS/ECE/CEC/Nov-2018-7 3
Vice-Chancellor’s Message
The last two decades have seen a remarkable growth in higher education in India and across the
globe. The move towards inter-disciplinary studies and interactive learning have opened up several options
as well as created multiple challenges. India is at a juncture where a huge population of young crowd is opting
for higher education. With the tremendous growth of privatization of education in India, the major focus is
on creating a platform for quality in knowledge enhancement and bridging the gap between academia and
industry.
A strong believer and practitioner of the dictum “Knowledge is Power”, REVA University has been on
the path of delivering quality education by developing the young human resources on the foundation of
ethical and moral values, while boosting their leadership qualities, research culture and innovative skills. Built
on a sprawling 45 acres of green campus, this ‘temple of learning’ has excellent and state-of-the-art
infrastructure facilities conducive to higher teaching-learning environment and research. The main objective
of the University is to provide higher education of global standards and hence, all the programs are designed
to meet international standards. Highly experienced and qualified faculty members, continuously engaged
in the maintenance and enhancement of student-centric learning environment through innovative
pedagogy, form the backbone of the University.
All the programs offered by REVA University follow the Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) with
Outcome Based Approach. The flexibility in the curriculum has been designed with industry-specific goals in
mind and the educator enjoys complete freedom to appropriate the syllabus by incorporating the latest
knowledge and stimulating the creative minds of the students. Bench marked with the course of studies of
various institutions of repute, our curriculum is extremely contemporary and is a culmination of efforts of
great think-tanks - a large number of faculty members, experts from industries and research level
organizations. The evaluation mechanism employs continuous assessment with grade point averages. We
believe sincerely that it will meet the aspirations of all stakeholders – students, parents and the employers
of the graduates and postgraduates of Reva University.
At REVA University, research, consultancy and innovation are regarded as our pillars of success. Most
of the faculty members of the University are involved in research by attracting funded projects from various
research level organizations like DST, VGST, DBT, DRDO, AICTE and industries. The outcome of the research
is passed on to students through live projects from industries. The entrepreneurial zeal of the students is
encouraged and nurtured through EDPs and EACs.
REVA University has entered into collaboration with many prominent industries to bridge the gap
between industry and University. Regular visits to industries and mandatory internship with industries have
helped our students become skilled with relevant to industry requirements. Structured training programs on
soft-skills and preparatory training for competitive exams are offered here to make students more
employable. 100% placement of eligible students speaks the effectiveness of these programs. The
entrepreneurship development activities and establishment of “Technology Incubation Centers” in the
University extend full support to the budding entrepreneurs to nurture their ideas and establish an
enterprise.
With firm faith in the saying, “Intelligence plus character –that is the goal of education” (Martin
Luther King, Jr.), I strongly believe REVA University is marching ahead in the right direction, providing a
holistic education to the future generation and playing a positive role in nation building. We reiterate our
endeavor to provide premium quality education accessible to all and an environment for the growth of over-
all personality development leading to generating “GLOBAL PROFESSIONALS”.
Welcome to the portals of REVA University!
Director’s –Message
Since the inception of REVA University, School of Electronics and Communication Engineering is
involved in implementing following best practices in various dimensions such as academics,
research, outreach activities, student development programs, project based and research based
learning, student centric learning, student competitions, industry and in-house internships, abroad
internships, skill enhancement activities, motivation for competitive exams, mini projects, major
projects, industry mentored projects, multidisciplinary projects, industry visits, technical talks by
industry and academicians, certification programs, etc. Individual students are taken care by strong
mentoring system wherein faculty members are not only allotted as mentors to students, but also
they will act as local guardians and they will have constant follow up with mentees in regard to
academic and personal issues till students complete the degree.
The curriculum is carefully designed to meet the current industry trends and also to provide insight
into future technology developments that lead to inculcate lifelong learning abilities in students.
Board of Studies (BoS) comprises people from academics, industry, alumni and current students
which form the strong backbone for our programs wherein constant updates happen in
contents/subjects every semester based on current industry needs. Curriculum has good mix of
foundation courses, hardcore courses, softcore courses, practicals and projects along with open
electives, softskill and skill development courses.
Student’s welfare is given utmost priority at School of Electronics and Communication Engineering.
Advanced learning methods are adopted to make learning truly interactive. More focus is on
discussion and practical applications rather than rote learning. Notes/handouts/video
contents/quizzes are given and critical thinking questions are asked to test understanding.
Experienced, well qualified and friendly faculty members always strive hard to provide best of
education to students. The faculty members have number of publications in reputed national and
international journals/conferences. The school is also involved in funded research projects.
I am sure the students choosing B Tech and M. Tech programs in School of Electronics and Communication
Engineering in REVA University will enjoy the curriculum, teaching and learning environment, well equipped
laboratories, digital classrooms infrastructure and the experienced teachers involvement and guidance.
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Particulars Page No.
1 Message from the Hon’ble Chancellor
Message from the Vice- Chancellor

2
3 Message from Director
4 Rukmini Educational Charitable Trust

About REVA University
5
Vision, Mission, Objectives
About School of Electronics and Communication Engineering
- Vision
6 - Mission
- Advisory Board
- BoS
Programme Overview
Programme Educational Objectives
Programme Outcomes
7
Programme Specific Outomes
Mapping of Course Outcomes with programme Outcomes
Mapping programme outcomes with Programme Educational Objetives
9 Regulations Governing B.Tech. programmes
10 Curriculum- B. Tech (Electroics and Communication Engineering)
RUKMINI EDUCATIONAL CHARITABLE TRUST
It was the dream of late Smt. Rukmini Shyama Raju to impart education to millions of underprivileged children
as she knew the importance of education in the contemporary society. The dream of Smt. Rukmini Shyama
Raju came true with the establishment of Rukmini Educational Charitable Trust (RECT), in the year 2002.
Rukmini Educational Charitable Trust (RECT) is a Public Charitable Trust, set up in 2002 with the objective of
promoting, establishing and conducting academic activities in the fields of Arts, Architecture, Commerce,
Education, Engineering, Environmental Science, Legal Studies, Management and Science & Technology,
among others. In furtherance of these objectives, the Trust has set up the REVA Group of Educational
Institutions comprising of REVA Institute of Technology & Management (RITM), REVA Institute of Science and
Management (RISM), REVA Institute of Management Studies (RIMS), REVA Institute of Education (RIE), REVA
First Grade College (RFGC), REVA Independent PU College at Kattigenahalli, Ganganagar and Sanjaynagar and
now REVA University. Through these institutions, the Trust seeks to fulfill its vision of providing world class
education and create abundant opportunities for the youth of this nation to excel in the areas of Arts,
Architecture, Commerce, Education, Engineering, Environmental Science, Legal Studies, Management and
Science & Technology.
Every great human enterprise is powered by the vision of one or more extraordinary individuals and is
sustained by the people who derive their motivation from the founders. The Chairman of the Trust is Dr. P.
Shyama Raju, a developer and builder of repute, a captain of the industry in his own right and the Chairman
and Managing Director of the DivyaSree Group of companies. The idea of creating these top notched
educational institutions was born of the philanthropic instincts of Dr. P. Shyama Raju to do public good,
quite in keeping with his support to other socially relevant charities such as maintaining the Richmond road
park, building and donating a police station, gifting assets to organizations providing accident and trauma
care, to name a few.
The Rukmini Educational Charitable Trust drives with the main aim to help students who are in pursuit of
quality education for life. REVA is today a family of ten institutions providing education from PU to Post
Graduation and Research leading to PhD degrees. REVA has well qualified experienced teaching faculty of
whom majority are doctorates. The faculty is supported by committed administrative and technical staff.
Over 13,000 students study various courses across REVA’s three campuses equipped with exemplary state-
of-the-art infrastructure and conducive environment for the knowledge driven community.
ABOUT REVA UNIVERSITY
REVA University has been established under the REVA University Act, 2012 of Government of Karnataka and
notified in Karnataka State Gazette No. 80 dated 27thFebruary, 2013. The University is empowered by UGC
to award degrees any branch of knowledge under Sec.22 of the UGC Act. The University is a Member of
Association of Indian Universities, New Delhi. The main objective of the University is to prepare students
with knowledge, wisdom and patriotism to face the global challenges and become the top leaders of the
country and the globe in different fields.
REVA University located in between Kempegowda International Airport and Bangalore city, has a sprawling
green campus spread over 45 acres of land and equipped with state-of-the-art infrastructure that provide
conducive environment for higher learning and research. The REVA campus has well equipped laboratories,
custom-built teaching facilities, fully air-conditioned library and central computer centre, the well planned
sports facility with cricket ground, running track & variety of indoor and outdoor sports activities, facilities
for cultural programs. The unique feature of REVA campus is the largest residential facility for students,
faculty members and supportive staff.
REVA consistently ranked as one of the top universities in various categories because of the diverse
community of international students and its teaching excellence in both theoretical and technical education
in the fields of Engineering, Management, Law, Science, Commerce, Arts, Performing Arts, and Research
Studies. REVA offers 28 Undergraduate Programmes, 22 Full-time and 2 Part-time Postgraduate
Programmes, 18 Ph. D Programmes, and other Certificate/ Diploma/Postgraduate Diploma Programmes in
various disciplines.
The curriculum of each programme is designed with a keen eye for detail by giving emphasis on hands-on
training, industry relevance, social significance, and practical applications. The University offers world-class
facilities and education that meets global standards.
The programs being offered by the REVA University are well planned and designed after detailed study with
emphasis with knowledge assimilation, applications, global job market and their social relevance. Highly
qualified, experienced faculty and scholars from reputed universities / institutions, experts from industries
and business sectors have contributed in preparing the scheme of instruction and detailed curricula for this
program. Greater emphasis on practice in respective areas and skill development to suit to respective job
environment has been given while designing the curricula. The Choice Based Credit System and Continuous
Assessment Graded Pattern (CBCS – CAGP) of education has been introduced in all programs to facilitate
students to opt for subjects of their choice in addition to the core subjects of the study and prepare them
with needed skills. The system also allows students to move forward under the fast track for those who
have the capabilities to surpass others. These programs are taught by well experienced qualified faculty
supported by the experts from industries, business sectors and such other organizations. REVA University
has also initiated many supportive measures such as bridge courses, special coaching, remedial classes, etc.,
for slow learners so as to give them the needed input and build in them confidence and courage to move
forward and accomplish success in their career. The University has also entered into MOUs with many
industries, business firms and other institutions seeking their help in imparting quality education through
practice, internship and also assisting students’ placements.
REVA University recognizing the fact that research, development and innovation are the important functions
of any university has established an independent Research and Innovation division headed by a senior
professor as Dean of Research and Innovation. This division facilitates all faculty members and research
scholars to undertake innovative research projects in engineering, science & technology and other areas of
study. The interdisciplinary-multidisciplinary research is given the top most priority. The division
continuously liaisons between various funding agencies, R&D Institutions, Industries and faculty members
of REVA University to facilitate undertaking innovative projects. It encourages student research projects by
forming different research groups under the guidance of senior faculty members. Some of the core areas of
research wherein our young faculty members are working include Data Mining, Cloud Computing, Image
Processing, Network Security, VLSI and Embedded Systems, Wireless Censor Networks, Computer
Networks, IOT, MEMS, Nano- Electronics, Wireless Communications, Bio-fuels, Nano-technology for
coatings, Composites, Vibration Energies, Electric Vehicles, Multilevel Inverter Application, Battery
Management System, LED Lightings, Renewable Energy Sources and Active Filter, Innovative Concrete
Reinforcement, Electro Chemical Synthesis, Energy Conversion Devices, Nano-structural Materials, Photo-
electrochemical Hydrogen generation, Pesticide Residue Analysis, Nano materials, Photonics, Nana
Tribology, Fuel Mechanics, Operation Research, Graph theory, Strategic Leadership and Innovative
Entrepreneurship, Functional Development Management, Resource Management and Sustainable
Development, Cyber Security, General Studies, Feminism, Computer Assisted Language Teaching, Culture
Studies etc.
The REVA University has also given utmost importance to develop the much required skills through variety
of training programs, industrial practice, case studies and such other activities that induce the said skills
among all students. A full-fledged Career Development and Placement (CDC) department with world class
infrastructure, headed by a dynamic experienced Professor& Dean, and supported by well experienced
Trainers, Counselors and Placement Officers.
The University also has University-Industry Interaction and Skill Development Centre headed by a Senior
Professor & Director facilitating skill related training to REVA students and other unemployed students. The
University has been recognised as a Centre of Skill Development and Training by NSDC (National Skill
Development Corporation) under Pradhan Mantri Kaushal Vikas Yojana. The Centre conducts several add-
on courses in challenging areas of development. It is always active in facilitating student’s variety of Skill
Development Training programs.
The University has collaborations with Industries, universities abroad, research institutions, corporate
training organizations, and Government agencies such as Florida International University, Okalahoma State
University, Western Connecticut University, University of Alabama, Huntsville, Oracle India Ltd, Texas
Instruments, Nokia University Relations, EMC2, VMware, SAP, Apollo etc, to facilitate student exchange and
teacher–scholar exchange programs and conduct training programs. These collaborations with foreign
universities also facilitates students to study some of the programs partly in REVA University and partly in
foreign university, viz, M.S in Computer Science one year in REVA University and the next year in the
University of Alabama, Huntsville, USA.
The University has also given greater importance to quality in education, research, administration and all
activities of the university. Therefore, it has established an independent Internal Quality division headed by
a senior professor as Dean of Internal Quality. The division works on planning, designing and developing
different quality tools, implementing them and monitoring the implementation of these quality tools. It
concentrates on training entire faculty to adopt the new tools and implement their use. The division further
works on introducing various examination and administrative reforms.
To motivate the youth and transform them to become innovative entrepreneurs, successful leaders of
tomorrow and committed citizens of the country, REVA organizes interaction between students and
successful industrialists, entrepreneurs, scientists and such others from time to time. As a part of this
exercise great personalities such as Bharat Ratna Prof. C. N. R. Rao, a renowned Scientist, Dr. N R Narayana
Murthy, Founder and Chairman and Mentor of Infosys, Dr. K Kasturirangan, Former Chairman ISRO, Member
of Planning Commission, Government of India, Dr. Balaram, Former Director IISc., and noted Scientist, Dr. V
S Ramamurthy, Former Secretary, DST, Government of India, Dr. V K Aatre, noted Scientist and former head
of the DRDO and Scientific Advisor to the Ministry of Defence Dr. Sathish Reddy, Scientific Advisor, Ministry
of Defence, New Delhi and many others have accepted our invitation and blessed our students and faculty
members by their inspiring addresses and interaction.
REVA organises various cultural programs to promote culture, tradition, ethical and moral values to our
students. During such cultural events the students are given opportunities to unfold their hidden talents
and motivate them to contribute innovative ideas for the progress of the society. One of such cultural events
is REVAMP conducted every year. The event not only gives opportunities to students of REVA but also
students of other Universities and Colleges. During three days of this mega event students participate in
debates, Quizzes, Group discussion, Seminars, exhibitions and variety of cultural events. Another important
event is Shubha Vidaaya, - Graduation Day for the final year students of all the programs, wherein, the
outgoing students are felicitated and are addressed by eminent personalities to take their future career in
a right spirit, to be the good citizens and dedicate themselves to serve the society and make a mark in their
respective spheres of activities. During this occasion, the students who have achieved top ranks and won
medals and prizes in academic, cultural and sports activities are also recognised by distributing awards and
prizes. The founders have also instituted medals and prizes for sports achievers every year. The physical
education department conducts regular yoga class’s everyday to students, faculty members, administrative
staff and their family members and organizes yoga camps for villagers around.
Vision
REVA University aspires to become an innovative university by developing excellent human resources with
leadership qualities, ethical and moral values, research culture and innovative skills through higher education of
global standards
Misson
 To create excellent infrastructure facilities and state-of-the-art laboratories and incubation centers
 To provide student-centric learning environment through innovative pedagogy and education reforms
 To encourage research and entrepreneurship through collaborations and extension activities
 To promote industry-institute partnerships and share knowledge for innovation and development
 To organize society development programs for knowledge enhancement in thrust areas
 To enhance leadership qualities among the youth and enrich personality traits, promote patriotism and moral
values.
Objectives
 Creation, preservation and dissemination of knowledge and attainment of excellence in different disciplines
 Smooth transition from teacher - centric focus to learner - centric processes and activities
 Performing all the functions of interest to its major constituents like faculty, staff, students and the society to
reach leadership position
 Developing a sense of ethics in the University and Community, making it conscious of its obligations to the society
and the nation
 Accepting the challenges of globalization to offer high quality education and other services in a competitive
manner
ABOUT SCHOOL OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
The School of Electronics and Communication Engineering headed by a highly experienced Professor and is
supported by well qualified faculty members. The school has the state-of-art class rooms and well equipped
laboratories. It offers B.Tech and M.Tech and PhD programs in various specialized streams. The curriculum of both
the graduate and the post graduate degree programs have been designed to meet the current industry trends. B.
Tech program aims to prepare human resources to play a leading role in the continuing adventure of modern
automated systems and communications. The program offers numerous choices of study for the students based
on interest in the current state of art technology. Apart from fundamental courses in Electronics and
Communication Engineering, the school facilitates to study in four streams such as Circuits and Devices,
Communication Engineering, Signal Processing and Programming. Students are at liberty to choose from these
streams in higher semesters. This is reflected in various core subjects offered within the program.
The Master degree programs focus on research and design in the core and IT industries, building and marketing
the next generation of product development. These programs provide an opportunity to explore newer
dimensions in cutting edge tecghnologies like VLSI, Embedded Systems, Communication and Networking and
pursue research in interested domains for doctoral degree.
Vision
The School of Electronics and Communication Engineering is envisioned to be a leading centre of higher learning
with academic excellence in the field of electronics and communication engineering blended by research and
innovation in tune with changing technological and cultural challenges supported with leadership qualities, ethical
and moral values.
Mission
 Establish a unique learning environment to enable the students to face the challenges in the field of
Electronics and Communication Engineering and explore multidisciplinary which serve the socetial
requirements.
 Create state-of-the-art labrotaries, resources and exposure to the current industrial trends to enable students
to develop skills for solving complex technological problems of current times and also provide a framework
for promoting collaborative and multidisciplinary activities.
 Promote the establishment of Centers of Excellence in niche technology areas to nurture the spirit of
innovation and creativity among faculty and students.
 Offer ethical and moral value based education by promoting activities which inculcate the leadership qualities,
patriotism and set high benchmarks to serve the society.
BoS
Sl.
Name and Affiliation Status
No.
Dr. R C Biradar
1 Chair Person
Director, School of ECE, REVA University, Bangalore.
Dr. Rathna G. N.
2 Member
Principal Research Scientist, E&E Dept., IISc. Bangalore.
Dr. T. Srinivas
3 Associate Professor, Electrical Comn. Engineering IISc. Member
Bangalore
Mr. Vinod Chippalkatti Member
4
Vice President- SEBU Centum Electronics Ltd. Bangalore
5 Dr. G. T. Raju Member
Vice Principal, RNSIT, Bangalore
6 Mr. Rajakrishnamoorthy Member
Director, Cognizant, Bangalore.
7 Dr. Bharathi S. H. Member
Professor, School of ECE, REVA University, Bangalore.
8 Dr. Mrinal Sarvagya, Member
Dr. P. I. Basarkod
9 Member
Dr. Prashanth V. Joshi
10 Member
Assoc. Professor, School of ECE, REVA University, Bangalore.
Dr. Mohammed Riyaz Ahmed
11 Member
Assoc. Prof. School of ECE, REVA University. Bangalore.
Dr. Manjunath R. Kounte
12 Member
Assoc. Prof. School of ECE, REVA University, Bangalore.
Dr. S. Y. Kulkarni
13 Invited Member
Vice Chancelolor, REVA University, Bangalore.
Mr. Jwalanth Joshipura
14 Invited Member
Director, SoC Design, NXP Semiconductors India Pvt. Ltd.
Mr. Sumanth B Pathi
15 Member Alumni
Senior Lead Engineer, Qualcomm India Pvt. Ltd. Bangalore.
16 Ms. Yamini K. Member Alumni
Ms. Juveria
17 Current Student Member
(B. Tech.ECE) REVA University, Bangalore.
Programme Overview
The B. Tech in Electronics and Communication Engineering is designed keeping in view the current situation and
possible future developments, both at national and international levels. This course is designed to give greater
emphasis on core Electronics and Communication Engineering with a flexibility to explore any one of the four
areas like circuits and devices, signal processing, communication engineering and programming where in an ample
number of courses the included that provide knowledge in these specialized areas. This facilitates the students to
choose specialized areas of their interest. Adequate attention is given to provide students the basic concepts and
support to explore the areas of their interest.
In recent past, Electronics and Communication Engineering is emerged as bridging course that connects the
technologies from core Electrical Engineering and Semiconductor Physics to the modern technologies such as VLSI
Circuits, seamless high bandwidth communication, advanced signal processing, and finally, merging all the
hardware devices of these technologies with IT. The structure of the course has undergone a face-lift with the
introduction of subjects from computer science and engineering and thereby provides the flexibility for students
choose for IT sectors apart from core Electronics and Communication Engineering. Thus, students in Electronics
and Communication Engineering have the flexibility to broaden their horizons in software related industries. The
advantage for Electronics and Communication Engineering students is that they are required in both hardware
development sectors as well as software development sectors that broadens the area from core electrical
engineering to multidisciplinary areas such as robotics, mechatronics, aviation, medical electronics, space
exploration, etc.
The program is thus designed to expose students to various subjects having applications in VLSI design, smart
system design, wired and wireless communication technologies, information processing, security systems, control
engineering, power electronics, cloud based applications, information technology and electronics related
industries through outcome based teaching and learning process which emphasizes practical exposure rather than
memorization. A variety of activities such as mini projects, seminars, interaction with industries, cultural activities
and social activities are in place to shape the all-round development of students.Electronics and Communication
Engineering provides the students to choose their career in any one of the following areas.
1. Analog and Radio Frequency Electronic Circuits: Without these, there would be no cell phones, no Wifi, not
even television.
2. Communication and Signal/ Image Processing: It is concerned with the transmission, storage, and analysis
of information signals. While traditionally electronics engineers worked on communicating and analyzing
speech, audio, image, and video signals, nowadays they work on a much wider variety of problems, such
as recovering and analyzing physiological and genomic signals, ecological and environmental signals,
consumer preference data, financial time series, and many others. These technologies make it possible for
computers to analyze data from magneto-resonance imaging and other medical imaging devices to not
only display images but identify diseases. Computer vision experts teach computers how to recognize faces,
while image processing people can de-blur images, extract features, and even make art.
3. Computer and Digital Systems: Our society is advancing faster technologically than ever before with the
help of computers. These digital systems are everywhere, from your dishwasher and wristwatch to the
Mars rovers, and everything in between.
4. Networking: The Internet is having a profound impact on society, bringing people across the world together
to work collaboratively from different countries. It also spreads and promotes democracy.
5. Control Systems, Robotics, and Intelligent Transportation: Automation to reduce human toil in the
workplace; enhance safety in manufacturing systems, automobiles (via anti-skid braking systems or self-
driving vehicles), and aircraft (e.g., via auto-pilots); biomedical applications including automatic drug
delivery (e.g., insulin control for diabetics), controlled prostheses, and robotic surgery; pollution reduction
in automobiles and aircraft.
6. Electromagnetics and Microwaves: Communication via radiowaves is essential for mobile devices, radios,
and the internet. Radio- and microwaves can also be used for sensing, for example in air traffic control
radar. The ability of microwaves to see through clouds and rain also makes them very useful for measuring
Earth’s climate and the influence of global change.
7. Fibre Optics: Using light to solve engineering problems runs the gamut from fiber optics to lasers for eye
surgery. A thorough understanding of the interaction of light with matter even helps animators creativity.
Optics are widely applicable in many fields, including all types of engineering, as well as medicine,
architecture (lighting), entertainment, and many others.
The benefits of choosing Electronics and Communication Engineering are as follows.

 Ample opportunities exist in the field of embedded systems, signal processing, and communication
enginnering jobs including the IT sector. Flexibility to choose various fields upon graduation
 Great number of opportunities also exists in the field of defence to work in the areas of signal processing
and communication.
 Provides a platform to venture into a startup and establish as an entrepreneur.
 Provides a platform to focus on the research and innovation which leads to socio-economic reforms.
Program Educational Objectives (PEO’s)
The programme educational objectives of the Electronics and Communication Engineering of REVA University is to
prepare graduates
PEO-1 To have successful professional careers in industry, government, academia and military as innovative engineers.
PEO-2 To successfully solve engineering problems associated with the lifecycle of Electronics and Communication
Systems by communicating effectively either leading a team or as a team member
PEO-3 To continue to learn and advance their careers through activities such as participation in professional
organizations, attainment of professional certification for life long learning and seeking higher education.
PEO-4 To be active members ready to serve the society locally and internationally and will take up entrpreneurship for
the growth of economy and to generate employment.
Program Outcomes (POs)
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals for the
solution of complex problems in Electronics and communication Engineering.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze engineering problems to arrive at
substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components, processes to meet the specifications with consideration for the public health and safety, and the
cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge including design of

experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and
IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal, and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering
practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal
and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the
engineering practice
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in teams, and in
multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively with the engineering community and with society at large. Be
able to comprehend and write effective reports documentation. Make effective presentations, and give and
receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering and
management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team. Manage projects
in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent
and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
Programme Specific Outcomes (PSO)
After successful completion of the programme, the graduates shall be able to
1. Isolate and solve complex problems in the domains of Electronics and Communication Engineering using
latest hardware and software tools and technologies, along with analytical and managerial skills to arrive
at cost effective and optimum solutions either independently or as a team.
2. Implant the capacity to apply the concepts of electronics, communications, signal processing, VLSI,
embedded systems, etc in the design, development and implementation of application oriented
engineering systems.
3. Design, Model, Analyse and Build Electronics and Communication Systems to solve real life and industry
problems.
REVA University Regulations for Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Continuous
Assessment Grading Pattern (CAGP) for Engineering Graduate Degree Programs, 2020
(Framed as per the provisions under Section 35 (ii), Section 7 (x) and Section 8 (xvi) & (xxi) of the REVA
University Act, 2012)
1. Title and Commencement:
1.1. These Regulations shall be called the “REVA University Regulations for Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
and Continuous Assessment Grading Pattern (CAGP) for Engineering Graduate Degree Programs, 2020”.
1.2. These Regulations shall come into force from the date of assent of the Chancellor.
2. The Programs:
The following programs and all Engineering Graduate Degree programs to be instituted and introduced in REVA
University in coming years shall follow these regulations.
B Tech in:
Bioelectronics Engineering
Civil Engineering
Computer Science and Engineering
Computer Science and Information Technology
Computer Science and Systems Engineering
Computer Science and Engineering (AI and ML)
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Electrical and Computer Engineering
Electronics and Communication Engineering
Electronics and Computer Engineering
Information Science and Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Mechatronics Engineering
3. Definitions:
Course: Every course offered will have three components associated with the teaching-learning process of the
course, namely:
(i) L= Lecture (ii) T= Tutorial (iii) P=Practice; where:
L stands for Lecture session consisting of classroom instruction.

T stands for Tutorial session consisting participatory discussion / self study/ desk work/ brief seminar
presentations by students and such other novel methods that make a student to absorb and assimilate more
effectively the contents delivered in the Lecture classes.
P stands for Practice session and it consists of Hands on Experience / Laboratory Experiments / Field Studies /
Case Studies that equip students to acquire the much required skill component.
4. Courses of study and Credits

4.1. The study of various subjects in B Tech degree program are grouped under various courses. Each of these
course carries credits which are based on the number of hours of teaching and learning.
4.1.1. In terms of credits, every one hour session of L amounts to 1 credit per Semester.
In terms of credits, every one hour session of L amounts to 1 credit per Semester and a minimum of two hour
session of T or P amounts to 1 credit per Semester over a period of one Semester of 16 weeks for teaching-
learning process.
4.1.2. The total duration of a semester is 20 weeks inclusive of semester-end examination.
4.1.3. A course shall have either or all the four components. That means a course may have only lecture
component, or only practical component or combination of any two or all the three components.
4.1.4. The concerned BoS will assign Credit Pattern for every course based on the requirement. However,
generally, courses can be assigned with 1-4 Credits depending on the size of the course.
4.1.5. Different Courses of Study are labeled and defined as follows:
a. Core Course:
A course which should compulsorily be studied by a candidate as a core-requirement is termed as a Core course.
The CORE courses of Study are of THREE types, viz – (i) Foundation Course, (ii) Hard Core Course, and (iii) Soft Core
Course.
b. Foundation Course (FC):

The foundation Course is a core course which should be completed successfully as a part of graduate degree
program irrespective of the branch of study.
c. Hard Core Course (HC):

The Hard Core Course is a Core Course in the main branch of study and related branch(es) of study, if any that the
candidates have to complete compulsorily.
d. Soft Core Course (SC):
A Core course may be a Soft Core if there is a choice or an option for the candidate to choose a course
from a pool of courses from the main branch of study or from a sister/related branch of study which supports the
main branch of study.
e. Open Elective Course:

An elective course chosen generally from other discipline / subject, with an intention to seek exposure to the
basics of subjects other than the main discipline the student is studying is called an Open Elective Course.
f. Project Work / Dissertation:

Project work / Dissertation denoted as “D” is a special course involving application of knowledge in solving /
analyzing /exploring a real life situation / difficult problem. A Minor project normally will be assigned with 4-6
credits and a major project/dissertation will be assigned with 8-16 credits. A Minor Project work may be a hard
core or a Soft Core as decided by the BoS / concerned. But the Major Project shall be Hard Core.
5. Eligibility for Admission:
5.1. The eligibility criteria for admission to B Tech Program of 4 years (8 Semesters) is given
below:
Sl. Program Duration Eligibility

No.
1 Bachelor of 4 Years Passed 10+2 examination with Physics and
Technology (B Tech) Mathematics as compulsory subjects along with one
of the Chemistry Biotechnology / Biology / Technical
Vocational subject Obtained at least 45% marks (40%
in case of candidate belonging to SC/ST category) in
the above subjects taken together.
2 Bachelor of Lateral entry (A) Passed Diploma examination from an AICTE
Technology(B Tech) to second approved Institution with at least 45% marks (40% in
year case of candidates belonging to SC/ST category) in
appropriate branch of Engineering / Technology.
(B) Passed B. Sc Degree from a recognized University

as defined by UGC, with at least 45% marks (40% in
case of candidates belonging to SC/ST category) and
passed XII standard with mathematics as a subject.
(C) Provided that in case of students belonging to B.

Sc. Stream, shall clear the subjects of Engineering
Graphics / Engineering Drawing and Engineering
Mechanics of the first year Engineering program
along with the second year subjects.
(D) Provided further that, the students belonging to
B. Sc. Stream shall be considered only after filling the
seats in this category with students belonging to the
Diploma stream.
(E) Provided further that students, who have passed

Diploma in Engineering & Technology from an AICTE
approved Institution or B. Sc Degree from a
recognized University as defined by UGC, shall also
be eligible for admission to the first year Engineering
Degree courses subject to vacancies in the first year
class in case the vacancies at lateral entry are
exhausted. However the admissions shall be based
strictly on the eligibility criteria as mentioned in A, B,
D, and E above.
3 Bachelor of Lateral entry (F) Any candidate with genuine reason from any
to fourth University / Institution in the country upon credit
Technology (B Tech)
year transfer could be considered for lateral admission to
(final year) the respective semester in the concerned branch of
study, provided he/she fulfils the university
requirements.
4 B Sc (Honors) in 4 Years Pass in PUC /10+2 examination with Physics,
Computer (8Semesters) Mathematics as compulsory subject along with at
Science (with least one of the Chemistry,/ Bio-Technology / Biology
specialization in / Computer Science / Electronics / Technical
Cloud and Big Vocational subjects and obtained minimum 45%
Data) marks (40% in case of candidates belonging to SC /
ST category) in the above subjects taken together of
any board recognized by the respective State
Government / Central Government / Union
Territories or any other
qualification recognized as equivalent there to.
5.2 Provided further that the eligibility criteria are subject to revision by the Government
Statutory Bodies, such as AICTE, UGC from time to time.
6. Scheme, Duration and Medium of Instructions:
6.1. B Tech degree program is of 8 semesters - 4 years duration. A candidate can avail a maximum of 16 semesters
- 8 years as per double duration norm, in one stretch to complete B Tech degree, including blank semesters, if
any. Whenever a candidate opts for blank semester, he/she has to study the prevailing courses offered by the
School when he/she resumes his/her studies.
6.2. The medium of instruction shall be English.
7. Credits and Credit Distribution
7.1. A candidate has to earn 192 credits for successful completion of B Tech degree with the distribution of
credits for different courses as given in Table-1 below:
Credits
Course Type For B Tech Degree
(8 Semesters)
Foundation Core Course A minimum of 08
Hard Core Course A minimum of 136,
but not exceeding 156
Soft Core Course A minimum of 24 but not
exceeding 44
Open Elective A minimum of 04
Total 192
7.2. Every course including project work, practical work, field work, self study elective should be entitled as
Foundation Course (FC), Hard Core (HC) or Soft Core (SC) or Open Elective (OE) or Core Course (CC) by the BoS
concerned. However, following shall be the Foundation Courses with credits mentioned against them, common
to all branches of study.
Sl. Course Title Number of

No. Credits
1 English for Technical Communication 4
2 Environmental Studies 2
3 Indian Constitution and Professional Ethics 2
7.3. A candidate can enrol for a maximum of 32 credits and a minimum of 20 credits per Semester. However
he / she may not successfully earn a maximum of 32 credits per semester. This maximum of 32 credits does not
include the credits of courses carried forward by a candidate.
7.4. Only such full time candidates who register for a minimum prescribed number of credits in each semester
from I semester to VIII semester and complete successfully 192 credits in 8 successive semesters shall be
considered for declaration of Ranks, Medals, Prizes and are eligible to apply for Student Fellowship, Scholarship,
Free ships, and such other rewards / advantages which could be applicable for all full time students and for hostel
facilities.
8. Assessment
b) Each course is assessed for a total weight of 100%. Out of the total 100% weight; 50% weight is for
Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA or IA) and the remaining 50% for the Semester End Examination (SEE).
This applicable for theory, laboratory, workshop, studio and any such courses
c) Out of 50% weight earmarked for Internal Assessment (IA)- 10% is for Quizzes, 15% for test-1, 15% for test-2
and 10% for Assignments and this is applicable for theory based courses
d) The quizzes, tests and assignments are conducted as per the semester academic calendar provided by the
University
The details as given in the table
Component Description Conduction Weight Percentage
C1 Quizzess At the end of each class 10
C2 Test-1: IA1 6th week from the starting 15

date of semester
Test-2: IA2 12th week from the 15

starting date of semester
C3 1 Assignment 7th week 05
2 Assignment 13 th week 05
C4 SEE including practical between 17th Week-20th 50

Week
Results to be Announced By the end of 21st Week
Note: IA or CIA includes C1,C2, C3
Each test must be conducted for a duration of 60 minutes, setting the test question paper for a maximum of 30
marks. The final examination must be conducted for a duration of 3 hours and the question paper must be set
for a maximum of 100 marks.
e)Students are required to complete courses like communication skills, technical English, Professional ethics and
Indian Constitution, Environmental Sciences, technical skills, placement related courses, Open electives and
any such value addition or specialized courses through online platforms like SWAYAM/NPTEL/Any other
reputed online education aggregator. Students are required to choose the courses on the advice of their course
coordinator/Director and required to submit the course completion certificate along with percentage of
marks/grade scored in the assessment conducted by the online education aggregator. If the online education
aggregator has issued a certificate along with the grade or marks scored to students, such courses will be
considered for SGPA calculations, in case the aggregator has issued only a certificate and not marks scored,
then such courses will be graded through an examination by concerned School, in case, if grading is not
possible, students will be given a pass grade and award the credit and the credits will not be considered for
SGPA calculations. The Online/MOOCs courses will not have continuous internal assessment component
f) Such of those students who would like to discontinue with the open elective course that they have already
registered for earning required credits can do so, however, they need to complete the required credits by
choosing an alternative open elective course.
9. Setting question paper and evaluation of answer scripts.
i. For SEE, three sets of question papers shall be set for each theory course out of which two sets
will be by the internal examiners and one set will be by an external examiner. In subsequent years
by carrying forward the unused question papers, an overall three sets of question papers should
be managed and depending on the consumption of question ppaers either internal or external
examiner be called for setting the question paper to maintain an overall tally of 3 papers with the
conditioned mentioned earlier. The internal examiner who sets the question paper should have
been course tutor
ii. The Chairman of BoE shall get the question papers set by internal and external examiners.
iii. The Board of Examiners shall scrutinize and approve the question papers and scheme
of valuation. It is the responsibility of the BoE to see that all questions contained in
the question paper are within the prescribed syllabus of the concerned course.
iv. There shall be single valuation for all theory papers by internal examiners. However, there
shall be moderation by the external examiner who has the subject background. In case no
external examiner with subject background is available, a senior faculty member within the
discipline shall be appointed as moderator.
v. The SEE examination for Practical work / Field work / Project work/Internship will be
conducted jointly by internal and external examiners as detailed below: However, the BoE on
its discretion can also permit two internal examiners.
vi. If a course is fully of (L=0):T:(P=0) type or a course is partly P type i.e, (L=3): (T=0) (P=1), then
the examination for SEE component will be as decided by the BoS concerned.
[
10. Evaluation of Practical’s and Minor Project / Major Project / Dissertation
10.3.1. A practical examination shall be assessed on the basis of:
a) Knowledge of relevant processes;

b) Skills and operations involved;
c) Results / products including calculation and reporting.
10.3.2. In case a course is fully of P type (L=0:T=0:P=4), the performance of a candidate shall
be assessed for a maximum of 100 marks as explained below:
a) Continuous Internal assessment (CIA) = 50 marks

b) Semester end practical examination (SEE) = 50 marks
The 25 marks for continuous assessment shall further be allocated as under (IA or CIA):
i Conduction of regular practical throughout the semester 20 marks
ii Maintenance of lab records 10 marks
iii Laboratory test and viva 20 marks
Total 50 marks
The 50 marks meant for Semester End Examination, shall be allocated as under:
i Conduction of semester end practical examination 30 marks
ii Write up about the experiment / practical conducted 10 marks
iii Viva Voce 10 marks
Total 50 marks
10.3.3. The SEE for Practical work will be conducted jointly by internal and external examiners. However, if
external examiner does not turn up, then both the examiners will be internal examiners.
10.3.4. In case a course is partly P type i.e, (L=3): (T=0) (P=1), then the examination for SEE component will be
as decided by the BoS concerned.
10.3.5. The duration for semester-end practical examination shall be decided by the concerned School Board.
10.4. Evaluation of Minor Project / Major Project / Dissertation:
Right from the initial stage of defining the problem, the candidate has to submit the progress reports
periodically and also present his/her progress in the form of seminars in addition to the regular discussion with
the supervisor. At the end of the semester, the candidate has to submit final report of the project / dissertation,
as the case may be, for final evaluation. The components of evaluation are as follows:
1 First project presentation describing the Should be done a semester Weightage: 0%

problem definition before the project semester
2 Project Progress presentation-1 7th week from the start Weightage: 25%
date of project semester
3 Project progress presentation-2 14th Week from the start Weightage -25%
date of project semester
4 Final project Viva and Project Report 17th -20th Week of project Weightage: 30% for
Submission Semester Project Report
Weightage : 20% for
Final Viva Voce
11. Provision for Appeal
If a candidate is not satisfied with the evaluation of C1,C2 and C3 components, he/she can approach the grievance
cell with the written submission together with all facts, the assignments, test papers etc, which were evaluated.
He/she can do so before the commencement of semester-end examination. The grievance cell is empowered to
revise the marks if the case is genuine and is also empowered to levy penalty as prescribed by the university on
the candidate if his/her submission is found to be baseless and unduly motivated. This cell may recommend taking
disciplinary/corrective action on an evaluator if he/she is found guilty. The decision taken by the grievance cell is
final.
For every program there will be one grievance cell. The composition of the grievance cell is as follows:-
 The Registrar (Evaluation) - Ex-officio Chairman / Convener
 One Senior Faculty Member (other than those concerned with the evaluation of the course concerned)
drawn from the school / department/discipline and/or from the sister schools / departments/sister
disciplines – Member.
 One Senior Faculty Members / Subject Experts drawn from outside the University school / department –
Member.
12. Eligibility to Appear for Semester End Examination
12.1. Only those students who fulfil a minimum of 75% attendance in aggregate of all the courses including
practical courses / field visits etc, as part of the course(s), as provided in the succeeding sections, shall be eligible
to appear for SEE examination.
12.2. Requirements to Pass a Course
Students are required to score a total minimum of 40% (Continuous Internal assessment and SEE) in
each course offered by the University/ Department for a pass (other than online courses) with a
minimum of 13 (25% of 50) marks in final examination
12.3. Requirements to Pass the Semester
To pass the semester, a candidate has to secure minimum of 40% marks in each subject / course of the study
prescribed in that semester.
13. Provision to Carry Forward the Failed Subjects / Courses:
13.1. The student who has failed in a maximum of 4 courses in odd and even semesters together shall
move to next semester of immediate succeeding year of study. And he / she shall appear for C4 examination of
failed courses of previous semesters concurrently with odd semester end examinations (C4) and / or even
semester end examinations (C4) of current year of study. However, he / she shall have to clear all courses of both
odd and even semesters of preceding year to register for next succeeding semester.
Examples:-
b. Student “A” has failed in 1 Course in First Semester and 3 Courses in Second Semester. He / she
is eligible to seek admission for Third Semester and appear for C4 examination of 1 failed Course
of First Semester concurrently with Third Semester C4 examination. Likewise, he / she is eligible
to appear for C4 examination of 3 failed Courses of Second Semester concurrently with Fourth
Semester C4 examination. However, he / she has to clear all the failed Courses of First and Second
Semesters before seeking admission to Fifth Semester.
c. Student “B” has failed in 2 Courses in Third Semester and 2 Courses in Fourth Semester and has
passed in all Courses of First and Second Semesters. He / she is eligible to seek admission to Fifth
Semester and appear for C4 examination of 2 failed Courses of Third Semester concurrently with
Fifth Semester C4 examination. Likewise he / she is eligible to appear for C4 examination of 2
failed Courses of Fourth Semester concurrently with Sixth Semester C4 examination. However,
he / she is not eligible to seek admission to Seventh Semester unless he / she passes in all the
failed courses of Third and Fourth Semesters.
d. Student “C” has failed in 4 Courses in Fifth Semester but has cleared all the courses in Sixth
Semester. He / She has also passed all the courses of First to Fourth Semesters. Student “C” is
eligible to seek admission for Seventh Semester and appear for C4 examination of 4 failed Courses
of Fifth Semester concurrently with Seventh Semester C4 examination. However, he / she has to
pass all the failed courses of Fifth Semester along with Seventh and Eighth Semesters courses to
earn B Tech Degree.
e. Student “D” passed in 1to 4 semesters, but failed in 3 courses of 5 th Semester and in 1 course of
6th Semester. He / She has also passed all the courses of First to Fourth Semesters. Student “D”
is also eligible to seek admission for 7th Semester and appear for C4 examination of 3 failed
courses of 5th Semester concurrently with 7th Semester C4 examination and one failed course of
6th Semester concurrently with 8th Semester C4 examination. However, he / she has to pass all
the 3 failed courses of Fifth Semester and 1 course Sixth Semester along with Seventh and Eighth
Semester courses to earn B Tech Degree.
13.1. Re-Registration and Re-Admission:
a) In case a candidate’s class attendance in aggregate of all courses in a semester is less than 75% or as
stipulated by the University, such a candidate is considered as dropped the semester and is not allowed to appear
for end semester examination (C4) and he / she shall have to seek re-admission to that semester during
subsequent semester / year within a stipulated period.
b) In such case where in a candidate drops all the courses in a semester due to personal reasons, it is
considered that the candidate has dropped the semester and he / she shall seek re-admission to such dropped
semester.
14. Attendance Requirement:
14.1. All students must attend every lecture, tutorial and practical classes.
14.2. In case a student is on approved leave of absence (e g:- representing the university in sports, games or
athletics, placement activities, NCC, NSS activities and such others) and / or any other such
contingencies like medical emergencies, the attendance requirement shall be minimum of 75% of the
classes taught.
14.3. Any student with less than 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the courses including practical courses
/ field visits etc, during a semester shall not be permitted to appear to the end semester (C4)
examination and such student shall seek re-admission as provided in 7.8.4.
14.4. Teachers offering the courses will place the above details in the School Board meeting during the last
week of the semester, before the commencement of C4, and subsequently a notification pertaining to
the above will be brought out by the Director of the School before the commencement of C4
examination. A copy of this notification shall also be sent to the office of the Registrar & Registrar
(Evaluation).
15. Absence during Mid Semester Examination:
In case a student has been absent from a mid semester (C1,C2 and C3) examination due to the illness or other
contingencies he / she may give a request along with necessary supporting documents and certification from the
concerned class teacher / authorized personnel to the concerned Head of the School, for make-up examination.
The Head of the School may consider such request depending on the merit of the case and after consultation with
course instructor and class teacher, and arrange to conduct a special test for such candidate(s) well in advance
before the C4 examination of that respective semester. Under no circumstances C1,C2& C3 test shall be held after
C4 examination.
16. Grade Card and Grade Point
16.1. Provisional Grade Card: The tentative / provisional grade card will be issued by the Registrar (Evaluation)
at the end of every semester indicating the courses completed successfully. The provisional grade card
provides Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA).
16.2. Final Grade Card: Upon successful completion of B Tech Degree a Final Grade card consisting of grades of
all courses successfully completed by the candidate will be issued by the Registrar (Evaluation).
16.3. The Grade and the Grade Point: The Grade and the Grade Point earned by the candidate in the subject
will be as given below.
Marks Grade Grade Point Letter Grade

P G (GP=v x G)
91-100 10 v*10 O
81-90 9 v*9 A+
71- 80 8 v*8 A
61-70 7 v*7 B+
55-60 6 v*6 B
50- 54 5.5 v*5.5 C
40-49 5 v*5 P
0-39 0 v*0 F
ABSENT AB
O - Outstanding; A-Excellent; B-Very Good; C-Good; D-Fair; E-Satisfactory; F - Fail
Here, P is the percentage of marks (P=[C1+C2+C3+C4] secured by a candidate in a course which is rounded to
nearest integer. v is the credit value of course. G is the grade and GP is the grade point.
16.3.1. Computation of SGPA and CGPA
The Following procedure to compute the Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)
The SGPA is the ratio of sum of the product of the number of credits with the grade points scored by a
student in all the courses taken by a student and the sum of the number of credits of all the courses undergone
by a student in a given semester, i.e:
SGPA (Si) = ∑(Ci x Gi) / ∑Ci where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and Gi is the grade point scored by
the student in the ith course.
Illustration for Computation of SGPA and CGPA

Illustration No. 1
Credit Point (Credit
Course Credit Grade Letter Grade Point
x Grade)
Course 1 4 A+ 9 4X9=36
Course 2 4 A 8 4X8=32
Course 3 3 B+ 7 3X7=21
Course 4 3 O 10 3X10=30
Course 5 3 P 5 3X5=15
Course 6 3 B 6 3X6=18
Course 7 2 O 10 2X10=20
Course 8 2 A 8 2X8=16
24 188
Thus, SGPA = 188 ÷ 24 = 7.83

Illustration No. 2
Credit Point (Credit
Course Credit Grade letter Grade Point
x Grade point)
Course 1 4 A 8 4X8=32
Course 2 4 B+ 7 4X7=28
Course 3 3 A+ 9 3X9=27
Course 4 3 B+ 7 3X7=21
Course 5 3 B 6 3X6=18
Course 6 3 P 5 3X5=15
Course 7 2 B+ 7 2X7=21
Course 8 2 O 10 2X10=20
24 175
Thus, SGPA = 175 ÷ 24 = 7.29

Illustration No.3
Credit Point
Course Credit Grade Letter Grade Point (Credit x Grade
point)
Course 1 4 O 10 4 x 10 = 40
Course 2 4 A+ 9 4 x 9 = 36
Course 3 3 B+ 7 3 x 7 = 21
Course 4 3 B 6 3 x 6 = 18
Course 5 3 A+ 9 3 x 9 = 27
Course 6 3 B+ 7 3 x 7 = 21
Course 7 2 A+ 9 2 x 9 = 18
Course 8 2 A+ 9 2 x 9 = 18
24 199
Thus, SGPA = 199 ÷ 24 = 8.29
16.4. Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA):
16.4.1. Overall Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of a candidate after successful completion of the
required number of credits (192) for B. Tech degree in Engineering & Technology is calculated taking
into account all the courses undergone by a student over all the semesters of a program, i. e : CGPA
= ∑(Ci x Si) / ∑Ci
Where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and Ci is the total number of credits in that semester.
The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported in the transcripts.
Illustration:
CGPA after Final Semester
Semester No. of Credits SGPA Credits x SGPA

(ith) (Ci) (Si) (Ci X Si)
1 24 6.83 24 x 6.83 = 163.92
2 24 7.29 24 x 7.29 = 174.96
3 24 8.11 24 x 8.11 = 192.64
4 26 7.40 26 x 7.40 = 192.4
5 26 8.29 26 x 8.29 = 215.54
6 24 8.58 24 x 8.58 = 205.92
7 24 9.12 24 x 9.12 = 218.88
8 24 9.25 24 x 9.25 =222
Cumulative 196 1588.26
Thus, CGPA = 24x6.83+24x7.29+24x8.11+26x7.40+26x8.29+24x8.58+24x9.12+24x9.25 = 8.10

196
16.4.2. CONVERSION OF GRADES INTO PERCENTAGE:
Conversion formula for the conversion of CGPA into Percentage is:

Percentage of marks scored = CGPA Earned x 10
Illustration: CGPA Earned 8.10 x 10=81.0
16.5. Classification of Results

The final grade point (FGP) to be awarded to the student is based on CGPA secured by the candidate and is given
as follows.
Grade (Numerical Index) Letter FGP
CGPA Performance
G Grade Qualitative Index
9 >= CGPA 10 10 O Outstanding
Distinction
8 >= CGPA < 9 9 A+ Excellent
7 >= CGPA < 8 8 A Very Good
First Class
6 >= CGPA < 7 7 B+ Good
5.5> = CGPA < 6 6 B Above average
Second Class
5>= CGPA < 5.5 5.5 C Average
4>= CGPA <5 5 P Pass Satisfactory
Overall percentage=10*CGPA
17. Challenge Valuation:
a. A student who desires to apply for challenge valuation shall obtain a photo copy of the answer script by
paying the prescribed fee within 10 days after the announcement of the
results. He / She can challenge the grade awarded to him/her by surrendering the grade card and by submitting
an application along with the prescribed fee to the Registrar (Evaluation) within 10 days after the announcement
of the results. This challenge valuation is only for C3 component.
b. The answer scripts for which challenge valuation is sought for shall be evaluated by the external examiner
who has not involved in the first evaluation. The higher of two marks from first valuation and challenge valuation
shall be the final.
18. With regard to any specific case of ambiguity and unsolved problem, the decision of the
Vice-Chancellor shall be final.
Course POS/ PO PO PO
PO1 P02 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Code COs 10 11 12
B19EC1010 CO1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 1 1
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 1
B19EC1020 CO1 3 3 1 2 1 3 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 1 2
CO3 3 1 3 1 2 1 2 1
CO4 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 1
B19EC1030
CO1 3 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 3
B19EC1040
CO3 3 3 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 2 2 2
CO1 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 3
CO2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2
B19EC1050
CO3 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 3
CO4 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 3
CO1 3 1 1
B19EC1060 CO2 3 1 1
CO3 3 2 2
CO1 1 3 3 3 CO1
CO2 1 2 3 3 CO2
B19EC1070
CO3 2 2 3 3 CO3
CO4 1 3 3 3 CO4
CO1 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3
B19EC1080
CO3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1
CO2 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
B19EC1090
CO3 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 3 1 1
CO2 3 2 3 3 1 1
B19EC2010
CO3 3 3 2 3 1 1
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1
CO1 2 1
B19EC2020 CO2 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 2 1 3 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1
B19EC2030
CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 1 3 2 1 3 1
CO4 2 2 1 1 1
CO1 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 4 3 2
CO2 4 4 3 1 3 2 1 4 3 3
B19EC2040
CO3 4 4 3 1 3 2 1 4 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 3 2
CO1 1 2 1 3 3 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 1 1 1
B19EC2050
CO3 1 2 3 3 1 2
CO4 1 3 3 1 1
CO1 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3
B19EC2060
CO3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3
CO1 3 2 1 2 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 1 1 2
B19EC2070
CO3 3 2 1 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 2 3
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1
CO2 1 3 2 1
B19EC2080
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 3 1
CO1 1
CO2 2 2
B19EC2090
CO3 1
CO4 1
CO1 3 3 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 3 3 3
B19EC3010
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1
CO2 1 3 2 1
B19EC3020
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 1 1
CO1 2 3 1 3 2 3
CO2 2 3 1 3 3 3 2 3
B19EC3030
CO3 2 1 2 3 3 2 3
CO4 1 2 3 2 3 3 2 3
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 3
CO2 3 3 2 1 2
B19EC3040
CO3 3 2 1 1 3
CO4 1 3 1 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2
B19EC3050
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2
CO1 3 3 1 3 3 3
B19EC3061 CO2 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 3
B19EC3062
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3
B20EM3063 CO2 3 4 3 3 2 1 3 4 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 4 3
CO4 3 4 3 3 2 1 3 4 3
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1
B19EC3070 CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 3 1
CO1 2 1 3 5 4 1 2
B19EC3080 CO2 2 3 1 4 6 5 1 2
CO3 1 2 3 4 6 5 1 2
CO1 3 3 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 3 3 3
B19EC4010
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO1 1 4 1
CO2 2 3 2 3
B19EC4020
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 1 2 1
CO1 4 3 2 2
CO2 4 4 2 2 3
B19EC4030
CO3 4 4 3 3 2 4
CO4 3 4 3 3 4
B19EC4040
CO1 4 4 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 4 4 2 2 3 2 2
B19EC4050
CO3 2 4 2 3 3 2 2
CO4 4 4 3 2 3 2 2
CO1 1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 2
B19EC4061
CO3 2 1 2 3 2
CO4 1 2 3 3 3 2 3 2
CO1 2 1 2 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 3 2 3
B19EC4062 CO3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
CO1 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
B19EC4063
CO3 3 3 2 1 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 1 2 2 2
CO1
CO2
B19EC4064
CO3
CO4
B19EC4070
CO1 1 3 5 8 2 1
CO2 1 3 5 8 2 1
B19EC4080
CO3 1 2 3 4 1 2
CO4 1 2 2 1
CO1 3 3 1 2 2 1 3 1
B19EC5010 CO2 1 3 1 2 2 1 2 1
CO3 3 3 1 2 2 1 3 1
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 1 2 1
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1
B19EC5020
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 1 1
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 3
B19EC5030 CO2 3 3 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 1 3
CO4 1 3 1 1 2
CO1
CO2
B19EC5040
CO3
CO4
CO1 1 3 2 3 1 2
CO2 2 1 3 1 2
B19EC5051
CO3 2 1 3 3 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 3 2 1
CO1 1 3 2 3 1 2
CO2 2 1 3 1 2
B19EC5051
CO3 2 1 3 3 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 3 2 1
CO1 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 2
CO2 4 4 3 3 2 1 3 4 3
B19EC5052
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 4 2
CO4 4 4 3 2 2 1 3 4 3
CO1 3 1 2
CO2 3 1 1 2 2 1
B19EC5053 CO3 3 1 1 1 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 1
CO1 2 3 1 3 2 2 2 2 1
CO2 1 3 2 2 2 1 2 1
B19EC5054
CO3 1 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 1
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 2 1
B20EE5061 CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 1 2 3 1
CO2 3 3 1 1 3
B19EC5062
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 3 1
CO4 3 3 1 1 1 3
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 2
B19EC5063
CO3 3 4 2 3 3 2
CO4 2 4 4 3 3
CO1 2 3 1 1 2
CO2 1 2 3 1
B19EC5064
CO3 3 1 1 1
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 1
B19EC5071
CO2 2 3 1 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1 4 2 3 1
CO1 3 1 2 2 3 1
B19EC5072 CO2 3 2 1 3 2 1
CO3 3 1 2 2 3 1
CO4 3 1 2 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
B19EC5073
CO3 3 1 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 2 1
CO1 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 1
B19EC5074
CO3 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 2 3 1 2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1
B19EC5080
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 1 1
CO1 1 2 3 4 1 2 1
B19EC5090 CO2 1 2 4 3 1 2 2
CO3 1 2 2 4 1 2 3
CO4 2 2 3 4 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
CO2 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 1
B19EC6010
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 3 2 1 1
CO1 1 2 3 3 2 3 1 2 3
CO2 2 3 1 2 2 3 1 2 3
B19EC6020
CO3 2 1 3 2 3 1 2
CO4 1 2 3 2 3 2 1
CO1 3 2 1 2 1
CO2 3 2 1 2 1
B19EC6030
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 2 1
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 1
CO2 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
B19EC6041
CO3 1 2 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 2 1
B19EC6042 CO2 2 1 2 2 1
CO3 2 3 3 2 1 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 2 1 1 1
B19EC6043
CO2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO1 2 1 1 3 2 3
CO2 2 3 2 3 2 3
B19EC6044
CO3 2 3 1 3 2 3
CO4 2 3 2 2 3 2 3
CO1 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 3 3 3
B19EC6051 CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO1 4 3 2 3 2 1
B19EC6052 CO2 3 2 1 2 1 3
CO3 3 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 3 2 1
CO1 2 2 2
B19EC6053 CO2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 4 2 3 3 2
CO4 2 4 4 3 3
CO1 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 2 1
B19EC6054
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 1
CO1 3 3 3 3
B19EC6055 CO2 3 3 2
CO3 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3 2
CO1 1 2 3 2 3 4 1 2
B19EC6061 CO2 1 2 1 2 4 2 3 4 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 4 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 2 3 1 3 4 1 2
CO1 3 2 1 2 1 3
B19EC6062 CO2 4 2 1 3 1 2
CO3 3 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 3 1
CO1 3 4 2 1 2 1
B19EC6063 CO2 2 3 4 1 1 2 2
CO3 1 2 4 1 1 2 3
CO4 2 3 4 2 1 2 3
CO1 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2
CO2 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2
B19EC6064
CO3 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2
CO4 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2
CO1 4 3 3 1 3 3 1
CO2 3 4 3 1 2 3 3 1
B19EC7010
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 4 3 1 2 3 1 1
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
B19EC7021
CO3 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO1 2 1 1
2 2 3
CO2 1 2 3 3 1
B19EC7022 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 2 2
2 1
CO4 1 2 3 1 3 2 3
CO1 4 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
CO2 4 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
B19EC7023
CO3 3 4 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
CO4 4 4 1 1 2 1 2 1 1
CO1 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
B19EC7024
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO1 1 2 2 1 2 1
CO2 2 3 2 2 1 2
B19EC7025
CO3 3 2 3 2 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 3 2 2
CO1 1 2 3 4 1 2
CO2 1 2 3 4 1 2
B19EC7031
CO3 1 2 3 4 1 2
CO4 1 2 3 4 1 2
B19EC7032 CO1 2 1 2 2 3 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 3
CO3 1 2 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO1 3 1 2 1 2 2 1
CO2 3 1 1 2 2 2
B19EC7033
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 2
CO4 3 2 1 1 2 2 1
CO1 3 1 1
CO2 3 1 3 2
B19EC7034
CO3 3 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 1 2
CO1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
B19EC7041
CO3 2 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 3
CO1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
CO2 1 1 2 2 1 2
B19EC7042
CO3 2 3 2 1 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 3
CO1 3 2 1 2 1
CO2 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
B19EC7043
CO3 3 2 1 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 1
4 2 1 1 3 1 1 2 1
CO2 1 4 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2
B19EC7044 1
CO3 1 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO4 1 4 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 1
CO2 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
B19EC7051
CO3 1 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
CO1 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
B19EC7052
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO1 4 3 3 1 3 3 1
CO2 3 4 3 1 2 3 3 1
B19EC7053
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 4 3 1 2 3 1 1
B19EC8011 CO1 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 2 3 1 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 1 2 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3
B19EC8012 CO1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2
CO2 2 1 2 1 2 1
CO3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 1 2 1 2 1 2 2
B19EC8013 CO1 3 2 1 2 1
CO2 3 2 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 2 1
B19EC8014 CO1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2
CO2 1 1 1 1 2 1` 1 2
CO3 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2
B19EC8021 CO1 1 4 4 4 3 1 2 3 2 1
CO2 2 4 2 4 3 1 2 3 2 1
CO3 2 4 4 3 1 3 2 1
CO4 1 4 3 4 4 2 1 3 2 1
B19EC8022 CO1 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
B19EC8023 CO1 3 3 2 2 1 2 1
CO2 2 3 4 2 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 4 1 2 3
CO4 2 3 4 2 1 2 3
B19EC8024 CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 1
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
B19EC8030
Mapping of PEOS with Respect to POs
PO1 P2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
10 11 12
PEO1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
PEO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
PEO3 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
PEO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
B. Tech. in Electronics and Communication Engineering
Scheme 2019-2023
Weekly Teaching
Sl. Credit Pattern
Course Contact School/Dep
No Course Code Course Title and Value
Type Hours t.
. L T P C
First Semester: Physics Cycle

Engineering Mathematic
1 B19EC1010 HC 3 1 0 4 5
Mathematics-I s
2 B19EC1020 Engineering Physics HC 2 1 0 3 4 Physics
Elements of Mechanical
3 B19EC1030 HC 1 1 0 2 3 Mech.
Engineering
Basic Electrical and
4 B19EC1040 HC 2 1 0 3 4 ECE
Electronics
Computer Concepts and
5 B19EC1050 HC 2 0 1 3 5 C&IT
C Programming (I)
Constitution of India
6 B19EC1060 FC 2 0 0 2 2 LAW
and Professional Ethics
Arts and
7 B19EC1070 Technical English-1 FC 0 0 2 2 4
Humanities
Basic Electrical and
8 B19EC1080 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
Electronics Lab
9 B19EC1090 Engineering Physics Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 Physics
Total Credits for the First Semester: 23 33
Second Semester: Chemistry Cycle
1 B19EC2010 HC 3 1 0 4 5
Mathematics-II s
2 B19EC2020 Engineering Chemistry HC 3 0 0 3 3 Chemistry
3 B19EC2030 Analog Electronics HC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
4 B19EC2040 Python Programming (I) HC 1 1 1 3 5 C&IT/ECE
5 B19EC2050 Environmental Sciences FC 2 0 0 2 2 Chemistry
Arts and
6 B19EC2060 Technical English -2 FC 0 0 2 2 4
Humanities
Computer Aided
7 B19EC2070 HC 1 0 1 2 5 Mech.
Engineering Drawing (I)
8 B19EC2080 Analog Electronics lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
9 B19EC2090 Chemistry Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 Chemistry
Total Credits for the Second Semester: 23 33
Note: Analog Electronics subject is a project based learning. Students are required to do Mini Project on Electronic
Circuits
Weekly Teaching
Credit Pattern and
Sl. Course Course Contact School/
Course Title Value
No. Code Type Hours Dept.
L T P C
Third Semester:
1 B19EC3010 HC 2 1 0 3 4
Mathematics-III s
Linear Integrated
2 B19EC3020 HC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
Circuits
Digital Electronics &
3 B19EC3030 HC 3 1 0 4 5 ECE
Verilog
4 B19EC3040 Signals & Systems (I) HC 2 1 1 4 5 ECE
5 B19EC3050 Network Analysis HC 2 1 0 3 4 ECE
6 B19EC306X Soft Core – 1 (SC-1) SC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
Linear Integrated 2
7 B19EC3070 HC 0 0 2 3 ECE
Circuits Lab
Digital Electronics
8 B19EC3080 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
and Verilog Lab
9 B19EC3090 Soft Skill - 1 RULO 0 0 2 2 2 UIIC/ECE
Physical
YOGA/MUSIC/SPORTS Education/
10 B19EC3X10 RULO 0 0 2 2 2 Performing
/ DANCE/ THEATRE
Arts
Total Credits for the Third Semester: 28 34
Note: Linear Integrated Circuit subject is project based learning. Students are required to do Mini
Project on the basics. *RULO:REVA Unique Learning Opportunity
Fourth Semester:
1 B19EC4010 HC 2 1 0 3 4
Mathematics-IV s
Analog
2 B19EC4020 HC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
Communication
Electromagnetic
3 B19EC4030 HC 2 1 0 3 4 ECE
Field Theory
Microcontrollers
4 B19EC4040 HC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
and Applications
5 B19EC4050 Control systems (I) HC 2 1 1 4 5 ECE
6 B19EC406X Soft Core -2 (SC-2) SC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
Microcontrollers
7 B19EC4070 and applications HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
Lab
Analog
8 B19EC4080 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
Communication Lab
RULO
9 B19EC4091 Soft Skill-2 0 0 2 2 2 UIIC/ECE
RULO
10 B19EC4101 Skill Development 0 0 0 2 2 UIIC/SDC
Total Credits for the Fourth Semester: 27 33

Note: Students are required to do Mini Project and Compulsory for Project Exhibition
Teachin
Weekly
Credit Pattern and g
Sl. Course Course Contact
Course Title Value School/
No. Code Type Hours
Dept.
L T P C
Fifth Semester
1 B19EC5010 Digital Communication HC 2 1 0 3 3 ECE
RF and Microwave
2 B19EC5020 HC 2 1 0 3 4 ECE
Engineering
3 B19EC5030 Digital Signal Processing (I) HC 2 1 1 4 5 ECE
Entrepreneurship and Mgmt./
4 B19EC5040 HC 2 0 0 2 2
Innovator Skills ECE
5 B19EC505X Soft Core – 3 (SC-3) SC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
6 B19EC506X Soft Core – 4(SC-4) SC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
8 B19EC5080 RF and Microwave Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
9 B19EC5090 Digital Communication Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
RUL
10 B19EC5X10 Soft Skill-3 0 0 2 2 2 UIIC/ECE
O
MOOCs-Swayam/NPTEL /EDx RUL
11 B19EC5X20 0 0 2 2 2 Others
/COURSERA/Mini Project O
Total Credits for the Fifth Semester: 29 33
Note: Industrial visits will be organized for a day to Public/Private Sectors in Bengaluru. Aptitude
development program will be conducted for two days.
Sixth Semester
Antenna and wave
1 B19EC6010 HC 2 1 0 3 4 ECE
Propagation
2 B19EC6020 CMOS VLSI Circuits HC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
Computer Communication
3 B19EC6030 HC 3 0 1 4 5 ECE
and Networks (I)
7 B19EC6070 Antenna Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
8 B19EC6080 CMOS VLSI Circuits Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 ECE
9 B19EC6090 Soft Skill -4 RULO 0 0 2 2 3 UIIC/ECE
MOOCs / SWAYAM/NPTEL/
10 B19EC6X10 RULO 0 0 2 2 2 Others
EDx/COURSERA/Mini Project
Total Credits for the Sixth Semester: 27 32
Note: All students must participate in a Mini Project Exhibition. Industrial visits will be organized for
a day to Public/ Private Sectors related to Communication.
Weekly
Credit Pattern and Teaching
Sl. Course Contact
Course Code Course Title Value Dept.
No Type Hours
L T P C
Seventh Semester
IOT and Cyber physical
1 B19EC7010 HC 3 0 1 4 5 ECE
systems (I)
2 B19EC702X Soft Core –9 (SC-9) SC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE
5 B19EC705X Open Elective OE 4 0 0 4 4 ECE
6 B19EC7060 Project Dissertation Phase-I HC 0 0 4 4
4 ECE
Total Credits for the Seventh Semester: 21 22
Note: The project work phase-1 of project dissertation of 8 Semester will begin in 7thSemester,
th
where student has to form a project group and perform literature survey and define the problem
tools and technologies to be used. Options for 8thSemester must be selected in 7thSemester.
Eighth Semester
Internship/Global Certification
1 B19EC801X SC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE/Others
Program/ Soft Core-12 (SC-12)
Internship/Global Certification
2 B19EC802X Program/ Soft Core-13 (SC- SC 3 0 0 3 3 ECE/Others
13)
Project & Dissertation Phase -
3 B19EC8030 HC 0 0 8 8 8 ECE
II
Total Credits for the Eighth Semester 14 14
Total Credits for all Eight Semesters: 192
Total Credits = 192 (including Credits for Sports/Yoga/Music/Dance/Theatre)
Scheme of Soft Core (SC) & Open Elective (OE) with Specialization Groups
A: Electronics/VLSI, B: Computers & IT, C: Communication Engg. D: Interdisciplinary

Soft-core Speciali
Sl. Course
Group No. Name of the Course L T P C zation
No. Code
/ Semester Group
1 Instrumentation Engineering B19EC3061 3 0 0 3 A
SC-1 / Computer Organization and
2 B19EC3062 3 0 0 3 B
Semester-3 Architecture
Object Oriented Programming
3 B19EC3063 3 0 0 3 B
Using C++
5 Solid state Devices Theory(SSDT) B19EC4061 3 0 0 3 A
6 SC-2 / Data Structures Using C++ B19EC4062 3 0 0 3 B
Semester -
7 4 Power Electronics B19EC4063 3 0 0 3 A
8 Probability & Random Processes B19EC4064 3 0 0 3 D
9 Microelectronics B19EC5051 3 0 0 3 A
SC-3/
10 JAVA Programming B19EC5052 2 1 0 3 B
Semester-
11 5 Optical Fiber Communication B19EC5053 3 0 0 3 C
12 Research Methodology & IPR B19EC5054 3 0 0 3 D
13 ARM Processors and applications B19EC5061 2 0 1 3 A
14 SC-4 / Theory of Algorithms B19EC5062 3 0 0 3 B
15 Semester 5 Biomedical Signal Processing B19EC5063 3 0 0 3 C
16 Automotive Electronics B19EC5064 3 0 0 3 D
17 System Verilog B19EC5071 2 0 1 3 A
Relational Data Base

18 B19EC5072 3 0 0 3 B
SC-5 / Management System (RDBMS)
Semester 5
Digital signal Processor
19 B19EC5073 3 0 0 3 C
Architecture(DSPA)
20 Mechatronics B19EC5074 3 0 0 3 D
21 Embedded Systems B19EC6041 3 0 0 3 A
22 Data Mining B19EC6042 3 0 0 3 B
SC-6 /
23 Semester 6 Image Processing B19EC6043 2 0 1 3 C
Machine Learning & Deep
24 B19EC6044 3 0 0 3 D
Learning
25 SC-7 / Real Time Systems B19EC6051 3 0 0 3 A
26 Semester 6 UNIX fundamentals B19EC6052 2 0 1 3 B
27 Adaptive Filters B19EC6053 3 0 0 3 C
28 Project Management B19EC6054 3 0 0 3 D
29 Component Engineering B19EC6055 3 0 0 3 D
30 MEMS B19EC6061 3 0 0 3 A
31 SC-8 / Web Programming B19EC6062 2 0 1 3 B
32 Semester 6 Information Theory and Coding B19EC6063 3 0 0 3 C
33 Alternate Engineering B19EC6064 3 0 0 3 D
34 Analog Mixed Mode VLSI B19EC7021 3 0 0 3 A
35 Cloud Computing B19EC7022 3 0 0 3 B
SC-9 /
36 Wireless Communication B19EC7023 3 0 0 3 C
Semester 7
37 Robotics & Automation B19EC7024 3 0 0 3 D
38 Software Engineering B19EC7025 3 0 0 3 D
39 ASIC Design B19EC7031 3 0 0 3 A
40 SC-10 / Big data and Data Science B19EC7032 3 0 0 3 B
41 Semester 7 Satellite Communication B19EC7033 3 0 0 3 C
42 Medical Electronics B19EC7034 3 0 0 3 D
43 SOC Design B19EC7041 3 0 0 3 A
44 Grid computing B19EC7042 3 0 0 3 B
SC-11 / Multi Media Communication
45 Semester 7 (MMC) B19EC7043 3 0 0 3 C
46 Reliability Engineering B19EC7044 3 0 0 3 D

47 Low power VLSI B19EC8011 3 0 0 3 A
48 SC-12 / Parallel Processing B19EC8012 3 0 0 3 B
49 Semester 8 Ad-hoc Networks B19EC8013 3 0 0 3 C
50 Avionics B19EC8014 3 0 0 3 D
51 Digital Testing & Testability B19EC8021 3 0 0 3 A
Pervasive & Ubiquitous
52 SC-13 / B19EC8022 3 0 0 3 D
Computing
Semester 8
53 Network Security B19EC8023 3 0 0 3 B
54 Radar and Navigational Aids B19EC8024 3 0 0 3 C
55 Embedded Systems B19EC7051 4 0 0 4 *
OE /
56 Robotics and Automation B19EC7052 4 0 0 4 *
Semester 7
57 IOT and Cyber physical system B19EC7053 4 0 0 4 *
Detailed Syllabus
Semester I:
B19EC1010 L T P C
Engineering Mathematics-I
Duration:14 Wks 3 1 0 4
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of basics limits, continuity, differentiation, integration, matrices, determinants, and

geometry.
Course Description:
This course covers the topics: Successive derivatives, mean value theorems, Taylor’s series, partial
derivatives, extreme values, multiple integrals, differential equations. The purpose of this course is to
provide students with skills and knowledge required to perform mathematical procedures and processes
for solution of engineering problems. This course is widely used particularly in the field of Electronics
and Communication Engineering, for ex., Differential equations are used in AC power analysis, AC circuit
analysis, E&M, transmission lines, control systems, signal conditioning/processing, etc.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are:

1. Understand the concepts of differential calculus and its applications.
2. Familiarize with partial differentiation and its applications in various fields.
3. Familiarize with linear algebraic applications and different reduction techniques.
4. Familiarize with concept of vector calculus and its applications.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge of differential calculus in the field of wave theory and communication
systems.
2. Apply the knowledge of Differential Equations in the field of Engineering.
3. Analyze and implement the concepts of Divergence and curl of vectors which play significant roles
in finding the Area and volume of the closed surfaces.
4. Apply the knowledge of convergence of the series, which help in forming JPEG image compression.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes
Course POS PO PO PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO

Code / 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
COs 10 11 12
B19EC10 CO1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1
10
CO2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 1 1
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Differential Calculus-I [10L+7T]

Successive differentiation-nth derivatives (no proof and simple problems), Leibnitz Theorem (without
proof) and problems. Mean value theorem theorems-Rolle’s theorem (no proof), Lagrange’s mean-value
theorems, Cauchy’s mean-value theorem problems, mean value theorem of integral calculus (no proof).
Taylors series and Maclaurin’s series expansion for function of one variable (only problems).
Polar curves- Angle between the radius vector and the tangent, angle between two curves, Pedal
equation for polar curves.
Unit-2: Differential Calculus-II [11L+7T]
Derivative of arc length – concept and formulae (without proof) Radius of curvature-Cartesian,
parametric, polar and pedal forms (without proof) problems.
Indeterminate forms and solution using L’Hospital’s rule.
Partial Differentiation: Partial derivatives-Euler’s theorem-problems, Total derivative and chain rule.
Unit-3: Differential Calculus-III and Differential equations [10L+7T]

Jacobians-definition and problems (only to find Jand illustrative example to verify 𝐽𝐽΄ =1). Taylor’s
Expansion of function of two variables(only problems- up to 2nd order).Maxima and Minima for a
function of two variables (simple problems). Differential equations: Exact equation and reducible to
exact form( 1. Close to expression M or N and find IF, 2. y f(x) dx+x g(y) dy).
Unit-4: Integral Calculus [11L+7T]

Reduction formulae for the integrals of sin𝑛 𝑥, cos𝑛 𝑥,sin𝑚 𝑥cos𝑛 𝑥 and evaluation of these integrals with
standard limits(direct result) - Problems.
Multiple Integrals – Double integrals, change of order of integration (simple problems), and triple
integrals.Beta and Gamma functions, properties, Relation between beta and gamma functions and
simple problems.
Text books:
1. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 43nd edition, 2015.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley Publications, 10th edition,
2015.
Reference Books:
1. B.V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 19th edition, 2013.
2. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa Publishing House,
5thedition, 2014.
B19EC1020 L T P C
Engineering Physics
Duration :14 Wks 2 1 0 3
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of Basic physics and mathematics of pre-university level
Course Description:
Engineering Physics provides the fundamental knowledge of basic principles of Physics which is required for
foundation in engineering education irrespective of branch, it provides the knowledge of quantum mechanics and
its importance and applications. It also provides the knowledge of different theories of solids to explain electrical
conductivity of materials and recent trends in NDT and nano technology.
Course Objectives:
The Course Objectives are
1. Make students learn and understand basic concepts and principles of physics to analyse practical
engineering problems and apply its solutions effectively and meaningfully.
2. Understand building up of models, design issues, practical oriented skills and problem-solving
challenges are the great task of the course.
3. Know about Semiconductors and practical applications is the prime motto to introduce new
technology at the initial stage of Engineering.
4. Students should be getting knowledge of different physical systems, basic quantum mechanics and
nanomaterials etc.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course, the students will be able to….
1. Describe wave mechanics and apply knowledge to solve quantum mechanics basic problems.
2. Understand the basics of quantum computation
3. Explain the basics of semiconductors, diodes & transistor
4. Summarize superconductivity with applications. Compare the different display technologies.

Course POs/ PO PO PO PO PO PO P PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC1 CO1 3 3 1 2 1 3 1 1
020 CO2 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 1 2
CO3 3 1 3 1 2 1 2 1
CO4 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit- 1: Wave mechanics [7L+7T] Hrs]

Introduction to Wave mechanics, De-Broglie hypothesis. Expression for de-Broglie wavelength of an
electron in terms of accelerating potential. Phase velocity and group velocity, Relation between phase
velocity and group velocity.
Quantum Physics: Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, its significance and its applications (nonexistence
of electron inside the nucleus). Wave function, properties of wave function and physical significance.
Probability density and Normalization of wave function, Schrodinger time- dependent and independent
wave equation, Eigen values and Eigen functions. Applications of Schrödinger wave equation – energy
Eigen values of a free particle, Particle in one dimensional infinite potential well. Problems.
Unit -2: Semiconductors and Semiconductors devices [7L+7T] Review of
band theory. Intrinsic Semiconductors – extrinsic Semiconductor- expression for carrier concentration
(derivation for both holes and electrons) – impurity states in energy band diagram. Formation of P-N
junction, depletion region, Biased P-N junction, Zener diode – characteristics. Photo diodes, LED
(principle, working and applications). Transistors: Transistor action, Characteristics (CB,CC,CE mode),
Bipolar Junction Transistors - Junction Field-Effect Transistors- Metal-Semiconductor FETs (MeSFETs) -
Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor FETs working and characteristics.
Unit- 3: Superconductors [7L+7T]

Critical temperature (Tc), Critical field (Hc), Critical current density (Jc), Perfect diamagnetism, Meissner
effect, Type I and Type II superconductors, Isotope effect, BCS theory of superconductivity, Applications-
Superconducting magnets and Maglev vehicle.
Display technology: Touch screen technologies: Resistive and capacitive touch screen and Displays: CRT,
Field emission display, Plasma display, LED display, OLED display, LCD display.
Unit- 4: Nanomaterials [7L+7T] Introduction
to nanoscience, nanomaterials and their applications, Synthesis of nanomaterials using bottom-up
method (arc-discharge method), top-down methods (ball milling method),
Carbon Nanotubes: properties and applications.
Quantum Computation: Quantum wires (one dimensional), Quantum dots (zero dimensional); the idea
of “qubit” and examples of single qubit logic gates- Classical bits, Qubit as a two level system.
Self-learning component:
Magnetic storage devices, solid state storage devices, optical storage devices, and characteristics of
materials used in manufacture of Microprocessors/desktops (body, internal circuit connection), heat
sink cooling, liquid cooling, fan based cooling, laser printer working, accelerometers. Gold Nano particles
as storage devices.
Text Books:
1. R. K. Gaur and S.L. Gupta, “Engineering Physics”, DhanpatRai Publications (P) Ltd, New Delhi,
2014.
2. M.N. Avadhanulu and P.G. Kshirsagar, “A Text book of Engineering Physics”, S. Chand and
company, New Delhi, 2018.
3. S. O. Pillai, “Solid State Physics”, New Age International publishers, New Delhi, 2018.
4. Janglin Chen, Wayne Cranton, Mark Fihn, “Handbook of Visual Display Technology” Springer
Publication, 2012.
5. William T. Silfvast, “Laser Fundamentals”, Cambridge University press, New York, 2004.
6. D. Halliday, R. Resnick and J. Walker, “Fundamentals of Physics”, John Wiley and Sons, New York,
2020.
7. Charls Kittel, “Introduction to Solid State Physics”, Wiley, Delhi, 2019
8. Arthur Beiser, “Concepts of modern Physics”, Tata McGraw Hill publications, New Delhi 8th
Edition, 2017.
Reference Books:
1. William T. Silfvast, “Laser Fundamentals”, Cambridge University press, New York, 2004.
2. D. Halliday, R. Resnick and J. Walker, “Fundamentals of Physics”, John Wiley and Sons, New York,
2020.
3. Charls Kittel, “Introduction to Solid State Physics”, Wiley, Delhi, 2019
4. Arthur Beiser, “Concepts of modern Physics”, Tata McGraw Hill publications, New Delhi 8th
Edition, 2017.
B19EC1030 L T P C
Elements of Mechanical Engineering
Prerequisites:
Basics of Physics
Course Description:
This is a basic course which explains the basics of mechanical engineering which is required to the
knowledge of B Tech students irrespective of their branch. This course deals with working operations
of certain motors and machines and gives the insight to materials and their structures, combustion
engines, steam engines, power transfer pulleys etc.
Course Objectives:
1. Develop the basic knowledge of steam utilization, working of various turbines and IC engines.
2. Incorporate the concepts of metal joining process, their applications and power transmission
modes like belt drives, gears and gear trains.
3. Understand various machines and its operations in Mechanical Engineering.
4. Give exposure to basic power transmission elements.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Explain the formation of steam, turbines and solve the numerical on steam properties.
2. Describe the construction and working of IC engines, refrigeration systems, air conditioning and
solve the numerical on IC engines.
3. Distinguish between the machine tools, metal joining processes and choose the machine tool
operation.
4. Illustrate the transmission systems, solve the numerical on gears trains.
Course POS/ PO P PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
10 11 12
CO1 3 2 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - - 1 1
B19EC CO2 3 2 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - - 1 1
1030 CO3 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - 3 - - - 1 1
CO4 3 1 1 - 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
Course Contents:
Unit - 1: Properties of steam [3L+4T]
Introduction, Steam formation, Types of steam. Steam properties, Specific Volume, Enthalpy and
Internal energy, Steam table and simple numerical problems.
Turbines- Introduction to turbines, Classification of turbines, Working principle and applications of
impulse and reaction steam turbines, gas turbines (open and closed cycle type) and pelton turbine.
Unit - 2: Internal Combustion Engines [4L+4T]

Introduction, Classification of IC engines, parts of IC engine, working principle of four stroke (petrol and
diesel), differences between petrol & diesel engines, Numerical on BP,IP and Mechanical efficiency.
Refrigeration and Air conditioning- Introduction, Principle of refrigeration, parts of refrigerator,
Principle and working of vapor compression refrigeration and vapor absorption refrigeration systems.
Refrigerants, Properties of refrigerants Ton of Refrigeration, COP, Working of window air conditioner.
Unit – 3: Machine Tools [3L+4T]

Introduction, working principle and classification of lathe, major parts of a lathe and their functions,
lathe operations, specifications of lathe, introduction of drilling, parts of radial drilling machine, drilling
operations.
Metal joining processes: Introduction, classification of metal joining processes, principle of welding,
electric arc welding, soldering and brazing and their differences.
Unit – 4: Power Transmission [4L+4T]

Introduction to transmission systems and its classification, types of belt drives, velocity ratio, idler pulley,
stepped pulley, fast & loose pulley.Gears - Definitions, Spur gear terminology, Types and applications of
Gears.Gear Trains – Simple and compound gear trains, Simple problems on gear trains
Text Books:
1. K.R. Gopalkrishna, “A Text Book of Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Subhash Publishers,
2017.
2. Kestoor Praveen and M.R. Ramesh, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Suggi Publications,
2nd Edition, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. SKH Chowdhary, AKH Chowdhary , Nirjhar Roy, “The Elements of Workshop Technology”, Media
Promotors and Publishers Vol I & II, 11th edition 2001.
B19EC1040 L T P C
Basic Electrical and Electronics
Prerequisites:
Basics of Physics, Mathematics and Number systems.

Course Description:
The Basic Electrical and Electronics typically deals with the study of Electrical parameters like AC and DC
voltage and current and behavior of voltage and current in passive elements also in active elements like:
BJT, Diodes and FET. The concepts of Electromotive force and Magneto motive force generated in motors,
generators and transformers are explained. The concepts of electrical circuits and electromagnetism are
applied to analyze the complex problems arise in the power system networks. Through this course
Students will get extensive exposure to digital and analog electronics basics.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:

1. Make the students to understand basics of electrical circuits.
2. Study the working principle and construction details of electrical machines.
3. Understand the diode characteristics and its applications.
4. Understand the working principle and characteristics of BJT,FETs
5. Familiarize the students with the number systems
6. Carry out validation of logical expressions using Boolean algebra.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Describe basic composition of electrical circuits and their behavior.
2. Analyze the working principle and construction details of electrical machines.
3. Analyze the working applications and characteristics of Diode, BJT, FET
4. Design the digital circuits using various logic gates.

Course Code POs/ PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs 10 11 12
CO1 3 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 3
B19EC1040 CO3 3 3 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 2 2 2
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Basics of Electrical Engineering [7L+7T]
Introduction to electrical engineering, AC, Sinusoidal voltage and currents, Magnitude and phase, polar
and rectangular representation R-L, R-C and R-L-C series and parallel circuits(both admittance and
impedance method), power factor, phasor diagrams Kirchhoff’s Current Law, Kirchhoff’s Voltage law,
Mesh and Nodal analysis, Source transformation, Star-delta transformation (for DC Circuits only).
Unit -2: Magnetic Circuits, Motors and Transformers [7L+7T]

Definition of magnetic circuit and basic analogy between electric and magnetic circuits, Faradays laws,
permittivity, permeability, EMF, MMF equations, Reluctance, Energy and power , 3 phase
AC(introduction), Comparison between 1 phase and 3 phase AC.
Principle of operation, Construction and EMF equations: DC Generator, DC Motors, Transformers, types
of transformer. Numerical examples as applicable.
Unit -3: Digital Electronics and Number Systems [7L+7T]

Introduction, Switching and Logic Levels, Digital Waveform. Number Systems and its conversions:
Decimal Number System, Binary Number System, Octal Number System, Hexadecimal Number System.
Binary addition, Binary subtraction. Boolean Algebra Theorems, De Morgan’s theorem.
Digital Circuits: Logic gates, Algebraic Simplification, Realization of all logic and Boolean expressions using
Universal gates. Half adder and Full adder Implementations.
Unit -4: Semiconductor Diodes and Transistors [7L+7T]

P-N junction diode, V-I Characteristics, Half-wave rectifier, Full-wave rectifier, Bridge rectifier, Capacitor
filter circuit, Zener diode voltage regulators, Clipping and clamping circuit, Numerical examples as
applicable.
Bipolar junction Transistors BJT configuration: BJT Operation, Common Base, Common Emitter and
Common Collector Characteristics, Numerical examples as applicable, SCR, Introduction to FETs.
Text book/s:
1. Kulshreshtha C,“Basic Electrical Engineering” Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. David A. Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Oxford University Press, 5th Edition, 2008.
3. D.P. Kothari, I. J. Nagrath, “Basic Electronics”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited,
2014.
References:
1. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, “Introduction to Electricity, Electronics and
Electromagnetics”, Prentice Hall, 5th edition, 2001.
B19EC1050 L T P C
Computer Concepts and C programming (I)
Prerequisites:
Basics of Mathematics
Course Description:
The objectives of this course is to make students learn basic principles of problem solving, present the
syntax and semantics of the “C” language, implement through C language using constructs offered by the
language.
Course Objectives:
1. Explain the different programming constructs of C to be used for a given application.
2. Illustrate the Usage of control Statements for solving the real world problems.
3. Demonstrate the use of parameter passing mechanism in functions for solving real world
problems.
4. Illustrate the use of structures and unions for solving the real world problems.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Identify the basic constructs of C program, suitable for computing the roots of quadratic
equation.
2. Develop a C program to find transpose of a matrix using iterative statements(loops) and Arrays.
3. Design a C program to concatenate two strings by using parameter passing mechanism.
4. Apply the basic concepts Union & Structures to read and print employee’s details.

Course Code POS PO PO PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
COs 10 11 12
B19EC105 CO1 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 3
0 CO2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 3
CO4 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 3
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Fundamentals of problem solving and introduction to C-language [7L+7P ]
Algorithm and flowchart & advantages of algorithm (pseudo code),basic flow chart symbols, structure
of c program with example, c language & its features, c tokens, data types in c, variables, constants, input
/ output functions
Operators: (unary operator, assignment operator, arithmetic operator, relational operators, logical
operators & bitwise operator, conditional operator, increment and decrement operator, special
operator).
Expressions & statements: Postfix, primary, prefix, unary, binary, ternary & assignment
Unit 2: Branching constructs Conditional statements: [7L+7P ]

if statement, if-else statement, nested if, switch statement.
Unconditional statements: break and continue statement, goto statement, return statement
Iterative statements (loops): while loop, do while, difference between while and do while for loop.
Arrays: one dimensional array, two dimensional array, searching techniques, sorting.
Unit -3: Functions [7L+7P]

function definition, types of function, location of function in a program, structure of a function,
parameter passing mechanisms, call by value & call by address
Strings: string operations with and without using inbuilt string functions (string length, string compare,
string copy, string concatenation, string reverse).
Unit -4: Structures & Union [7L+7P ]
Derived types: structures- declaration, deﬁnition and initialization of structures, accessing structures,
nested structures, arrays of structures, Union, Typedef.
Pointers: Introduction to pointers.
File Operations: Formatted Input & Output,Character Input and Output Functions, Direct Input and
Output Functions, File Positioning Functions, Error Functions.
Self-Learning component:
Fundamentals of computer graphics: output primitives – Line, Circle and Ellipse drawing algorithms -
Attributes of output primitives Two dimensional Geometric transformation.
Text Books:
1. B.W. Kernighan & D.M. Ritchie, "C Programming Language", 2nd Edition, Pentice Hall Software
Series, 2005.
2. Herbert Schildt, “C: The Complete Reference”, 4th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
3. B.S. Anami, S.A. Angadi and S. S. Manvi, “Computer Concepts and C Programming: A Holistic
Approach”, second edition, PHI, 2008.
4. NanjeshBennur, Dr. C. K. Subbaraya, “Programming in C”, 2nd Edition, Excellent Publishing House,
2015.
Reference Books:
1. E. Balaguruswamy,” Programming in ANSI C”, 4th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. Donald Hearn, Pauline Baker, “Computer Graphics C Version”, second edition, Pearson
Education, 2004.
Computer Concepts and C Programming Lab
Lab Objectives:

1. Learn basic and fundamental C programming concepts
2. Learn searching and sorting algorithms
3. Develop a C program that contains functions and parameters.
4. Develop a C program that contains sequence, selection and iteration control structures.
Lab Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:

1. Illustrate the Representation of Numbers, Alphabets and other Characters in the memory of
Computer System;
2. Analyze the Software Development Tools; like Algorithms, Pseudo Codes and Programming
Structures;
3. Apply different programming constructs to develop a Computer Program.
4. Demonstrate the use of Engineering Solutions to simple (moderate) mathematical and logical
problems.
Course Code POS PO PO PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
COs 10 11 12
B19EC1050( CO 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 3
L) 1
CO 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2
2
CO 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 3
3
CO 2 1 3 3 1 2 1 3
4
Lab Experiments:
Experiment Course
Program
No. Outcome
Introduction to Computer Software & hardware. 1,2
Types of Operating System.
1
Basic Commands in Unix.
Assembling hardware’s of computer.
a) Program to print the name, college name, Address of a student. b) 1,2
2 A company for aadhar card want’s to collect its employees
information. Write a program to take input of employee name and age.
a) Program to read and print the size of variables of different data 1,2
type.
3 b) A person has deposited some amount in bank. Write a program to
calculate simple interest and compound interest on amount for a
period.
a) Arithmetic operations are widely used in many programs. Write a 1,2
program to perform addition, subtraction, multiplication, modulo
division, and division operations.
4
b) In Delhi, four wheelers run on the basis of even or odd number.
Write a program to identify whether vehicle registration number is
even or odd.
People frequently need to calculate the area of things like rooms, 2,3
boxes or plots of land where quadratic equation can be used. Write a
5
program to find the coefficients of a quadratic equation and compute
its roots.
a) Consider the age of 3 persons in a family, Write a program to 2,3
identify the eldest person among three of them.
6 b) Consider student’s marks in Computer Test. Write a Program
display the grade obtain by student in Computer Test based on
range.
Calculator allows you to easily handle all the calculations necessary for 2,3
everyday life with a single application. Write a program to design a
basic calculator that performs the basic operations and you want to
give choice to user to perform
7 a. Addition of two numbers
b. Subtraction of two numbers
c. Multiplication of two numbers.
d. Division of two numbers.
e. Wrong choice
In a stock market at the end of the day we do the summation of all the 2,3
transactions.
8
a. Write a program to display numbers (transactions) from1 to n.
b. Write a program to find the sum of n natural numbers.
a) Read your ATM Pin Number. Write a program to identify your Pin Number is 2,3
palindrome or not.
9 b) Read your Landline Number. Write a program to print the reverse
of it and also find sum of digits of your Landline Number.
a) Create a Contact list of n friends, Write a program to read and print 2,3
the Phone number of your friend’s.
b) In computer based applications, matrices play a vital role in the
10
projection of three dimensional image into a two dimensional
screen, creating the realistic seeming motions. Write a program to
perform matrix Multiplication and check compatibility of matrix.
You have joined a startup company of N employees; Write a program 2,3
11
is to sort all employee ID.
A student has taken 10 books from the library. Every time he takes the 2,3
12 book, Librarian read’s its ISBN Number. Write a program to identify
whether book is issued to him or not based on ISBN Number.
Suppose students have registered for workshop, and their record is 2,3
maintained in ascending order based on student id. Write a program
13
to find whether a particular Student has registered for that particular
workshop or not.
In a CCP test you scored less marks compared to your friend, Write a 2,3
14
program to swap your marks with your friend.
a) In a memory game, you first enter a string wait for a time and again 2,3
enter second string, Write a program to check both sting were same
15 or not.
b) Read your first and last name in two different strings; Write a
program to combine these two strings into third string.
a) Assume a person has entered a Password ,Write a program so that 2,3
he can know the length of his password,
16
b) Read a meaningful word in English, Write a program to identify the
word when inversed yields the same or not.
a) Write a c program to implement Digital Differential Analyzer line 3,4
generating algorithm
b) Write a C program to generate a circle using Bresenham’s midpoint 3,4
17
algorithm.
c) Write a C program to implement Bresenham’s line drawing 3,4
algorithm
B19EC1060 Constitution of India and Professional L T P C
Duration :14 Wks Ethics 2 0 0 2
Prerequisites:
Basics of Indian Constitution, fundamental rights and duty
Course Description:
The Constitution of India lays down in defining fundamental political principles, establishes the structure,
procedures, powers and duties of government institutions and sets out fundamental rights, directive
principles and duties of Citizen. It helps to know and understand the human values. It also helps to know
the meaning of ethics and need of ethics in personal and professional life.
Course Objectives:
Course objectives are:
1. Explain basic knowledge required to understand Constitution of India.
2. Summarize the Fundamental Rights, Duties and other Rights.
3. Apply the knowledge of Constitution and more importantly practice it in a right way.
4. Explore Ethical standards followed by different companies.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course a student will be able to:
1. Analyze the Fundamental Rights, Duties and other Rights protected under Indian
Constitution.
2. Demonstrate the practicality of Constitution perspective and make them face the world as a
bonfire citizen.
3. Summarize ethical standards followed by different companies.
COs 10 11 12
B19EC1060 CO1 3 1 1
CO2 3 1 1
CO3 3 2 2
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Constitution of India [7 Hrs]
Making of Indian Constitution, features of Indian Constitution Preamble to the Constitution of India,
Fundamental Rights under Part III; Rights to Equality, Right to Freedom, Right against Exploitation, Rights
to Freedom of Religion, Cultural and Educational Rights, Constitutional Remedies.Fundamental Duties of
the Citizen, Significance and Characteristics.Elements of National Significance; National Flag, National
Anthem, National Emblem.
Unit -2: Legislature and Executive [7 Hrs]

Organs of the Government; Legislature, Executive and Judiciary. Union and State Executives: President,
Vice President, Prime Minister, Cabinet, Governor, Council of Ministers, Electoral process, Election
Commission.
Unit -3: Judiciary [7 Hrs]

Supreme Court of Indian, High Court, Right to Information Act 2005, Consumer Protection- Consumer
Rights- Caveat Emptor and Caveat Venditor.
Unit 4: ProfessionalEthics [7 Hrs]

Definition Scope and need of Ethics for professional, Personal Ethics and Business Ethics, Ethical
Standards, Duties of Employers and Employees. Due Care theory, Environmental Ethics, Ethical Code of
Conduct in ethics. Best Ethical Companies in India and Abroad; Corporate Social Responsibilities, Code
of Conduct and Ethical Excellence.
Text books:
1. Kapoor, S.K., “Human rights under International Law and Indian Law”, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2002.
2. Basu, D.D., “Indian Constitution”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2002.
3. Chakraborty, S.K., “Values and ethics for Organizations and Theory Practice”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. M V Pylee, “An Introduction to Constitution of India”.
2. MGovindarajan, S Natarajan, V S Senthil Kumar, Engineering.
3. Dr. Durga Das Basu, “Introduction to constitution of India”.
4. M V Pylee, “An introduction to constitution of India”.
B19EC1070 L T P C
Technical English - 1
Prerequisites
Fundamentals in Spoken English.
Course Description
This course is aimed to develop basic communication skills in English in the learners, to prioritize
listening and reading skills among learners, to simplify writing skills needed for academic as well as
workplace context, to examine that the learners use the electronic media such as internet and
supplement the learning materials used in the classroom.
Course Objectives

1. Develop basic communication skills in English.
2. Emphasize on the development of speaking skills amongst learners of Engineering and
Technology
3. Impart the knowledge about use of electronic media such as internet and supplement the
learning materials used in the classroom.
4. Inculcate the habit of reading and writing leading to effective and efficient communication.
Course Outcomes
1. Interpret audio files and comprehend different spoken discourses/ excerpts in different
accents.
2. Demonstrate speaking ability with clarity, confidence and comprehension and
communicate with one or many listeners using appropriate communicative strategies.
3. Make use of reading different genres of texts adopting various reading strategies.
4. Develop the ability to write cohesively, coherently and flawlessly avoiding grammatical
errors, using a wide vocabulary range, organizing their ideas logically on a topic.

Course POS PO P PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
Code / 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
COs 10 11 12
B19EC107 CO1 1 3 3 3
0 CO2 1 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 3
CO4 1 3 3 3
Course Contents:
Unit -1:Functional English[14 Hrs] Grammar:Prepositions; Modal [7P]
AuxiliariesListening:Listening to audio (verbal & sounds) Speaking:Debating Skills

Reading: Skimming a reading passage; Scanning for specific information Writing:Email communication
Unit -2: Interpersonal Skills [7P]
Grammar:Tenses; Wh-questionsListening& Speaking:Listening and responding to video lectures / talks

Reading: Reading Comprehension; Critical Reading; Finding key information in a given
textWriting:Process descriptions (general/specific); Recommendations
Unit -3: Multitasking skills [7P]
Grammar: Conditional SentencesListening & Speaking:Listening to specific task; focused audio tracks
and responding Reading: Readingand interpreting visual materialWriting:Channel conversion
(flowchart into process); Types of paragraph (cause and effect / compare andcontrast / narrative /
analytical); Note Taking/ Note Making
Unit -4: Communication skills [7P]

Grammar:Direct and indirect speech
Listening & Speaking: Watching videos / documentaries and responding to questions based on them;
Role plays.
Reading:Making inference from the reading passage; predicting the content of a reading passage.
Writing:Interpreting visual materials (line graphs, pie charts etc.); Different types of Essay Writing
Text Books:
1. Green, David, “Contemporary English Grammar Structures and Composition”, New Delhi:
MacMillan Publishers, 2010.
2. Thorpe, Edgar and Showick Thorpe, “Basic Vocabulary”, Pearson Education India, 2012.
3. Leech, Geoffrey and Jan Svartvik, “A Communicative Grammar of English”, Longman, 2003.
4. Murphy, Raymond, “Murphy’s English Grammar with CD”, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
5. Rizvi, M. Ashraf, “Effective Technical Communication”, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005.
6. Riordan, Daniel, “Technical Communication”, New Delhi: Cengage Publications, 2011.
7. Sen et al, “Communication and Language Skills”, Cambridge University Press, 2015.
B19EC1080 L T P C
Basic Electrical and Electronics Lab
Prerequisites:
Semiconductor Physics, Basics of Electrical & Electronics, Principles of Electronics.
Course Description:
All basic electronic devices and their characteristics, applications will be studied. Using these devices the
small electronic circuits can be constructed and checked. In order to introduce the students with basic
components of electronics this lab is furnished with advanced CROs, function generators and digital
multimeters. Students can perform practical on P-N junction diode, Zener Diode, rectifiers and filters,
transistor biasing and their characteristics in different modes, RC coupled amplifiers and FETs.
Course Objectives:
1. Demonstrate the application of KCL and KVL in DC circuit
2. Make students understand about leading and lagging concepts of electrical circuits.
3. Demonstrate working of DC motor.
4. Demonstrate the basic operation of diode and diode circuits like rectifiers, clippers and
Clampers.
5. Demonstrate the basic operation of Zener diode circuit.
6. Analyse the input and output characteristics of Common Emitter configuration of BJT.
7. Demonstrate the characteristics of SCR.
8. Design various logic circuits.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course the student will be able to:

1. Demonstrate the application of KCL and KVL in DC circuit.
2. Design and test various diode circuits like rectifiers, clippers and clampers.
3. Assess the voltage and current characteristics of nonlinear devices like Diode, Zener diode and
BJT.
4. Design and test the characteristics of an electronics device like SCR. and logic gates.

COs 10 11 12
CO1 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3
B19EC1080
CO3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3
Ref: RU/BoS/ECE/CEC/Nov-2018-7
Lab Experiments 3
Introduction to basics of electronic components and instruments
1. To verify KCL and KVL
2. Testing of Lead & Lag networks by using R-C components.
3. To Study and test the working of DC motor
4. Study and analysis of V-I Characteristics of Silicon, Germanium and Zener PN Junction diodes (Both
Forward and Reverse Characteristics).
5. To find the Voltage regulation of Zener diode
6. Design half wave, Full wave-center tap and Bridge rectifier with and without capacitive filter and
measure efficiency and ripple factor.
7. Design of Clippers and clampers with reference voltages.
8. Study and analysis of V-I Characteristics of SCR.
9. Study and analysis of input output characteristic of CE configuration of BJT.
10. Verification of basic logic gates using discrete components.
Text book/s:
1. Kulshreshtha C,“Basic Electrical Engineering” Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. David A. Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Oxford University Press, 5th Edition, 2008.
3. D.P. Kothari, I. J. Nagrath, “Basic Electronics”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited,
2014.
Reference Books:
1. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, “Introduction to Electricity, Electronics and
Electromagnetics” Prentice Hall, 5th edition, 2001
B19EC1090 L T P C
Engineering Physics Lab
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of Higher secondary/Pre University level Physics.
Course Description:
Engineering Physics lab provides the fundamental knowledge of basic principles of Physics experiments which is
required for foundation in engineering education irrespective of branch, it provides the knowledge of quantum
mechanics and its importance and applications. It also provides the knowledge of different practical aspects of
solids to explain electrical conductivity of materials, series and parallel resonance circuits.
Course Objectives:

1. Make the students gain practical knowledge to co-relate with the theoretical studies.
2. Achieve perfectness in experimental skills and the study of practical applications will bring more
confidence and ability to develop and fabricate engineering and technical equipment.
3. Design of circuits using new technology and latest components and to develop practical
applications of engineering materials and use of principle in the right way to implement the
modern technology.
Course Outcomes:
1. Gain knowledge of new concept in the solution of practical oriented problems and develop
skills to impart practical knowledge in real time solution.
2. Apply the knowledge of new technology and comparison of results with theoretical calculations.
3. Design circuits with practical knowledge.
4. Use measurement technology, usage of instruments for real time applications in engineering
studies.

Course Code POS/ PO P PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
10 11 12
B19EC109 CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1
0 CO2 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
Lab Experiments
1. Velocity of ultrasonic waves in non-conducting medium by piezo-electricmethod.
2. Band gap of intrinsic Semi-conductor using four probe method
3. Value of planck's constant by using light emitting diode
4. I–V Characteristics of Zener Diode. (Determination of knee voltage, zener voltage and forward
resistance)
5. To find the laser parameters–wavelength and divergence of laser light by diffraction method.
6. Photo Diode Characteristics (Study of I–V characteristics in reverse bias and variation of
photocurrent as a function of reverse voltage and intensity)
7. Dielectric constant of a capacitor by charging and discharging of a capacitor.
8. Attenuation and propagation characteristics of optical fibre cable.
9. Determination of particle size using laser.
10. Construction and study of IC regulation properties of a given power supply
11. Determination of numerical aperture of a given optical fibre.
12. Determination of electrical resistivity of germanium crystal and study the variation of resistivity
with temperature by four probe method
13. Characteristics of Transistor (Study of Input and Output characteristics and calculation of input
resistance, output resistance and amplification factor.
14. Series and parallel LCR Circuits (Determination of resonant frequency and quality factor
Text books:
1. Thiruvadigal, J. D., Ponnusamy, S.Sudha.D. and Krishnamohan M., “Physics for Technologists”,
Vibrant Publication, Chennai, 2013.
2. R.K.Shukla and Anchal Srivastava, “Practical Physics”, 1st Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd,
New Delhi, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. G.L.Souires, “Practical Physics:”, 4th Edition, Cambridge University, UK, 2001.

2. D. Chattopadhyay, P. C. Rakshit and B. Saha, “An Advanced Course in Practical Physics”, 2nd ed.,
Books & Allied Ltd., Calcutta, 1990.
3. B.L. Worshnop and H.T. Flint, “Advanced Practical Physics”, Littlehampton Book Services Ltd,
United Kingdom, 1951.
4. S. L. Gupta &V. Kumar, “Practical Physics”, Pragati prakashan, New Delhi, 2018.
5. Chauhan & Singh, “Advanced Practical Physics” Vol. I& II –, PragatiPrakashan, 2013.
Semester - II:
B19EC2010 L T P C
Engineering Mathematics – II
Duration: 14 Weeks 3 1 0 4
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of basics of derivatives, vectors, and complex numbers.
Course Description:
This course covers the topics: Linear Algebra differential equations Vector calculus, inverse Laplace
transforms, This course is widely used in all streams of Engineering, particularly in the field of
Electronics and Communication Engineering, for ex., Electromagnetic field theory, Control systems,
Analog and Digital communication.
Course Objectives:

1. Uderstand the concepts of Linear algebra and its applications in various fields of engineering and
Technology.
2. Understand the concepts of Integral calculus and its applications.
3. Familiarize with partial differential equations and its applications to standard problems like Heat,
Wave and Laplace.
4. Impart the Knowledge of Laplace transforms and its applications in the field of engineering.
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply the knowledge of Linear Algebra in Image processing and digital signal processing.
2. Apply the knowledge of Integral calculus to perform integration and other operations for certain
types of functions and carry out the computation fluently.
3. Apply the knowledge of partial differential equations in the field of signals and systems, control
systems, magnetic wave theory.
4. Apply the knowledge of Laplace transformation from the time domain to the frequency domain,
which transforms differential equations into algebraic equations and convolution into multiplication.
Course Code POS/ PO P PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
10 11 12
B19EC201 CO1 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 2 1
0 CO2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Linear Algebra [10L+7T]
Rank of matrix, Echelon form, (*reference-Normal form: one example), Solution of a system of linear
equations by Gauss elimination (*reference-Gauss –Jordan methods: one example), Gauss seidel
iterative method, Rayleigh Power method to find the largest eigen value and corresponding eigen vector.
Linear and Inverse transformation.
Diagonalisation of a matrix, Reduction of a quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal

transformation.
Unit-2: Differential Equations: [10L+7T]

Linear Differential Equations: Definitions, Complete solution, Operator D, Rules for finding the
complementary function, Inverse operator, Rules for finding the particular integral.
Method of variation of parameters (simple problems), Cauchy’s and Legendre’s linear differential
equations.
Partial differential equations: Formation of Partial differential equations, Solution of Lagranges linear
PDE.
Unit-3: Vector Calculus [10L+7T]

Curves in space, tangents and normal, Velocity and acceleration related problems, scalar and vector point
functions-Gradient, Divergence and curl, directional derivatives. Solenoidal and irrotational vector fields.
Vector identities-div (∅𝐴), curl (∅𝐴), curl (grad∅), div (curl A).
Line integral-Circulation-work, Surface integral: Green’s Theorem, Stokes Theorem.
Volume integral: Divergence theorem. (All theorems without proof, no verification, only evaluation).
Unit-4: Laplace Transforms: [10L+7T]

Definition, Transforms of elementary functions, properties of Laplace Transforms (without proof)
problems. Transforms of periodic functions (only statement and problems), Unit step functions and unit
impulse functions.
Inverse Laplace transforms- Problems, convolution theorem (without proof) no verification and only
evaluation of problems, solution of linear differential equation using Laplace transforms.
Text books:
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley Publications, 10th edition, 2015.
Reference Books:
2. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa Publishing House, 5th
edition, 2014.
B19EC2020 L T P C
Engineering Chemistry
Duration : 14 WKS 2 1 0 3
Prerequisites:
Pre University level Knowledge in Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics.
Course Description:
Engineering chemistry provides the very basic knowledge required for engineering students to
understand its importance in technology. It provides the knowledge of quantum mechanics, battery
technology its importance and applications. It also provides knowledge about corrosion science,
construction of PCB’s and engineering materials.
The course objectives are to:
Course Objectives:
1. Explain the basic concepts of Atomic and Molecular Structure, energy level diagram and quantum
chemistry
2. Design construction and applications of Batteries, fuel cells and solar cells
3. Classify the types of Corrosion, corrosion control and metal finishing techniques
4. Discuss the use of engineering materials like Nano, Polymers Semiconductors, superconductors,
magnetic materials, liquid crystals in various applications.
Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of this course, Students shall be able to
1. Analyze the basic concepts of Atomic and Molecular structure, energy level diagrams and
quantum mechanics
2. Discuss the construction and working of batteries fuel cells and solar cells
3. Apply the knowledge of corrosion science and metal finishing essential for corrosion control of
commercially available materials like PCB and circuits
4. Explain the applications of engineering materials in various fields.

Course Code POS/ PO1 P2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Cos 10 11 12
B19EC2020 CO1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO3 2 2 3 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit –1: Atomic, Molecular Structure and Periodic Properties [7L+7T]
Atomic, molecular structure: Classical to quantum mechanical transition, Origin of quantum mechanics,
dual nature of light and matter, concept of quantization – Max Planck, Einstein, de Broglie, Schrödinger
wave equation, particle in a box (1D )-Energy solutions, quantum states of electron, wave functions in
bonding in molecules (H2).
Periodic properties: Effective nuclear charge, penetration of orbitals, variations of s, p, d and f orbital
energies of atoms in the periodic table, electronic configurations, atomic and ionic sizes, ionization
energies, electron affinity and electro negativity.
Self Study: Molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules and plots of the multicentre orbitals. polarizability,
oxidation states, coordination numbers and geometries.
Unit – 2: Energy Storage and Conversion Devices [7L+7T] Battery:

Introduction to electrochemistry, Basic concepts of Cells and Battery, Battery characteristics Primary
(Leclanche Cell), Secondary (Lead-Acid), Lithium batteries, Advantage of use of Li as electrode material
(Lithium & Lithium ion), super capacitors.
Fuel cells: Difference between battery and fuel cell, types of fuel cells- construction working,
applications, advantages & limitations of Solid oxide fuel cells and phosphoric acid fuel cell
Photovoltaic cell: Introduction to Electromagnetic spectrum and light-mater interaction, Production of
Si from chemical method, Single crystal Si Semiconductor by Crystal pulling technique (Czocharlski
method), and zone refining.
Band structure of solids and the role of doping on band structures. Properties of Silicon, advantages, P-
N Junction diode, antireflective coatings. Construction, working of photovoltaic cells, applications,
advantages and disadvantages.
Self -Study: Reserve battery, Alkaline Fuel Cell, Design of solar cells-Modules, Panels and arrays.
Unit-3: Science of Corrosion and Its Control [7L+7T]
Corrosion: Electrochemical theory of corrosion, galvanic series, types of Corrosion- differential metal
corrosion, differential aeration corrosion (Pitting & water line), boiler corrosion, and grain boundary
corrosion, Factors affecting rate of corrosion-Primary, secondary.
Corrosion control: Galvanizing & tinning, cathodic protection & Anodic Protection.
Metal Finishing: Theory of electroplating. Factors required to study electroplating. Effect of plating
variables on the nature of electro-deposit- electroplating process, Electroplating of gold. Electro less
plating of copper and nickel, PCB manufacture by Electro less plating of copper.
Self- Study: Energy concept (Pourbiax) under different pH conditions. Corrosion Studies on Al, Fe with
pourbiax diagram. Inorganic Coatings-Anodizing &Phospating, and Corrosion Inhibitors
Unit -4: Chemistry of Engineering Materials [7L+7T]

Semiconducting and Super Conducting materials-Principle and some example.
Magnetic materials: Principle and types of magnetic materials-applications of magnetic materials in
storage devices.
Polymers: Introduction, Glass transition temperature (tg) - definition, significance. Structure-Property
relationship – tensile strength, plastic, deformation, chemical resistivity, crystallinity and elasticity.
Adhesives: properties, synthesis and applications of epoxy resin.
Polymer composites: (carbon fibre and Kevlar, synthesis, advantages, applications).
Conducting polymers: Mechanism, synthesis and applications of polyacetyline, synthesis of polyaniline
and its applications. Liquid Crystals: Introduction, classification and applications.
Nanomaterials-Introduction – Definition, classification based on dimensionality (0D, 1D and 2D),
quantum confinement (electron confinement). Size dependent properties- surface area, magnetic
properties (GMR phenomenon), thermal properties (melting point), optical properties and electrical
properties. Properties and applications of Carbon Nanomaterials (Fullerenes, Carbon nanotubes,
Graphenes).
Self- Study: Types of polymerization - Addition and Condensation (two example; Polyester and Teflon),
Biocompatible materials, Nano electronics, Nano medicines and energy conversion devices, Applications
of Nano materials- in hyperthermia (magnetic property), in corrosion control (Nano-coatings).
Text Books:
1. S. S. Dara, S. S. Umare, “A Text book of Engineering Chemistry”. S. Chand Publications, New Delhi,
1986.
2. S. Chawla, “Text Book of Engineering Chemistry”. Dhanapathirai Publications.
3. P.W. Atkins, “Physical Chemistry”. Oxford University press, UK, 2018.
4. S. Agarwal, “Engineering Chemistry: Fundamentals and Applications”. Cambridge University Press,
UK, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. V. R. Gowrikar, N.N. Viswanathan, J. Sreedhar, “Polymer chemistry”. Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1986.
2. Fontana G. Mars, “Corrosion engineering”. Tata McGrail Publishing Pvt. Ltd, 3rd edition, 2005.
3. Charles P. Poole Jr., Frank J. Owens, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”. Wiley India Publishers,
2004.
4. Krishan K Chawla, “Composite materials – Science and Engineering”. Springer International
edition, Second edition, 2012.
B19EC2030 L T P C
Analog Electronics
Duration: 14Weeks 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
Basic Electrical and Electronics,
Course Description
Analog Electronics is the base of Electronics & Communication stream. In this course the working of
various amplifiers is explained. Students learn how BJT work at low and high frequencies, what happens
in FET amplifiers, Power amplifiers, feedback amplifiers, tuned amplifiers and different types of oscillators
and their working is analyzed. Introduction to Op-Amps is given in the end of the course.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand operation of semiconductor devices.

2. Understand how devices such as semiconductor diodes and Bipolar Junction transistors are
modeled and how the models are used in the design and analysis of useful circuits.
3. Apply concepts for the design of Amplifiers
4. Verify the design and construct circuits, take measurements of circuit behavior and performance,
compare with predicted circuit models and explain discrepancies using simulators.
5. Implement mini projects based on concept of electronics circuit.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course the student will be able to
1. Analyze dc circuits and relate ac models of semiconductor devices with their physical Operation.
2. Develop the capability to analyze and design simple circuits containing non-linear elements such
as transistors using the concepts of load lines, operating points and incremental analysis.
3. Develop experience in building and trouble-shooting simple electronic analog and digital circuits
(PBL).
4. Assess the concepts of both positive and negative feedback in electronic circuits.

Course POS/ PO P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
Code 1 O 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
COs 2 10 11 12
B19EC203 CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1
0 CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 1 3 2 1 3 1
CO4 2 2 1 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Transistor Biasing and BJT AC analysis [11 Hrs]
Transistor Biasing: (BJT Version) Operating Point, Fixed Bias, Voltage-Divider Bias Configurations, Emitter-
Follower , Bias Stabilization, Problems linked to above topics, Simulation using TINA/PSPICE/Multisim
Simulator.
BJT AC Analysis: The re Transistor Model, Modeling of Voltage-Divider Bias and Emitter-Follower
Configurations, Two-Port Systems Approach, Cascaded Systems, Darlington Connection, Problems linked
to above topics, Simulation using TINA/PSPICE/Multisim Simulator.
Unit-2: BJT Frequency Response Feedback Amplifiers [10 Hrs]

Logarithms, Decibels, General Frequency Considerations, Normalization Process, Low-Frequency
Response-BJT Amplifier with RL, Millers Effect Capacitance, High Frequency Response-BJT Amplifier,
Multistage Frequency Effects. Problems linked to above topics, Simulation using TINA/PSPICE/Multisim
Simulator.
Feedback Amplifiers: Feedback Concepts, Feedback Connection Types, Practical Feedback Circuits-
Voltage Series Feedback and Current-Series Feedback. Problems linked to above topics. Simulation using
TINA/PSPICE/Multisim Simulator.
Unit-3: Oscillator Circuits and Power Amplifiers [11 Hrs]

Oscillator Circuits: Condition for oscillations, Oscillator operation, Phase Shift Oscillator, Colpitts, Hartley
and Crystal Oscillators. Problems linked to above topics. Simulation using TINA/PSPICE/Multisim
Simulator.
Power Amplifiers: Series-Fed Class A Amplifier, Transformer-Coupled Class A Amplifier, Class B Amplifier
Ciruits-Transformer-coupled Push-Pull Circuits, Complementary-symmetry Circuits, Class C and Class D
amplifiers. Problems linked to above topics. Simulation using TINA/PSPICE/Multisim Simulator.
Unit-4: FETs and Op-Amps [10 Hrs]
Field Effect Transistors: Construction and Characteristics of JFETs, Transfer Characteristics, Important
relations, Depletion-Type MOSFET, Enhancement-Type MOSFET.
Introduction to Operational Amplifiers: Basic Operational Amplifier Circuit, The 741 IC Op-Amp, Voltage
Follower, Non-inverting and Inverting Amplifiers. Operational Amplifier Parameters. Problems linked to
above topics. Simulation using TINA/PSPICE/Multisim Simulator.
Project Based Learning

Design a public address system which includes a DC Power supply, Two-stage audio preamplifier and a
power amplifier connected to speaker.
Text Books:
1. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, PHI/Pearson
Education, 11th edition, 2015.
2. David A. Bell, “Electronic Devices & Circuits”, Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education, 4th edition,
2007.
3. David A. Bell, “Operational Amplifiers and Linear ICs”, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd edition, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Jacob Millman & Christos. C. Halkias, Satyabrata Jit, “Electronic Devices and Circuits “,Tata
McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 2008.
2. Floyd, “Electronic Devices”, Prentice Hall of India, Pearson Education, 6th Edition, 2010.
3. Anil Kumar Maini, VarshaAgrawal,”Electronic Devices and Circuits”, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.
B19EC2040 L T P C
Python Programming (I)
Prerequisites:
Computer concepts and C programming
Course Description:
Python is a language with a simple syntax, and a powerful set of libraries. This course is an introduction
to the Python programming language for students without prior programming experience. We cover
data types, control flow, object-oriented programming, and graphical user interface-driven applications.
The purpose of this course is to provide the solid foundations in the basic concepts of Python
programming language. The Python Programming Language are a very important to develop Application
Software, System Software, Operating Systems, and Network Simulators as it employs Object Oriented
Programming (OOP) aspect. This course has important features of OOP like Polymorphism, Inheritance
which are not present in C Programming Language.
Course Objectives:

1. Present the syntax and semantics of the python, as well as basic data types offered by the language.
2. Provide the insight into python functions, modules, and packages.
3. Demonstrate the files and exception handling in python programming.
4. Present the object-oriented concepts like encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student is expected to be able to:
1. Use the built-in data types and operators in python programming.

2. Build effective python programs using functions, modules, and packages and by accessing files and
directories.
3. Design object-oriented programs using python classes and objects.
4. Demonstrate and use the concept of inheritance and polymorphism for code reusability.
Course POS/ P P PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO

Code COs O 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
1 10 11 12
B19EC2040 CO1 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 4 3 2
CO2 4 4 3 1 3 2 1 4 3 3
CO3 4 4 3 1 3 2 1 4 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 3 2
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Introduction to python: [3L+7T+7P]
Features of python programming, application of python, Getting started, keywords and identifier,
Python Indentation, statements and comments, variables, Data types: numbers, list, tuple, strings, set,
dictionary, type conversion, arrays v/s lists, python I/O, python operators, branching and looping
statements.
Unit 2: Python functions and file handling [4L+7T+7P]

Python functions: Syntax of functions, arguments and return values, scope and lifetime of variables,
python global keyword, python modules and packages.
Python files: Python file operation, directory, exceptions, exception handling and user defined
exceptions.
Unit 3: Classes and objects: [3L+7T+7P]

Introduction to object-oriented programming, class, objects, attributes and methods, creating an object
in python, self-parameter, constructors in python, deleting attributes and objects.
Unit 4: Inheritance, Polymorphism, and Advanced concepts [4L+7T+7P]

Inheritance: Python inheritance syntax, Examples on single inheritance and multiple inheritance.
Polymorphism: Method overloading, operator overloading examples.
Advanced concepts: Introduction to Iterators, generators, and decorators.
Text Books:
1. Allen Downey, “Think Python: How to Think like a Computer Scientist”, Green Tea Press Needham,
Massachusetts, 2nd edition, 2017.
2. Kenneth A. Lambert, “Fundamentals of Python: First Programs (introduction to Programming)”, 1st
Edition, CENAGE Learning, 2016.
3. Charles R. Severance, “Python for everybody: Exploring data using python 3”, Shroff publishers,
2017.
Reference Books:
1. John M. Zelle, “PYTHON Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science”, Franklin, Beedle&

Associates, 2nd edition, 2015.
2. Michael Dawson, “Python Programming for the Absolute Beginners”, 3rd Edition, CENAGE Learning,
2016.
3. Springer, Kent D. Lee, “Python Programming Fundamentals”, 2nd Edition,2015.
4. John V. Guttag, “Introduction to Computation and Programming using Python”, MIT Press, 2016.
Python Programming Lab
1. Basic programs
1.a Program to demonstrate basic data types in python
1.b Program to demonstrate list, tuple, dictionary and sets in python
1.c Program that shows Indentation Error.
2. Branching and looping statements
2.a Write a python program to find the largest of 3 numbers. (Using branching statements)
2.b Write a python program to get a list as input from user and find the largest element of the list.
2.c Write a python program to sort the list in ascending order (Bubble sort algorithm).
3. Operators and functions
3.a Write a python program to compute distance between two points taking input from the user
(Pythagorean Theorem).
3.b Write a python program to implement Simple Calculator by Making Functions.
3.b Write a function that receives marks scored by a student in 3 subjects and calculates the average
and percentage of these marks. Call this function and display the results.
4. File operation: Write a program to access (read/write) a file and display its contents.
5. Exceptions: Write a program to depict exception handling in python for Zero Division Error
6. Classes and objects: Write a program to create a class named student with attributes Name, and
SRN and member function show to display the data members of the object. Create two objects of
student class, read and display the contents of objects.
7. Inheritance: Create a base class person with data members name, age and derived class student with
data members name, age, SRN and college. Write a program to demonstrate single inheritance.
8. Polymorphism: Create a class named point with data members x, and y. Write a program to
implement + operator overloading for two objects P1 and P2 of type point.
9. Iterators: Write a program to demonstrate an Iterator in Python. Use the next ( ) function to
manually iterate through all the items of an iterator.
10. Generators: Write a program to generate a Fibonacci series by adopting generators approach in
python.
B19EC2050 L T P C
Environmental Sciences
Prerequisites:
Basic knowledge of Environmental Science studied at higher secondary & school level.
Course Description:
Environmental Science is a multidisciplinary subject which includes various aspects from physics,
chemistry, Ecology, Biology, Earth science & Engineering etc. Environmental Studies includes the
introduction to environment, Objectives & guiding principles of Environmental education,
environmental ethics, Components of Environment, Impacts of Engineering/human activities on
environment, Sustainable development, Role of individual and government in environmental Protection,
and various topics related to environmental science imparted through this course.
Course Objectives:
1. Discuss Foster clear awareness and concern about economic, social, political and ecological
interdependence in urban and rural area
2. Influence the new patterns of behaviors of individuals, groups and society as a whole towards
the environment
3. List the knowledge values, attitudes, commitment and skills needed to protect and improve the
environment
4. Explain the environmental measures and education programs.
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Adapt the environmental conditions and protect it
2. Estimate the role of individual, government and NGO in environmental protection.
3. Interpret the new renewable energy resources with high efficiency through active research.
4. Analyze the ecological imbalances and protect it.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Programme Outcomes

Course POs/ PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
B19EC2050 CO1 1 2 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 1 2 3 3 1 2 1 1
CO4 1 3 3 1 1 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies [7 Hrs]
Introduction to Environment, objectives and guiding principles of environmental education, Components

of environment, Structure of atmosphere, Sustainable environment/Development, Impact of technology
on the environment in terms of modern agricultural practices and industrialization, Environmental
Impact Assessment
Environmental protection – Role of Government-Assignments of MOEF, Functions of central and state

boards, Environmental Legislations, Initiative and Role of Non-government organizations in India and
world.
Self study: Need for public awareness on the environment, Gaia Hypothesis
Unit-2: Environmental pollution, degradation & Waste management [7 Hrs]

Environmental Pollution – Definition, sources and types, Pollutant-Definition &classification, Concepts
of air pollution, water pollution, Soil pollution, Automobile pollution-Causes, Effects & control measures
Environmental degradation – Introduction, Global warming and greenhouse effect, Acid rain-formation
& effects, Ozone depletion in stratosphere and its effect.Solid Waste management – Municipal solid
waste, Biomedical waste, Industrial solid waste and Electronic waste (E-Waste).
Self study: Case studies of London smog, Bhopal gas tragedy, marine pollutions and study of different
waste water treatment processes. Disaster management, early warning systems-bio indicators for
Tsunami and other natural disasters.
Unit-3: Energy & Natural resources [7Hrs]
Energy: Definition, classification of energy resources, electromagnetic radiation-features and
applications,Conventional/Non-renewable sources – Fossil fuels based(Coal, petroleum & natural gas),
nuclear energy, Non-conventional/renewable sources – Solar, wind,hydro, biogas, biomass, geothermal,
ocean thermal energy, Hydrogen as an alternative as a future source of energy.
Natural resources:water resource(Global water resource distribution, Water conservation methods,
Water quality parameters, Uses of water and its importance), Mineral resources (Types of minerals,
Methods of mining & impacts of mining activities),Forest wealth (Importance, Deforestation-Causes,
effects and controlling measures)
Self study: Remote sensing and its applications, Chernobyl (USSR) nuclear disaster and Fukushima
(Japan) nuclear disaster. Hydrology & modern methods adopted for mining activities.
Unit-4: Ecology and ecosystem [7 Hrs]

Ecology: Definition, branches, objectives and classification, Concept of an ecosystem- Structure and
functions, Characteristics of an Ecosystem-Ecosystem Resilience, Ecological succession and productivity,
Balanced ecosystem, Components of ecosystem-abiotic and biotic, biological diversity.
Biogeochemical cycles and its environmental significance –
Carbon and nitrogen cycle, Energy flow in ecosystem, food chains –types, food web & Ecological
Pyramids.
Self- study: Need for balanced ecosystem and restoration of degraded ecosystems.
Text books:
1. R.J. Ranjit Daniels, Jagadish Krishnaswamy, M.S. Reddy, Chandrasekhar, “Environmental Studies” Wiley
India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2017.
2. Benny Joseph, “Environmental Studies” Revised Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2017.
3. Ashish Shukla, Renu Singh, Anil Kumar, “Environmental Science” Revised Edition, IK International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2018.
4. S. M. Prakash, “Environmental Studies” Elite Publishers Mangalore, 2017.
5. R.J. Ranjit Daniels and Jagadish Krishnaswamy, “Environmental Studies” Wiley India Private Ltd., New
Delhi, 2009.
6. G. Tyler Miller, S. E. Spoolman, “Environmental Sciences” Cengage Learning, l4th Edition, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Bharucha Erach, “The Biodiversity of India” Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad, India, 20l7.
2. R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies – from Crisis to cure” Oxford University Press, 2017.
3. Arvind Walia, “Environmental Science” Kalyani Publications, 2018.
4. H. Jadhav, V. M. Bhosale, “Environmental Protection and Laws” Revised Edition, Himalaya Pub. House,
Delhi, 2018.
5. B.K Sharma, “Environmental Chemistry” Goel Pub. House, Meerut, 2018.
B19EC2060 L T P C
Technical English - 2
Prerequisites:
Technical English- 1
This course is aimed to develop basic communication skills in English in the learners, to prioritize listening
and reading skills among learners, to simplify writing skills needed for academic as well as workplace context,
to examine that the learners use the electronic media such as internet and supplement the learning
materials used in the classroom.
Course Description:
This course is aimed to develop basic communication skills in English in the learners, to prioritize
listening and reading skills among learners, to simplify writing skills needed for academic as well as
workplace context, to examine that the learners use the electronic media such as internet and
supplement the learning materials used in the classroom.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are :

1. Utilize the ability of using language skills effectively in real-life scenarios.
2. Develop the learners’ competence in employability skills.
3. Improve the habit of writing, leading to effective and efficient communication.
4. Prioritize specially on the development of technical reading and speaking skills among the learners.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, learners will be able to:

1. Organize their opinions clearly and meaningfully.
2. Demonstrate the ability to speak appropriately in social and professional contexts.
3. Build inferences from the text.
4. Take part in interviews confidently & develop accurate writing skills using different components of
academic writing.

Course Code POS/ PO1 P2 PO3 PO4 PO5 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs 10 11 12
B19EC2060 CO1 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 3 0 0 0
CO2 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 3 0 0 0
CO3 0 3 0 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 3 0 0 0
CO4 0 2 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 3 0 0 0
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Language Acquisition [7P]

Grammar: Active and passive voice, Listening & Speaking: Listening to informal conversations and
interacting, Reading: Developing analytical skills; Deductive and inductive reasoning, Writing: Giving
Instructions; Dialogue Writing
Unit-2: Persuasive Skills [7P]

Grammar: Compound words; Phrasal verbs, Listening: Listening to situation based dialogues
Speaking: Group Discussions, Reading: Reading a short story or an article from newspaper; Critical
reading, Writing: Formal letters (Accepting/ inviting/ declining); Personal letters (Inviting your friend to a
function, congratulating someone for his / her success, thanking one’s friends / relatives)
Unit-3: Cognitive Skills [7P]
Grammar: Homonyms; homophones, Listening: Listening to conversations; Understanding the structure
of conversations, Speaking: Presentation Skills, Reading: Extensive reading
Writing: Report Writing (Feasibility/ Project report - report format – recommendations/ suggestions -
interpretation of data using charts, PPT); Precis Writing
Unit-4: Employability Skills [7P]

Grammar: Idioms; Single Word Substitutes, Listening: Listening to a telephone conversation; Viewing
model interviews (face-to-face, telephonic and video conferencing), Speaking: Interview Skills, Mock
Interviews, Reading: Reading job advert Semen’s and the profile of the company concerned, Writing:
Applying for a job; Writing a cover letter with Resume / CV
Text Books:
1. Bansal, R.K. and J.B. Harrison. “Spoken English”. Orient Blackswan, 2013.
2. Raman, Meenakshi and Sangeeta Sharma. “Technical Communication”. Oxford University Press,
2015.
3. Thorpe, Edgar and Showick Thorpe. “Objective English”. Pearson Education, 2013.
4. Dixson, Robert J. “Everyday Dialogues in English”. Prentice Hall India Pvt Ltd., 1988.
5. Turton, Nigel D. “ABC of Common Errors”. Mac Millan Publishers, 1995.
6. Samson, T. (ed.) “Innovate with English”. Cambridge University Press, 2010.
7. Kumar, E Suresh, J. Savitri and P Sreehari (ed). “Effective English”. Pearson Education, 2009.
8. Goodale, Malcolm. “Professional Presentation”. Cambridge University Press, 2013.
B19EC2070 L T P C
Computer Aided Engineering Drawing (I)
Duration :14 Weeks 1 0 1 2
Prerequisites:
Basic Knowledge on geometry and their construction
Course Description:
Computer Aided engineering drawing is the primary medium for communicating engineering design. In
this course, to begin with Students are trained on skills of Sketching, Scaling and Dimensioning. The
students are introduced to orthographic projections and they are trained to draw orthographic
projections of Points, Lines, Planes and Solids. They are further trained to draw Development of Lateral
surfaces, Isometric Projections.
Course Objectives:
1. Comprehend general projection theory, with emphasis on orthographic projection to represent in
two-dimensional views.
2. Introduce dimension and annotation for two-dimensional engineering drawings.
3. Emphasize freehand sketching to aid in the visualization process to efficiently communicate ideas
graphically and best practices applied in engineering graphics
4. Introduction of CAD software for the creation of 2D engineering drawings.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:

1. Identify industry Drawings and able to develop independent thinking and problem solving
capabilities
2. Express components descriptions as per the commonly practiced standards
3. Visualize 2D and simple 3D drawings of simple machine component.
4. Comprehend the computer aided drawing of simple objects/tools/instruments /elements/
structures belonging to the engineering field and industry specific drawings

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
10 11 12
B19EC2 CO1 3 2 1 2 2 1 2
070 CO2 3 2 1 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit – 1: Introduction to Drawing [3L+7P]
Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Introduction, Drawing Instruments and their uses, BIS conventions,
Drawing sheets, Dimensioning, regular polygons and their construction and brief introduction to solid
edge software.
Projection of points: Points in different quadrants.
Projection of Straight Lines (First-angle Projection only): Parallel to one or both planes – Perpendicular
to one plane and parallel to other plane, Inclined to one plane and parallel to the other, Inclined to both
planes.
Projection of Planes: Types of Planes, Projection of Planes, perpendicular to VP and inclined to HP –

Inclined to both the planes.
Unit – 2: Projection of Prisms [4L+7P]
Square, pentagonal and hexagonal prisms, cylinder, Solids in simple position (only resting on HP on one
of the base corner or base edge of solid), Axis parallel to VP plane and inclined to HP, Axis inclined to
both plane (only change of position method).
Unit – 3: Projection of Pyramids [3L+7P]

Square, pentagonal and hexagonal pyramids, cone, Solids in simple position (only resting on HP on one
of the base corner or base edge of solid), Axis parallel to VP p and inclined to HP, Axis inclined to both
plane (only change of position method).
Unit - 4: Development of Lateral surfaces of solids [4L+7P]

Regular prisms and pyramids only.
Isometric Projection: Isometric axes, Lines and Planes, Isometric Scale, Isometric Projection of Planes,
Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders, Cone and Sphere, Combination of Solids (Maximum Two solids).
Text Books:
1. Dr. K S Narayanswamy and Prof.Mahesh L, “Text Book on Engineering Drawing”, REVA University,
WILEY Publishers 2017.
2. N.D.Bhatt and V.M. Panchal “Engineering Drawing “, Charotar Publishing, 48th Edition, 2005.
3. K.R. Gopalakrishna “Engineering Graphics”, Subhas Publishers, 32nd Edition, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. P. S. Gill “Engineering Drawing”, S. K. Kataria& Sons, 11th Edition, 2001.
2. K L Narayan and P Kannaiah, “Engineering Drawing”, Scitech Publications, 2015.
B19EC2080 L T P C
Analog Electronics Lab
Prerequisites:
Basic Electrical and Electronics lab
Course Description:
Analog Electronics lab is first step in the design of Amplifiers for the ECE students. The practical design
aspects of various amplifiers is introduced and measurements are taken. Power amplifiers are
designed and the efficiency is measured. The concepts of positive feedback amplifiers is also
introduced by desigining various oscillators. The students also design the circuits using simulators.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand and estimate the gain and input/output resistances of single and two-stage amplifiers.
2. Perform DC and AC analysis of the BJT amplifier and understand the bode plots.
3. Learn different biasing techniques and behavior of BJT amplifiers, at low and high frequencies.
4. Understand the principle of operation of different oscillators circuits.
5. Simulation and design of electronic circuits using SPICE or other analog simulator.
Course Outcomes:

1. Design different BJT negative and positive feedback amplifiers.
2. Design and Assess the amplifier parameters like gain, BW, Zin and Zout , efficiency, etc.
3. Compile the experiment's procedures and results by writing a formal report.
4. Analyze all the above experiments using suitable simulation software.

Course POS/ PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1
2080 CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 3 1
Lab Experiments
1. Design a Single stage BJT CE Amplifier and obtain frequency response curve and find Bandwidth,
Input & Output Impedances.
Challenging Experiment: Connect above amplifier to Analog Discovery Module & find frequency
response curve.
2. Design a Two stage voltage series BJT Amplifier and Obtain frequency response curve, also find
Bandwidth, Input & Output Impedances
3. Design a CE mode Cascode amplifier and plot frequency response. Also find Gain & Bandwidth.
4. Design a Class - C tuned Amplifier & find its Efficiency.
Challenge Experiment: Find Frequency response of Class - C tuned Amplifier by using Analog
Discovery Module.
5. Design a BJT Darlington emitter follower and find Gain, Input & Output Impedances.
6. Rig-up an R-C Phase Shift oscillator for fo ≤ 10 KHz & Crystal oscillator for fo>1MHz.
7. Design a BJT Hartley & Colpitt’s Oscillators for frequency ≥100kHz & simulate the circuit in Multisim.
8. Demonstrate the working of Class-B push pull power amplifier using transistors find its Efficiency &
also simulate the same in Multisim.
9. Design an OPAMP Inverting & Non Inverting Amplifier.
Challenge Experiment: Conduct the Experiment by using Analog Discovery Module.
10. Mini Project.
B19EC2090 L T P C
Chemistry Lab
Duration : 14 WKS 0 0 2 2
Prerequisites:
Students taking this course shall have the knowledge of the following:
Handling glassware, apparatus, Acids, Bases toxic chemicals and safety precautions in the laboratory. Chemical
awareness and basic chemical reactions.
Course Description:
Engineering chemistry lab provides the very basic knowledge required for engineering students to
understand its importance in technology and practical life. It provides the knowledge of quantum
mechanics, battery technology its importance and applications. It also provides knowledge about
corrosion science, construction of PCB’s and engineering materials, testing the chemicals in laborotary
etc.
Course Objectives:
1. Distinguish qualitative and quantitative analysis of materials by classical and instrumental
methods for developing experimental skills in building technical competence
2. Analyse different instrumental and titrimetric methods for estimation of the samples
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; student shall be able to:
1. Analyze the amount of material present in the sample by different instrumental methods.
2. Evaluate the amount of oxygen demand, alkalinity, and hardness of the different water samples.
3. Estimate impurities in water.
4. Test the ions present in unknown substance/ores using titrimetric and instrumental metals

Course POs/ PO1 PO PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code COs 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC CO1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
2090 CO2 1 1 2 2 1
CO3 1 1 2 2 1 1
CO4 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
List of Experiments
1. Potentiometric Estimation of Mohrs salt.
2. Colorimetric estimation of copper.
3. Conductometric estimation of acid mixture using standard NaOH.
4. Determination of pKa of given weak acid using pH meter.
5. Determination of viscosity co-efficient of a given organic Liquid.
6. Determination of total hardness of the given water sample.
7. Determination of calcium oxide in the given cement sample.
8. Determination of COD of the given waste water sample.
9. Determination of percentage of copper in the given brass sample.
Determination of iron in the given sample of Haematite ore using

10 Potassium dicromate.
Estimation of Alkalinity of the given water sample using standard

11 HCl solution
12 Flame photometric estimation of sodium in the given water sample.
13 Electroplating of Copper and Nickel.
14 Determination of Calcium in a milk sample.
Text Books:
1. P.W. Atkins, “Physical Chemistry”. Oxford University press, UK, 2018.
2. S. Agarwal, “Engineering Chemistry: Fundamentals and Applications”. Cambridge University
Press, UK, 2015.
Reference books:
1. S.S. Dara , “A text book on experiments and calculation in Engineering”. S. Chand and company Pvt
Ltd, 2008.
2. Gurdeep Chatwal, Sham Anand, ”Instrumental methods of chemical analysis” , Himalaya
Publications, 1984.
Semester III:
B19EC3010 L T P C
Engineering Mathematics – III
Prerequisites:
Engineering Mathematics –I & II
Fourier series, Fourier transform, Z-transform and application of Z-transform are used to solve
difference equations. This course is widely used in all streams of Engineering, particularly in the field
of Electronics and Communication Engineering, for ex., Fourier series is used in transmission and
processing of digital signals, it can transform time domain into frequency domain and this domain is
used as a mathematical tool to analyze the signals, Z-transform is used to simulate the continuous
system, etc.
Course Objectives:
1. Apply the knowledge of Fourier series and few of its applications.
2. Apply Fourier transform and Z-transform concepts to solve various engineering problems
related to time domain.
3. Study the elements of complex variables and fundamental concepts such as analytic functions,
complex integrals, Taylor series and Laurent series.
4. Apply the knowledge of Vector spaces, Basis and dimension.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student will be able
1. Apply the knowledge of Fourier series and few of its application.

2. Apply Fourier transform and Z-transform concepts to solve various engineering problems
related to time domain.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of integration in the complex plane, use the Cauchy integral theorem
and Cauchy integral formula, manipulate and use power series, understand residues and their
use in integration.
4. Apply the knowledge of vector spaces in the field electronics engineering.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
10 11 12
B19EC30 CO1 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 2 1
10 CO2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1
Fourier series [10L+7T ]
Convergence and divergence of infinite series of positive terms - definition, Periodic functions, Dirichlet’s
conditions and Fourier series of period functions of period 2 and arbitrary period , half range Fourier
series , Complex form of Fourier series and Practical Harmonic analysis. Illustrative examples from
engineering field.
Unit-2: Fourier Transform and Z -Transform [10L+7T ]

Infinite Fourier Transform, Fourier sine and cosine transforms, properties, inverse transforms and
evaluation of integrals. Z-transforms - Definition, standard Z-transforms, damping rule, shifting rule,
initial value and final value theorems (proof), inverse Z-transform, application of Z-transform to solve
difference equations.
Unit-3: Complex Analysis [10L+7T ]

Function of a complex variable, Analytic functions-Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar
forms (no proof). Properties of analytic functions.
Complex line integrals-Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula. Taylor’s and Laurent’s series. Poles
and residues, residue theorem( no Proof ) problems.
Unit-4 :Vector spaces [10L+7T ]

Introduction to vector spaces and sub-spaces, definitions, illustrative examples and simple problems. Linearly
independent and dependent vectors-definition and problems. Basis vectors, dimension of a vector space. Linear
transformations- definition, properties and problems. Rank- Nullity theorem (without proof). Matrix form of linear
transformations-Illustrative examples.
Text books:
Reference Books:
1. B.V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 19th edition,
2013.
2. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa Publishing House, 5th
edition, 2014.
B19EC3020 L T P C
Linear Integrated Circuits
Duration:14 Weeks 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
Basic Electronics, Analog Electronic Circuits, Basics of OP-AMP
Course description
This course is basically a study of the characteristics, operations, stabilization, testing, and feedback
techniques of linear integrated circuits. The course includes applications in computation,
measurements, instrumentation, and active filtering.
Course Objectives:

1. Interpret and explain frequency response and compensation techniques of Operational amplifier.
2. Illustrate how operational amplifiers can be used in linear and nonlinear applications.
3. Introduce the concepts of waveform generation and introduce some special function ICs.
4. Explain and introduce the theory and applications of analog multipliers, PLL, voltage regulators,
IC555 timer applications.
5. Introduce the basic building blocks of linear integrated circuits and explain System design.
Course Outcomes:
1. Examine the stability of an op-amp circuit using frequency compensation techniques.
2. Design and simulate op-amp circuits for linear and non-linear applications.
3. Apply experience in building and trouble-shooting simple electronic analog and digital circuits(PBL)
4. Analyze systems like PLL, counters, Converters, frequency synthesizers function generators for
simple applications.
Course POS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code / 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
COs
B19EC30 CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1
20 CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit -1: OP-AMPS Frequency Response, Compensation and applications [11 Hrs]
Circuit stability, frequency and phase response, frequency compensating methods, bandwidth, and slew
rate effects, Zin mod compensation.
Linear Applications: Voltage sources, current sources and current sinks, Current amplifiers,
Instrumentation amplifier, precision rectifiers,
Unit -2: Non-linear applications of ICs [10 Hrs]

Clamping circuits, peak detectors, Sample and hold circuit, V-I and I-V converter, Log and Antilog
amplifiers, Multiplier and Divider, Triangular/Rectangular waveform generators, waveform generator
design.Crossing detectors, Inverting Schmitt trigger circuits, Active filters- first and second order low pass
and high pass filters,
Unit-3: Voltage regulators, 555 timer and PLL [10 Hrs]

Series op-amp regulator, IC voltage regulator, 723 general purpose regulators, 555 timer-basic timer
circuit, 555 timer used as Astable and Monostablemultivibrator, Basic block of PLL, Applications of PLL.
Unit-4: System design using ICs [11 Hrs]

system design Principles,Frequency counter, DACs and ADCs, Digital voltmeter, Digital programmable
frequency generator, frequency synthesizer, function generator, Display system design, Traffic controller
design.
Text Books:
1. D. Roy Choudhury and Shail B Jain, “ Linear Integrated Circuits”, New Age International, 2nd
edition, 2006
2. David A Bell, “Operational amplifiers and Linear ICs”, PHI/Pearson, 2nd edition, 2004
3. B. S. Sonde, “ Introduction to System Design Using Integrated Circuits”, New Age International,
1992,
Reference Books:
1. Thomas L. Floyd, David Buchla, “Basic Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Prentice Hall, 1999
2. Gayakwad, “Op-amp and linear Integrated circuits”, , Pearson, 4th edition, 2004
3. Bruce Carter,” Op Amps for Everyone”, ISBN: 978-0-12-391495-8, Fourth Edition.
4. BIS, ISO standards and Datasheets
B19EC3030 L T P C
Digital Electronics & Verilog
Duration :14Wks 3 1 0 4
Prerequisites:
Number system, Logic gates, Boolean algebra

Course Descrption
Electronics is classified based on the type of signal/information in to Analog Electronics and Digital Electronics.
Digital Electronics deals with signal/information represented using discrete values of 0’s and 1’s (Binary). Digital
electronics are designed using logic gates/circuits and are usually represented using Boolean Equations. Digital
Electronics is further classified in to Combinational Logic/Circuits and Sequential Logic/Circuits.
Hardware Description Language (HDL) is a computer –Aided Design tool for modern design and synthesis
of digital systems. Due to the complexity in design of digital systems, such systems cannot be realized
using discrete integrated circuits. They are usually realized using high density, programmable chips, such
as Field programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). This course develops students’ ability to understand and
design the basic building blocks of modern digital systems and provides them with a fundamental
knowledge for complicated digital hardware design using verilog
Course Objectives:
1. Provide the basics behind the digital circuit design in terms of all the necessary building blocks.
2. Illustrate Boolean laws and systematic techniques for minimization of expressions.
3. Introduce the Basic concepts of combinational and sequential logic.
4. Provide foundations of different styles of descriptions in HDLs.
5. Highlight the Design techniques of digital modules by using different styles of HDL descriptions.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course the student shall be able to:

1. Design digital circuits using gates, encoders, decoders, multiplexers and de-multiplexers
2. Interpret the output and performance of given combinational and sequential circuits.
3. Summarize the different styles of Verilog programming and its applications.
4. Distinguish Verilog models for realizing combinational and sequential circuits

Course POs P PO PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
Code / O 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
COs 1 1 1 1
0 1 2
B19EC30 CO1 2 3 1 3 2 3
30 CO2 2 3 1 3 3 3 2 3
CO3 2 1 2 3 3 2 3
CO4 1 2 3 2 3 3 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Principle and Minimization Techniques of combinational Circuits [10 L+7 T]
Introduction to combinational logic circuits, generation of switching equation from truth table.
Minimization Techniques: Boolean algebra, expression minimization. Min-term, Max-term, Sum of
Products (SOP), Product of Sums (POS), Karnaugh map, incompletely specified functions, Introduction to
Digital Logic Families.
Analysis and Design of Combinational Circuits
Adder/Subtractor, Carry Look Ahead adder, BCD adder. Principle of Encoder and Decoder with cascading
of decoders. Principle of Multiplexers and Demultiplexer with cascading of Mux and Boolean function
implementation using Mux and decoders, Comparators.
Unit -2: Introduction to Sequential circuit [11 T+7 T]

Basic bi-stable element, S R Latch, Flip-flops - SR, JK, D, T, and Master-Slave – Characteristic table and
equation. Registers, Shift Register, Counters: Binary Ripple Up/Down Counter, Design of synchronous
Mod- n counter using flip-flop.
Design & Applications of Digital Circuits
Sequential Design: Introduction to Mealy and Moore Model circuits. State machine notation,
Synchronous sequential circuit analysis and construction of state table and diagram. Case study:
sequence generator.
Unit -3: Verilog Programming concepts [10 T+7 T]

Structure of Verilog Program, Operators, Data types
Data Flow Description:
Highlights of Data-Flow Descriptions, Structure of Data-Flow Description, Data Type –Vectors,
Introduction to signal declaration and assignment statements, Assigning delays to signal assessment
statement, Programs based on Data Flow Description.
Case Study: 1. Ripple carry adder and 2. Carry look ahead adder
Unit -4: Behavioral Description and Structural Description [11 T+7 T]

Highlights and Structure of HDL Behavioral Description, Introduction to formats of sequential
statements with examples. Programs Based on Behavioral Description
Structural Description: Highlights of Structural Description, Organization of the Structural Description
Case Study: 1. Design of Shift register module using behavioral description 2. Booth algorithm
implementation using behavioral description 3. Design of four bit ripple carry adder using structural
description
Text Books:
1. John M Yarbrough, “Digital Logic Applications and Design”, Thomson Learning, 1st Edition, 2001.
2. Nazeih M Botros,“HDL Programming : VHDL and Veriolog” Dreamtech Press, 6th Edition 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Samir Palnitkar “Verilog HDL”–-Pearson Education
2. Donald D Givone, “Digital Principles and Design”, Tata McGraw-Hill 1st Edition, 2002.
3. D P Leach, A P Malvino, &GouthamSaha, “Digital Principles and applications”, Tata McGraw-Hill,
7th Edition, 2010.
4. Moshe Morris Mano, “Digital Design” Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition, 2008.
5. Chales H Roth,Jr., “Fundamentals of Logic Design”, Cengage learning, 5th Edition, 2004
B19EC3040 L T P C
Signals and Systems (I)
Prerequisites:
Differential and Integral Calculus, Geometric Series.
Course Description:
The course covers the fundamentals of signal and system analysis tackling both continuous-time (CT)
and discrete-time (DT) systems. The course provides the necessary background needed for
understanding analog and digital signal processing, automatic control, analog and digital
communications, and probability and random processes. The course focuses on the study of linear time-
invariant (LTI) systems and their analysis in the time domain or in the frequency domain. Fourier analysis
in the course includes Fourier series for periodic continuous-time signals, the continuous-time Fourier
transform (CTFT) and the discrete-time Fourier transform (DTFT). In addition the course includes a
chapter on Z transform.
Course Objectives:

1. Provide insight into fundamentals of Continuous and Discrete-time signals and systems, their
properties and representations.
2. Introduce time domain representation of Linear Time invariant Systems such as Convolution Sum,
Convolution Integral.
3. Provide understanding of signal representation in Fourier domain such as Fourier Series, Fourier
transform, discrete time Fourier transform.
4. Provide insights into applications of Fourier transform and brief understanding of signal
representation in Z-domain.
Course Outcomes:
1. Illustrate the operations on Signals and summarize the properties of Systems.
2. Apply Convolution operation on an LTI System.
3. Represent continuous time periodic signals in frequency domain using Fourier technique.
4. Represent the discrete time signals in Z-domain and determine the behavior of Causal LTI system
using properties of Z-Transform.

Course POs/ PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC30 CO1 3 2 1 1 3 1 2 3
40
CO2 3 3 2 1 3 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 1 1 3
CO4 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Signals and Systems [7L+7T+7P]
Definitions of a signal and system, Elementary signals, Basic operations on signals, Classification of
signals, Properties of systems
Unit-2: Analysis of Linear Time Invariant Systems and Fourier Series [7L+7T+7P]
Time domain representation of LTI system: Impulse response representation, Convolution Sum,
Convolution Integral, Convolution Properties, Causality and Stability. Fourier Representation of Periodic
Signals: Introduction to CTFS and DTFS, definition, properties and basic problems
Unit-3: Fourier Representation for Aperiodic signals [7L+7T+7P]

FT representation of aperiodic CT signals - FT, definition, FT of standard CT signals, Properties and their
significance.
FT representation of aperiodic discrete signals-DTFT, definition, DTFT of standard discrete signals,
Properties and their significance
Unit-4: Applications of FT and Z-Transforms [7L+7T+7P]

Application of FT: Sampling theorem and reconstruction of signals.
Properties of Z transform , ROC, Inversion of Z – transforms, transform analysis of LTI Systems, Unilateral
Z-Transform and its application to solve difference equations
Text Book:
1. Simon Haykins, “Signals and Systems”, John Wiley, India Pvt Ltd, Second Edition, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. Michael Roberts, “Fundamentals of signals and systems”, TATA McGraw Hill, Second Edition ,2010
2. Allan V. Oppenheim, S. Wilsky and S. H. Nawab, “Signals and Systems”, Pearson Education, Second
Edition, 1997.
3. D. Ganesh Rao and Satish Tunga, “Signals and Systems”, Pearson/Sanguine Technical Publishers,
2004
4. Uday Kumar S. “Signals and Systems”, Prism books Pvt. Ltd, 6th Edition 2015
Signals and Systems Lab Experiments
List of Experiments to be done using MATLAB/Octave/Scilab

Introduction to MATLAB/ Octave
1. a) Generation and Plotting of Sine Waves

b) Generation and Plotting of Elementary Signals
2. Perform Operations on Dependent Variable of a Signal.

3. Perform Operations on Independent Variable of a Signal.
4. To Calculate Signal Power and Signal Energy
5. To Compute the Linear Convolution of The Given Input Sequence x(n) & The Impulse Response of
The System h(n). (Causal Sequences)
6. To Compute the Linear Convolution of The Given Input Sequence x(n) & The Impulse Response of
The System h(n). (Non-Causal Sequences)
7. Solve Any Given Difference Equation of An LTI System Without Initial Conditions.
8. Solve Any Given Difference Equation of An LTI System with Initial Conditions.
9. Representation of LTI systems in MATLAB.
10. a) Fourier synthesis of square wave in MATLAB
b) Fourier synthesis of a triangular wave in MATLAB
11. Demonstration of Sampling Theorem.
12. To Compute the Linear Convolution of The Given Input Sequence x(n) & The Impulse Response
of The System h(n) using TMS320C6713 Kit.
13. Solve Any Given Difference Equation of An LTI System Without Initial Conditions Using
TMS320C6713 Kit.
B19EC3050 L T P C
Network Analysis
Prerequisites:
Ohm’s Law, KVL, KCL, Calculus, Cramer’s rule, Basic concepts on passive elements, Laplace transforms.
Course Description:
This course introduces the concepts to determine voltage, current and power in branches of any circuits
excited by dc and ac voltages and current sources by simplifying techniques to solve dc circuit problems
using basic circuit theorems and structured methods like node voltage and mesh current analysis. The
goal also includes derivation of the transient responses of RC and RL circuits, steady state response of
circuits to sinusoidal excitation in time domain, introduction to two port networks and application of
Laplace transform in network theory. It also explains about the concepts of network graph theory to
simplify and analyze the complex network.
Course Objectives:
1. Analyse the concepts of super mesh, super node and network theorems.
2. Illustrate the mathematical and graphical analysis of electrical circuits.
3. Construct an analysis strategy to determine a particular transient response of an electrical network.
4. Analyse the excitation response of the electrical network and the techniques for characterizing the
networks using network parameters.
Course Outcomes:
1. Evaluate the branch currents and node voltages of any given electrical circuit by the application of
super-mesh, super-node and various network theorems.
2. Determine branch voltage and node current by drawing cut set schedule and tie set schedule of
electrical circuit.
3. Analyse transient behaviour of electrical circuit by applying Laplace Transforms.
4. Determine the condition of resonance for series/parallel RLC circuits and to model the circuit as two
port networks.
Course POs/ PO PO PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC30 CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2
50 CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Network Analysis Techniques [8L + 7T]
Mesh and Nodal Analysis, super-mesh and super-node for ac and dc n/w’s, Network Theorems:
Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem for
ac and dc n/w’s. Numerical examples on each topic. (Text 1: Ch 4 & 5)
Unit-2: Network Graph theory [6 L + 7T]

Concept of network graph, Terminology used in network graph theory, concept of Tree, Incidence matrix,
Tie-set matrix, Network equilibrium equations for KVL & KCL (derivation excluded), Tie-set schedule, Cut-
set matrix, Cut-set schedule, Principle of duality. Numerical examples on each topic. (Text 2: Ch16, Text
1: Ch17)
Unit- 3: Transient Analysis using Laplace transforms [8L + 7T]

A procedure for evaluating initial conditions, Initial & Final State of a network element, Transient
response of passive circuits (given initial conditions), application of Laplace transform technique for
analysis of passive circuits (given initial conditions), step response of series R-L & series R-C circuit,
impulse response of series R-L & series R-C network using LT. Numerical examples on each topic. (Text2:
Ch 8 & 9)
Unit-4: Resonant Circuits and Two Port Networks [6L + 7T]
Resonance-Series R-L-C circuit (derivation of resonant frequency, bandwidth, quality factor, expression
for upper and lower cut off frequencies, relation between Q, BW & f r), Parallel resonance: R||L||C, RL-
L||C, RL-L||RC-C (derivation of anti-resonant frequency), Numerical examples on each topic. (Text 2: Ch
4)
Two port network parameters: Definition of Z, Y, h and Transmission parameters, Relation between
parameters: Y in-terms of Z parameters, h in-terms of Z paramters, T in-terms of Z-parameters.
Numerical examples on each topic. (Text 1: Ch 17)
Text Books:
1. W H Hayt, J E Kemmerly, S M Durbin, “ Engineering Circuit Analysis”, 6thEdition,Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication
2. A.Chakrabarti, “ Circuit Theory (Analysis and Synthesis)”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.,2013
3. M.E. Van Valkenberg “Network analysis” 3rdedition, Prentice Hall of India, 2000.
Reference Books:
1.Nahvi and Edminister, “Electric Circuits” Schaum’s Outline Series, McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. J. David Irwin and R. Mark Nelms, “Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis”, 8th Edition, John Wiley, 2006.
B19EC3070 L T P C
Linear Integrated Circuits Lab
Prerequisites:
Electronic Circuits
Course Description:
This laboratory course is introduced for the students to explore the applications in linear ICs. The
students will learn filtering concepts of various filters. Precision rectifier oncepts are also introduced.
Fundamental concepts in system design is introduced by desigining waveform generators and PLL. The
students also design the applications using industry standard simulators.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand and design various applications of Op-Amp and measure the physical
Parameters.
2. Structured systematically to upgrade graduates skills and knowledge to the more advanced in-
depth skills and knowledge in electronics.
3. Infer the DC and AC characteristics of operational amplifiers and design the linear and non-
linear applications using operational amplifiers.
4. Simulation and design of electronic circuits using SPICE or other analog simulators.
Course Outcomes:
1. Design and test amplifiers, precision rectifiers, filters and waveform generators.
2. Experiment with as part of a team effectively.
3. Compile the experiment's procedures and results by writing a formal report
4. Demonstrate linear and non linear applications using simulator tools.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC20 CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1
70 CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 3 1
Lab Experiments
1. Study the characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers and design of Instrumentation amplifier.
2. Designing and testing of second order low pass filter and high pass filter
3. Design of second order band pass.
4. Designing and testing of Schmitt Trigger circuit for the given values of UTP and LTP
5. Designing and testing of Astable multi-vibrator circuits using IC 555 for given frequency and duty
cycle
6. Designing and testing of PLL.
7. Design a function generator and convert it into VCO/FM generator.
8. Designing and testing of a rectangular and triangular wave generator.
9. Designing and testing of integrator and differentiator circuit.
10. Designing and testing of a voltage regulator circuit using op-Amp
B19EC3080 L T P C
Digital Electronics and Verilog Lab
Prerequisites:
Number system, Fundamentals of Digital Electronics, programming skills.
Course Description:
Electronics is classified based on the type of signal/information in to Analog Electronics and Digital
Electronics. Digital Electronics deals with signal/information represented using discrete values of 0’s and
1’s (Binary). Digital electronics are designed using logic gates/circuits and are usually represented using
Boolean Equations. Digital Electronics is further classified in to Combinational Logic/Circuits and
Sequential Logic/Circuits.
Hardware Description Language (HDL) is a computer –Aided Design tool for modern design and synthesis
of digital systems. Due to the complexity in design of digital systems, such systems cannot be realized
using discrete integrated circuits. They are usually realized using high density, programmable chips, such
as Field programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
The two widely used hardware description languages are VHDL and Verilog. This course develops
students’ ability to understand and design the basic building blocks of modern digital systems and
provides them with a fundamental knowledge for complicated digital hardware design
Course Objectives:
1. Design, realization and verification of Boolean Theorems, logic expressions
2. Realize various arithmetic, data path modules, memory modules
3. Understand the FPGA design flow
4. Simulate, synthesize various digital blocks by using Verilog code
Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate circuits using combinational gates/MSI chips
2. Develop and debug the codes for various digital combinational and sequential blocks
3. Implement and analyze the digital blocks on the targeted FPGA device
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC30 CO1 2 1 3 5 4 1 2
80 CO2 2 3 1 4 6 5 1 2
CO3 1 2 3 4 6 5 1 2
Lab Experiments
1. Realization of parallel Adder and Subtractor.

2. Realization of 3 bit Binary to Grey code conversion and vice versa using basic/Universal gates.
3. Realization of 4:1 MUX and 1:4 DEMUX using basic/universal gates.
4. Arithmetic circuit realization (Half/Full, Adder/Subtractor) using MUX.
5. Construction and verification of JK master slave, T, D flip flop using logic gates.
6. Construction and realization of n- bit ripple up/down counter using IC 7476 and other logic gates.
7. Design and verification of n-bit synchronous counter using 7476 JK, T and D flip flops.
8. Write a Verilog program for the following modules.
a. Decoder
b. Encoder with and without priority
c. Multiplexer
d. De-multiplexer
e. Comparator
9. Write a Verilog code to describe function of full adder in data flow, behavioral and structural style
10. Write Verilog code for a 4-bit binary, BCD counters with synchronous and asynchronous reset
11. Write a Verilog code to control speed and directions of a Stepper motor
Demo experiments
1. Write a HDL code to generate waveforms of different frequency and amplitude using a DAC.
2. Interfacing the Hexa keyboard with the FPGA board.
Challenge experiment:
1. Design and implement universal shift register.
Semester IV:
B19EC4010 L T P C
Engineering Mathematics – IV
Prerequisites:
Engineering Mathematics : Fourier transform, Fourier Series, Z Transform,
Course Description:
This course introduces probability, distributions and statistics with applications. Topics include: Mean,
Median, Mode, Correlation, Curve fitting, Random variables, Probability distributions, Joint densities,
Hypothesis testing. Probability theory deals with many real-life problems, which either inherently
involves the chance phenomena or describing the behavior of the system explicitly with statistical
properties. Interpretation of the system behavior in many engineering and computing sciences depends
on concept probability and statistics that familiarize with the computational aspects. The course deals
with basic properties of various distributions and other related things.
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to:
1. Solve algebraic and transcendental equation, interpolation, differentiation and integration using
numerical methods.
2. Solve the first order differential equations using different numerical techniques.
3. Expose the students to probability theory and random processes essential for their subsequent
study of analog and digital communication.
4, Illustratessampling distributions, test of hypothesis for means, Student’s t-distribution and Chi-square
distributions and joint probability distributions.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student will be able

1. Apply the knowledge of finite differences in the fiels engineering
2. Solve the simultaneous 1st order ODE , 2nd order ODE and PDE using numerical
techniques.
3. Solve the problems of Probability and statistics.
4. Apply Sampling Theory and joint probability distributions concepts to solve various
engineering problems.
Course POS/ PO P2 PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code COs 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC40 CO1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1
10 CO2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Numerical Methods –I [7L+7T]
Solution of algebraic and Transcendental equation-Regula- falsi method, Newton -Raphson method.
Finite differences and Interpolation :-Forward and Backward differences , Newton’s forward and
Backward interpolation formulae,Divided differences-Newton’s divided difference formula, Lagrange’s
Interpolation formula and Inverse Interpolation formula and Problems.
Numerical Differentiation :-Derivatives using Newton’s forward and backward difference formula.
Numerical Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson’s 1/3rd, 3/8th Rule, Weddle’s formula and
Problems.
Unit -2: Numerical Methods –II [7L+7T]

Numerical solutions to ODE: Solution ofFirst order and first degree ODEs- PicardsMethod , Modified
Euler’s method , Runge-Kutta method of fourth order, Milne’s Predictor-corrector method.
Numerical solution of simultaneous first order ODE :Picard’s and Runge-Kutta method of fourth order.
(ii) Numerical solution of second order ordinary differential equations, Picards method, Runge-Kutta
method, Milne’s predictor-corrector method.
Unit-3: Probability and Statistics [7L+7T]

Mean, Mode, Median and standard deviation. Correlation, Coefficient of correlation and lines of
regression.
Random variables (discrete and continuous), Probability density function, probability distribution –
Binomial, Poisson’s, Exponential and Normal distributions and problems.[without proof for mean & SD
for all distributions]
Unit-4: Sampling theory&Joint Probability distribution [7L+7T]

Sampling, Sampling distributions, standard error, test of hypothesis for means and confidence limits ,
Student’s t-distribution and Chi-square distributions.
Joint Probability distribution:-Concept of joint probability, joint distributions –discrete random variables,
independent random variables, problems on expectation and variance.
Text books:
Reference Books:
2. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa Publishing House, 5th
edition, 2014.
B19EC4020 L T P C
Analog Communication
Prerequisites:
Fourier Transform, Gaussian Process, Correlation and Co-variance function.
Course Description:
This course provides the basics of analog communication systems such as amplitude modulation and
demodulation, DSB-SC modulation and demodulation, SSB and VSB modulation and demodulation.
Later, comparison of various modulation schemes is carried out to differentiate all amplitude modulation
schemes. Frequency division multiplexing and frequency translation are demonstrated with block
diagram. Angle modulation and demodulation techniques are illustrated to provide a better insight of
the course. Finally, the course provides introduction to noise and analyze the receiver model in presence
of the noise. This fundamental knowledge on analog communication helps to explore and apply the
techniques in design of various analog communication systems.
Course Objectives:

1. Introduce the various Analog modulation & demodulation schemes.
2. Sketch the time domain and frequency domain description of Analog modulation schemes.
3. Present the concept of Phase locked loop (PLL).
4. Introduce the fundamental concepts of noise in communication systems and demonstrate the
receiver model in presence of noise.
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply Fourier analysis to communication signals.
2. Analyze and differentiate types of modulators Such as AM, DSBSC, SSB, VSB and FM.
3. Apply the concept of Phase locked loop in FM detection.
4. Compute PSD, SNR, Figure of Merit for different Modulation techniques.
Course POS/ PO PO PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC40 CO1 1 4 1
20 CO2 2 3 2 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 1 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Amplitude Modulation [10 Hrs]
Introduction to communication system, need for Modulation, AM: Time-Domain Description,
Frequency–Domain Description, Power Relations in AM Wave, Generation of AM Wave: Square Law
Modulator, Switching Modulator, Detection of AM Waves: Square law Detector, Envelope Detector.
Double Side Band Suppressed Carrier Modulation (DSBSC): Time-Domain Description, Frequency-
Domain Representation. Generation of DSBSC Waves: Balanced Modulator, Ring Modulator, Coherent
Detection of DSBSC Modulated Waves, Costas Loop.
Unit -2: Single Side-Band Modulation (SSB) and Vestigial Side-Band Modulation (VSB) [11 Hrs]
Quadrature Carrier Multiplexing, Introduction to Hilbert Transform, properties of Hilbert Transform, Pre-
envelope, Complex-envelope, Single Side-Band Modulation, Frequency-Domain Description of SSB
Wave, Time-Domain Description, Phase Discrimination Method for Generating an SSB Modulated Wave.
Demodulation of SSB Waves, VSB: Frequency Domain Description, Generation of VSB Modulated Wave,
Coherent detection of VSB, Comparison of Amplitude Modulation Techniques. Frequency Division
Multiplexing, Frequency Translation.
Unit -3: Angle Modulation and Demodulation [10 Hrs]

Basic Definitions, FM,PM,Narrow Band FM, Wide Band FM(with Bessel function), Transmission
Bandwidth of FM Waves, Generation of FM Waves: Indirect FM And Direct FM. Demodulation of FM
Wave- Balanced Frequency discriminator, zero crossing detectors, Phase Locked Loop, Non-linear Model
of Phase Locked Loop, Linear Model of Phase Locked Loop.
Unit -4: Introduction to Noise and Noise in Continuous Wave Modulation Systems [11 Hrs]
Introduction, Autocorrelation and power spectral density, Mean, co-variance, Shot Noise, Thermal
Noise, White Noise, Noise Equivalent BW, Narrow Bandwidth, Noise Figure, Equivalent Noise
Temperature, Cascade Connection of Two-Port Networks, Receiver Model, Noise in AM Receivers, Noise
In DSB-SC Receivers, Pre-Emphasis And De-Emphasis in FM.
Text Books:
1. Simon Haykins, “An Introduction to Analog and Digital Communication”, John Wiley, 3rd Edition 2003.
2. Simon Haykins, “Communication Systems”, John Willey 4th Edition, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. B. P. Lathi, “Modern digital and analog Communication systems”, Oxford University press, 3rd Edition,
2005.
2. Kennedy, Davis,” Electronic Communication Systems “, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 4th Edition, 1999.
B19EC4030 L T P C
Electromagnetic Field Theory
Duration: 14 Wks 2 1 0 3
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of Vector algebra and calculus, Basics of physics on Electrostatics and Magnetism.
Course Description:
The course covers the basic principles of electromagnetics: The experimental laws, electrostatics,
magnetic fields of steady currents, potential, Laplace’s and Poisson’s law, Maxwell's equations,
propagation and radiation of electromagnetic waves. The course mainly deals with understanding the
properties of electric and magnetic fields which helps to understand the Maxwell’s equations which are
governing communication in any media. The course also gives an insight to generation of
electromagnetic waves and to understand their behavior in different media.
Course Objectives:
1. Explain different coordinate systems and apply them appropriately to study the laws of
electromagnetics.
2. Solve boundary conditions and compute various circuit parameters.
3. Execute Maxwell’s equations for various applications.
4. Demonstrate the idea of electromagnetic waves and their behavior in different medium and at
plane boundaries.
Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain the physical quantities of electromagnetic fields in different media using the fundamental
laws.
2. Analyze and compute various circuit parameters at boundaries of various media.
3. Relate Maxwell’s equations and justify the use of electromagnetic waves in various applications.
4. Examine and Compare the behavior of uniform plane waves in different mediums with planar
boundaries.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC40 CO1 4 3 2 2
30 CO2 4 4 2 2 3
CO3 4 4 3 3 2 4
CO4 3 4 3 3 4
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Static Electric Fields Gauss law and Divergence [9L+7T]
Introduction to co-ordinate system, Rectangular Cylindrical and Spherical, The experimental law of
Coulomb. Electric Field Intensity field of line charge, Electric flux density, Gauss Law, Applications of
Gauss Law, Some symmetrical charge distributions, Differential volume element, Concept of divergence.
Solve the relevant problems.
Unit-2: Energy Potential, Poisson’s and Laplace’s Equations [5L+7T]

Definition of Electric potential, work, Energy potential difference, Potential field of different types of
charges, Potential gradient, Energy density in the electric field, Capacitance, Derive boundary conditions
for electric field, Derivations of Poisson’s and Laplace equation uniqueness theorem solutions of
Laplace’s and Poisson’s equation.
Unit-3: Magnetic Fields and Maxwell’s Equations [9L+7T]

Biot Savart Law, Ampere’s circuital law, Curl, Stoke’s Theorem, Magnetic flux and magnetic flux density,
The scalar and vector magnetic potentials, Derive boundary conditions for magnetic field, Time varying
fields and Maxwell’s equations: Faradays law, displacement current, Maxwell’s equations in point and
integral forms, retarded potentials
Unit-4: Uniform Plane wave and Dispersive Media [5L+7T]

Wave propagation in free space and dielectrics, Poynting’s theorem and wave power, propagation in
good conductors, skin effect, reflection of uniform plane waves at normal incidence, SWR, Plane wave
propagation in general direction.
Text Book:
1. William H.Hayt, Jr and John A. Buck., “Engineering Electromagnetics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Ltd, 8th edition, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Edward Jordan and Balmain. K. G., “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems”, Pearson
Education, 2nd edition, 2001.
2. Matthew N. Sadiku. O, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford University Press, 3 rd Edition, First
Indian edition, 2006.
3. John D. Kraus, “Electromagnetics”, McGraw Hill book Company, New York, 4 th edition, 1991.
B19EC4040 L T P C
Microcontrollers and Applications
Prerequisites:
Number system, combinational circuits, sequential circuits
Course Description:
This course introduces 8051 microcontroller to provide basic understanding of architecture, instruction
set, assembly level programming, interfacing to various sensors, relays, motors, actuators through
various types of serial and parallel communication. Timers and interrupt functions are illustrated
through the selection and control activities using suitable programming platforms such as Assemblers, C
compilers, Kiel, , etc. This fundamental knowledge on microcontrollers lead to explore large number of
controller families like Raspberry Pi, ATMEGA, TI and PIC that are used in industrial and automation
applications.
Course Objectives:
Course objectives are to:
1. Introduce Microcontroller 8051 Architecture.
2. Give an insight into instruction set of microcontroller 8051.
3. Introduce assembly and C programming for 8051.
4. Provide insight into timer, serial communication and interrupts modules of 8051.
5. Interface a microcontroller with peripheral devices.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the Architecture of 8051 microcontroller.
2. Describe Instruction Set of 8051
3. Calculate Program Execution Time
4. Write Assembly and C Programs for 8051.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC40 CO1 3 2 1 1 3 2 1
40 CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 3 3 2 3 1 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit -1: 8051 Architecture, Addressing Modes [10 Hrs]
Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, RISC & CISC CPU Architectures, Harvard & Von
Neumann CPU architecture. The 8051 Architecture, Memory organization, Addressing Modes, Data
transfer Instructions, Stack, Assembly language programs.
.
Unit -2: Instruction Set, Interrupts [11 Hrs]
Arithmetic instructions, Logical instructions, Branch instructions, Bit manipulation instruction. Assembler
Directives. Instruction delay calculations.
Basics of interrupts, 8051 interrupt structure. Assembly and C programs.
Unit -3: Introduction to Timers/counters and Serial Communication. [11 Hrs]

Introduction to Timers and Counters, Timer delay calculations,
Serial Communication: Data communication, connections to RS-232, UART. Timers/counters, Interrupts
and Serial communication programming in Assembly and C.
Unit -4: Interfacing and Applications [10 Hrs]

8051 Memory Interfacing, Interfacing 8051 to LCD, parallel and serial ADC0804, DAC, Stepper motor and
DC Motor, Interfacing Programming in C.
Introduction to Arduino and Raspberry Pi : Architecture and programming.
Text books:
1. Kenneth J. Ayala, “The 8051 microcontroller architecture, programming and applications” Thomson
publication, 3rd edition, 2007
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rollin D, McKinlay “The 8051 Microcontroller
and Embedded Systems using assembly and C” PHI, 2006/Pearson 2006.
3. Jermy Blum “Exploring Arduino: Tools and Techniques for Engineering” Wizardry 1st Edition, Kindle
Edition
Reference Books:
1. V. Udayashankar and Malikarjunswamy, “The 8051 Microcontroller”, TMH, 2009.
2. Raj Kamal, “Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming, Interfacing and System Design”, Pearson
Education, 2005.
B19EC4050 L T P C
Control Systems (I)
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of Network analysis, Integration and differentiation, Matrix equations, Laplace Transform.
Course Description:
In this course covers the transfer function modelling and state space modelling of electrical and
mechanical system . The dynamic and steady state time domain response system is discussed. This
course also covers stability criteria and stability analysis of system by root locus, RH critera ,Bode plot
and Nyquist plot. The state space modelling methods in different canonical form and transformation
from transfer function model to state space and vice versa and different methods of calculating state
variable and calculating output variable is covered. The concept of controllability and observabilty and
control system design using state space is briefly discussed.
Course Objectives:
1. Explain modeling of system and to find overall gain of complex system by applying standard
reduction technique.
2. Explain time response of first order and second order system and to find system response to test
input signals.
3. Explain stability criteria requirement of system in Laplace domain and different stability analysis
methods
4. Provide a detailed understanding of state space modelling, analysis and design of system.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, a student will be able to:
1. Apply the concept of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals to formulate model of
systems for simple mechanical and electrical system and analyze the model using simulation tools.
2. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals to find time domain
response of system for test input signals analytically and select suitable controller for desired time
response and verify the result using simulation tools .
3. Identify the stability of system by applying various stability analysis method and verify the result
using simulation tools.
4. Apply the knowledge of mathematics to formulate and analyze state space model of system and
design closed loop state model for given time domain specification and verify the result using
simulation tools.
Course POS PO P PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO

Code / 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
COs 10 11 12
B19EC40 CO1 4 4 2 2 3 2 2
50 CO2 4 4 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 4 2 3 3 2 2
CO4 4 4 3 2 3 2 2
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Modeling of Systems [7L+7T+7P]
Modeling and writing Transfer function (Both Electrical & Mechanical), Block Diagram reduction, Signal
flow graph. Case Study
Unit-2: Time Domain Stability Analysis [7L+7T+7P]

Performance of feedback control system, Test input signals, performance of first order, second order
system(No derivation), S-plane Root location and Transfer function, steady state errors, PD, PI, PID
controllers.
Concept of stability, RH Criteria, Relative Stability.
Root locus: Introduction to root locus, Procedure and problems, Effect of addition of pole zero to open
loop systems. Case study
Unit-3: Frequency Domain Stability Analysis [7L+7T+7P]

Introduction to Bode plots Performance measurement from Bode plots, problems on Bode plots case
study.
Introduction to Nyquist criteria, Relative Stability, Comparison (Time domain & frequency domain),
Problems on Time domain & frequency domain, case study
Unit-4: state space analysis: [7L+7T+7P]

Introduction, concept of state variable and state model, state model for linear continuous time systems,
state variable and linear discrete-time systems, Diagonalization, solution of state equation, concept of
controllability and observability, pole placement by state feedback, problems.
Text Books:
1. J. Nagarath and M.Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International (P) Limited,
Publishers, Fourth edition – 2005
2. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering “, Pearson Education Asia/ PHI, 4thEdition, 2002
Reference Books:
1. W.Bolton, “Instrumentation and control Systems”, Addison Wesley Publishing, ISBN: 0 2 -0 1997.
2. Richard Dorf& Robert H Bishop, “Modern Control Systems”, Addison Wesley Publishing; ISBN: 0-201-
32677-9, 2008.
3. Benjamin C. Kuo and Farid Golnaagi, “Automatic Control Systems”, Wiley Student 8th Edition, 2009.
4. Joseph J Distefano III et al., Schaum’sOutlines, “Feedback and Control System”, TMH, 2nd Edition
2007.
Lab Experiments
Note: Experimentation should be done using LAB VIEW and MATLAB

1. Introduction to Control System
2. Time response of first order system
3. Time response of second order system
4. Steady-state Error
5. Stability of system based on pole position
6. Root Locus Analysis.
7. Stability analysis of a system based using Bode Plot
8. Time response of PID controller.
9. Stability analysis of a system using Nyquist Plot
10. Design of control system in state space using pole placement.
B19EC4070 L T P C
Microcontrollers and Applications Lab
Lab Experiments
Prerequisites:
Number system, combinational circuits, sequential circuits, theory concepts of microcontroller
Course Description:
This course introduces 8051 microcontroller practical and programming aspects to provide basic
understanding of architecture, instruction set, assembly level programming, interfacing to various
sensors, relays, motors, actuators through various types of serial and parallel communication. Timers
and interrupt functions are illustrated through the selection and control activities using suitable
programming platforms such as Assemblers, C compilers, Kiel, , etc. This fundamental knowledge on
microcontrollers lead to explore large number of controller families like Raspberry Pi, ATMEGA, TI and
PIC that are used in industrial and automation applications.
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce Microcontroller 8051 Architecture.
2. Give an insight into instruction set of microcontroller 8051.
3. Introduce assembly and C programming for 8051.
4. Provide insight into timer, serial communication and interrupts modules of 8051.
5. Interface a microcontroller with peripheral devices.
Course Outcomes:
5. Analyze a given problem and design a suitable embedded system using microcontroller 8051.
6. Apply the knowledge of programming in assembly language and C language to receive data,
process it and control the various actuators.
7. Summarize the embedded system design and operations using microcontroller 8051.

Course POS/ PO1 P2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Code COs 10 11 12
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 2 1
CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 2 1 2
Section-A (Assembly Language Programming)

1. Data Transfer Instructions: Block Data Transfer and Exchange between internal and external Data
memory with and without overlap, Sorting, largest and smallest number in an array.
2. Arithmetic Instructions: 32-bit multi-precision Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication of 2 16-bit
numbers and Division (16-bit by 8 bit).
3. Logical Instructions: 8x8 multiplication using shift Add technique. ASCII to packed BCD and Vice
versa, Code Conversions. Exchange Two numbers without the use of 3rd location. Implementation
of Boolean expressions (Bit Manipulation).
4. Timers: Wave form generation with varying Duty Cycle using Interrupt and Polling Techniques.
5. Serial Communication: Serial data transmission with Polling and Interrupt technique (Regular and
Look up table).
Section-B (Embedded C Programming)
1. Display the ASCII value of Key pressed on LCD.

2. Count the incoming pulses using counters.
3. DC Motor speed control using external interrupt.
4. Stepper motor interfacing by controlling the steps and direction.
5. Interfacing DAC to generate various waveforms with output voltage varying between -12V to 12V
with Amplitude and Frequency control.
Case Studies on Arduino and RaspberryPi Microcontrollers
B19EC4080 L T P C
Analog Communication Lab
Prerequisites:
Circuit theory, Amplifiers, 555 Timers, Communication basics.
Course Description:
Analog communication laboratory is meant for experiments at the instructional level for undergraduate
students. In this course students will conduct experiments to demonstrate the frequency characteristics
of an IF amplifier, Amplitude modulation and demodulation, DSB-SC modulation and demodulation,
pulse modulation schemes, frequency modulation and demodulation, Pre-Emphasis and De-Emphasis,
mixer design. Simulation of amplitude modulation, AM-DSBSC modulation and frequency modulation
using LabVIEW/MATLAB programming software. These Experiments helps students to correlate the
concepts studied in theory and the results obtained from experiments.
Course Objectives:

1. Demonstrate the basics of Analog Modulation/Demodulation principles
2. Provide the understanding of Pulse Modulation/Demodulation Schemes
3. Introduce the basics of Phase locked Loop (PLL), Pre-Emphasis and De-Emphasis
4. Demonstrate AM and FM techniques using LabVIEW/MATLAB programming software
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course a student shall be able to:
1. Design an IF Amplifier to select a particular signal in super heterodyne Receiver
2. Design AM/FM Modulators and demodulators
3. Apply the concept of Pulse Width Modulation to control a speed of DC motor
4. Apply the concept of PLL to synthesize the frequency
Mapping of Course Outcomes with programme outcomes

Code COs 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC40 CO1 1 3 5 8 2 1
80 CO2 1 3 5 8 2 1
CO3 1 2 3 4 1 2
CO4 1 2 2 1
Lab Experiments
1. To Study the Frequency Characteristics of IF Amplifier
2. To Generate Amplitude Modulation and Demodulation
3. AM-Double Sideband Suppressed Carrier (DSBSC) Generation and Detection
4. Design and test Pulse Amplitude Modulation and Demodulation circuits
5. Design and test Pulse Width Modulation and Demodulation
6. Design and test Pulse Position Modulation
7. To Generate Frequency Modulated wave for suitable modulation index (β) and Demodulate
the signal
8. Frequency Synthesis using PLL
9. Design of a Mixer circuit using BJT
10. To Illustrate Pre-Emphasis and De-Emphasis of a given signal
11. Amplitude modulation using LabVIEW
12. Generation of AM-DSBSC using LabVIEW
13. Frequency modulation using LabVIEW
Demo experiment:
1. To Demonstrate Frequency Division Multiplexing of two Analog signals in LabVIEW/MATLAB
Challenge Experiments:
1. AM transmitter /Receiver Design and simulation
2. FM transmitter /Receiver Design and simulation
Semester - V
B19EC5010 L T P C
Digital Communication
Duration: 14Wks 2 1 0 3
Prerequisites:
Fundamentals of Communication, Probability and Random Process.
Course Description:
Digital communication has proliferated in a big way in previous and today’s electronic and
telecommunication industries. It allows devices to exchange information digitally while making the
communication more clear and accurate without losses. In addition to changing our daily lives, the
transformation in digital communications paves a way to many applications in fields such as signal
processing, video compression, data compression, mobile technology, etc. This course helps students to
get a good idea of how the signals are digitized and why digitization is needed. Various waveform coding
techniques are discussed in detail. The clear intentions behind choosing an appropriate digital
modulation scheme are taught. This course also covers different techniques to share a common channel
among multiple devices for data transmission. Finally, it presents various methods of spread spectrum
technology in pursuit of achieving secured communication.
Course Objectives:

1. Provide the basics of digital Communication with respect to Sampling & Quantization.
2. Introduce the fundamentals of Pulse Code Modulation (PCM), Differential pulse code modulation
(DPCM) and Delta Modulation (DM) and Adaptive DM methods.
3. Describe the optimum coherent receivers such as correlation receiver and matched filter receiver for
AWGN channel.
4. Familiarize with several digital modulation methods like BPSK, BFSK, QPSK, M-ary QAM , M-ary PSK
and DPSK schemes, draw constellation diagrams, and compute their probability of error.
5. Present baseband signal shaping.
6. Render the understanding of multiple access techniques.
7. Provide the notion of spread spectrum technique and familiarize the conceptual elements of spread
spectrum.
8. Introduce the applications of spread spectrum.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the importance of sampling and quantization on signals.
2. Apply suitable coding and multiplexing techniques.
3. Illustrate the different digital modulation techniques with transmitter and receiver.
4. Compare multiple access and spread spectrum techniques.
Course POS/ PO PO PO PO PO PO P PO PO PO PO PO PSO PS PS
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 O2 O3
B19EC5 CO1 3 3 1 2 2 1 3 1
010 CO2 1 3 1 2 2 1 2 1
CO3 3 3 1 2 2 1 3 1
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 1 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Digital Communication Fundamentals and Sampling Process [7L+7T]

Digital communication System- Advantage, functionality of blocks, transmission medium, Sampling
theorem, Natural sampling, Flat top sampling, sample and hold circuit, Quadrature sampling of band
pass signal, Quantization noise and SNR ,Robust quantization, Pulse Code Modulation.
Unit -2: Waveform Coding Techniques [7L+7T]

Time division multiplexing, Line coding, Differential pulse code modulation, Delta modulation, errors in
delta modulation (Slope overload and granular), Adaptive delta modulation, Coding speech at low bit
rate (Adaptive DPCM, Adaptive Sub-band coding).
Unit -3: Optimum Detection and Digital Modulation Techniques [7L+7T]

Optimum Detection: AWGN Channel, Probability of Error, Correlation receiver, Matched Filter receiver,
Detection of signals with unknown phase in noise,
Digital Modulation Techniques: Generation, Coherent Detection, Constellation and error probability of
BPSK, BFSK, QPSK, M-ary QAM, M-ary PSK, Non-coherent binary modulation techniques-DPSK.
Unit -4: Baseband Shaping, Multiple Access and spread spectrum techniques [7L+7T]
Synchronization, Inter symbol interference, Eye pattern.
Multiple access: TDMA, FDM/FDMA, CDMA, SDMA, OFDM/OFDMA
Spread spectrum –Pseudo noise sequence, Notion of spread spectrum, DSSS- Direct sequence spread
spectrum, FHSS-Frequency Hop spread spectrum, application of spread spectrum, Applications of spread
spectrum (CDMA and Multipath Suppression).
Text Book:
1. Simon Haykin, “Digital Communication Systems”, John Wiley publication, 3rd edition, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. Simon Haykin, “Digital Communication Systems”, John Wiley publication, 1 st edition, 2014.
2. K. Sam Shanmugam, “An introduction to analog and digital Communication system”, John Wiley
publication, 3rd edition, 2008.
3. BernadSklar, “Digital Communication”, Pearson education 2007.
4. T L Singal, “Digital Communication”, McGraw Hill Education 2015.
B19EC5020 L T P C
RF and Microwave Engineering
Duration 14 Wks 2 1 0 3
Prerequisites:
Fundamentals of Transmission lines, network theory micro wave frequency, solid state physics, wave
theory and optics.
Course Description:
This Course introduces to understand the fundamental principles involved in design, analysis of RF and
Microwave transmission lines , Wave guides, Microwave amplifiers
Microwave monolithic integrated circuit (MMIC) and theory behind the working of Microwave passive
components like Directional coupler, E plane Tee, H- plane Tee – Magic Tee, Circulators –Isolators,
Attenuators, cavity resonator and its applications. This course gives perception of Microwave tubes and
Microwave Solid state devices and its applications. This fundamental knowledge on Microwave design
helps to explore and apply the techniques in design of RF and Microwave systems.
Course Objectives:
The Course Objectives are to
1. To understand the structure and the various electrical parameters related to Microwave
transmission lines and Wave guides.
2. To apply the knowledge of microwave theory in distinguishing the applications of Microwave
passive and active devices.
3. To understand the working of Microwave Amplifiers and Oscillators
4. To understand the various design parameters for Microwave matching networks and
Microwave monolithic integrated circuit (MMIC).
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze the various performance parameters related to Microwave transmission lines and
waveguides.
2. Identify Microwave passive and active devices for several applications.
3. Classify Microwave amplifiers and Oscillators
4. Summarize MMIC-materials and fabrication techniques.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC50 CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
20 CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Transmission Lines [7L+7T]
Introduction, Transmission lines equations and solutions, reflection and transmission coefficients,
standing waves and SWR, line impedance Characteristics of Transverse Electric Waves- Group velocity
and phase velocity. Smith chart for impedance matching
Unit-2: Wave guides Microwave passive components [7L+7T]

Rectangular wave guides: TE waves and TM waves in Rectangular waveguides, Dominant mode, cutoff
frequency in wave guides. Introduction to circular waveguides.
S-parameters Microwave passive Components: Directional coupler, E plane Tee, H- plane Tee – Magic
Tee, Circulators –Isolators, Attenuators, cavity resonator.
Unit-3: Microwave Semiconductors and tubes [7L+7T]

Principles of tunnel diodes , Transferred Electron Devices, Gunn diode, Avalanche Transit time devices
IMPATT and TRAPATT devices, parametric amplifiers High frequency limitations,
principle of operation of Multicavity Klystron, Reflex Klystron,Traveling Wave Tube, Magnetron
(Introduction).
Unit 4: RF-transistor Amplifier Design and Matching Networks [7L+7T]

Amplifier power relation, stability considerations, gain considerations noise figure, impedance matchin
gnetworks, frequency response, T and Π matching networks, microstripline matching networks.
Microwave monolithic integrated circuit (MMIC) materials and fabrication techniques
Text Books:
1. John D. Ryder, “Networks, Lines and Fields”, PHI, 2009.
2. Samuel Y. Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, Pearson education, 3rd Edition, 2011.
3. Reinhold.Ludwig and Pavel Bretshko ‘RF Circuit Design”, Pearson Education, Inc., 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Robert. E.Collin, “Foundation of Microwave Engg” Mc Graw Hill,2001.
2. Annapurna Das and Sisir K Das, “Microwave Engineering”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Inc., 2004.
3. M.M.Radmanesh, “RF & Microwave Electronics Illustrated”, Pearson Education, 2007.
4. D.M.Pozar, “Microwave Engineering.”, John Wiley & sons, Inc., 2006.
B19EC5030 L T P C
Digital Signal Processing (I)
Prerequisites:
Fourier Transform, Z-transform, LTI System Representation.
Course Description:
The signal for processing is mathematically modeled as a function or a sequence of numbers that
represent the state or behavior of a physical system. The examples of the signals range from speech,
audio, image and video in multimedia systems, electrocardiograms in medical systems, to electronic
radar waveforms in military. Signal processing is concerned with the representation, transformation, and
manipulation of signals and the information they contain. For example, we may wish to remove the noise
in speech to make it clear, or to enhance an image to make it more natural. Signal processing is one of
the fundamental theories and techniques to construct modern information systems. During the last half
century, lots of theories and methods have been proposed and widely studied in digital signal processing.
In this semester, we only study the Discrete Fourier Transform and Fast Fourier Transform and IIR and
FIR filter designs.
Course Objectives:

1. Explain the concept of DFT and FFT.
2. Apply the concept of FFT algorithms to compute DFT.
3. Design IIR filter using impulse invariant, bilinear transform.
4. Describe the concept of linear filtering Technique and to demonstrate FIR & IIR filters for digital filter
structures.
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply the DFT for the analysis of digital signals
2. Explain the different properties of DFT and Compute DFT using FFT algorithms
3. Design and analyze DSP systems like IIR and FIR filters
4. Describe the significance of various filter structures.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 3
CO2 3 3 2 1 2
B19EC50
CO3 3 2 1 1 3
30
CO4 1 3 1 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Discrete Fourier Transforms and its Properties [10L+7T+7P]
The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), Time domain concepts of Circular time shift, time reversal, auto
correlation and cross correlation. Properties of the DFT: Periodicity, Linearity, Circular time shift, time
reversal, circular frequency shift, Symmetry Properties, auto correlation, cross correlation, parseval’s
theorem.
Unit 2: Fast Fourier Transform Algorithms [11L+7T+7P]

Circular Convolution Concept and Its DFT Property, Examples on Time and Frequency domain. A linear
filtering approach to computation of the DFT using overlap - add method, efficient computation of the
DFT: FFT algorithms, direct computation of the FFT. Radix–2 FFT algorithms.
Unit 3: Design of IIR Filters [10L+7T+7P]

Characteristics of commonly used analog filters and design of Butterworth and chebyshev analog filters.
Frequency transformations in the analog domain, design of IIR filters from analog filters, IIR butterworth
and chebyshev filter design using impulse invariance, and bilinear transformation method.
Unit 4: Design of FIR Filters and Digital Filter Structures [11L+7T+7P]

Design of FIR filters, Symmetric and Anti symmetric FIR Filter, Design of Linear phase FIR Filter using
Windows (Rectangular, Hamming, & Kaiser Windows).
Implementation of Discrete Time System: Direct Form -I, Direct Form II structures, Cascade Form
Structures, Parallel Form Structures for IIR systems, Structure for FIR systems: Direct Form, Cascade Form
Structures.
Text Books:
th
1. Proakis & Monalakis, “Digital signal processing – Principles Algorithms & Applications”, PHI, 4
Edition, New Delhi, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Oppenheim & Schaffer, “Discrete Time Signal Processing”, PHI, 2003.
nd
2. S.K. Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2 Edition, 2004.
3. Sanjit K Mitra, “Digital signal Laboratory using MATLAB”, MGH Edition.2000.
4. Ashok Ambardar, “Digital signal processing: A modern Introduction”, Cengage Learning, 2009.
Lab Experiments
A. List of Experiments using MATLab/Octave:
1. Computation of N point DFT of a given sequence using the definition of DFT and plot magnitude
and phase spectrum and verify using built in function (using FFT).
2. Obtain the Auto correlation of a given sequence and verify its properties.
3. Obtain the cross correlation of a given sequence
4. Verification of Sampling theorem.
5. Perform the Circular convolution of two given sequences in time domain.
6. Perform Circular convolution of any two given sequences in frequency domain by using DFT and
IDFT.
7. Design of digital Low-pass and Butterworth IIR filter to meet the given specifications using Bilinear
transformations and verification.
8. Design of digital Low-pass Chebyshev IIR filter to meet the given specifications using Bilinear
transformations and verification.
9. Design of digital Low-pass FIR filter to meet the given specifications using windowing technique
and verify using Simulink.
B. List of Experiments using DSP Processor and CCS Studio:
1. Computation of N-point DFT of a given sequence.

2. Solving a linear constant coefficient difference equation.
3. Circular convolution of two given sequences.
4. Design and Implementation of IIR digital filter for audio signals.
5. Design and Implmentation of FIR digital filter for audio signals.
B19EC5040 L T P C
Entrepreneurship and Innovator Skills
Prerequisites:
No Pre-requisite required
Course Description:
Management and Entrepreneurship will teach you how to start your own business, grow a family business or
innovate inside an existing organization. Studying this entrepreneurship will not only provide you with the
management skills and entrepreneurial qualities, it will also offer you networking opportunities to enable you to
start and run businesses effectively and imaginatively.
Course Objectives:
1. Provides a platform to sensitize the hidden entrepreneurial traits of management students.
2. Expose students to the Entrepreneurial and project management concepts and processes used in
practice.
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the fundamental concepts and process of managing an Entrepreneurial project.

2. Demonstrate the skill of managing an Entrepreneurial project.
3. Identify & manage an Entrepreneurial project in practice.
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Entrepreneurship [7 Hrs]
Meaning, Evolution and Development; Functions of an Entrepreneur; Types of entrepreneur; Stages in
entrepreneurial process; Role of entrepreneurs in Economic Development; Entrepreneur – an emerging
class. Family Business History: Types and Importance of family business; Succession in family business;
Pitfalls of the family business; Improving family business performance.
Unit-2: Creativity and Innovation [7 Hrs]

Sources of New Ideas, Ideas into Opportunities; Creative problem solving: Heuristics, Brainstorming,
Synaptic; Sources and Transfer of Innovation. International Entrepreneurship The nature, Importance &
Opportunities; International versus domestic entrepreneurship; Entrepreneurship entry into
international business, exporting, direct foreign investment, barriers to international trade. Managing
growth and diversification: strategies; franchising, joint ventures, Acquisitions and mergers.
Unit-3: Institutions Supporting Entrepreneurs [7 Hrs]

A brief overview of financial institutions in India Central level and state level institutions; SIDBI, NABARD,
IDBI, SIDO, Indian Institute of Entrepreneurship, DIC, Single window system; Latest Industrial policy of
Government of India; FMME; Guidelines for starting new SMEs. Sources and ways of raising capital;
Informal risk capital and venture capital; Business Planning Meaning and Business planning process.
Unit-4: Project Management [7 Hrs]

Definition and Process; Project Management hierarchy programs, projects, processes, activities, tasks;
Conceptual idea of the triple constraint: Time, cost, scope; Planning & scheduling Tools Brainstorming,
Fishbone diagrams, Bar charts, Gantt Charts, WBS, Network diagrams CPM and PERT – Concept and
applications; Accelerating projects “crashing”.
Text Books:
1. Hisrich, Robert D. Peters, Michael P. Shepherd, Dean A , “Entrepreneurship”, Tata McGraw Hill, 9th
Edition, 2014.
2. Vasant Desai, “The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management”,Himalaya
Publishing House, 5th Edition, 2014.
3. Clements, James P. Gido, Jack., “Effective Project Management”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Mantel, Samuel J. Meledith, Jack R. Shafer, Scott M , “Project Management : Core Text Book”, John
Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2012.
B19EC5080 L T P C
RF and Microwave Lab
Prerequisites:
Circuit theory, Electromagnetic field theory and fundamentals of Microwave Engineering.
Course Description:
Microwave Laboratory is meant for experiments at the instructional level for undergraduate students.
In this course students will conduct experiments to demonstrate the characteristics of Microwave
generators like Klystron tube, GUNN diode and Voltage controlled oscillators. Determine the
performance parameters for Directional couplers, Micro strip couplers, Ring resonators, H plane and E-
plane Tees. These Experiments helps the students to correlate the concepts studied in theory and the
results obtained from experiments.
Course Objectives:
1. Demonstrate the working of Microwave generators like Klystron Tube, GUNN diode and
Voltage controlled Oscillators.
2. Understand the Experimental procedure to Determine the S parameters of Microwave passive
components like Directional couplers, Power dividers, Magic tees
3 Understand the experimental procedure to determine the performance parameters
of Microstrip power dividers , Phase shifters and circulators.
Course Outcomes:

1. Demonstrate the working of microwave bench to measure frequency, Wavelength, guided
wavelength of Microwave oscillations.
2. Determine different parameters like Insertion loss, Coupling loss, Directivity of Directional
Couplers, Power dividers, Phase shifters and Circulators as applicable to passive components.
3. Determine the S parameters of H-plane, E-plane and Magic Tees
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC50 CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
80 CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1
Lab Experiments
1. Identification and study Microwave Components in a microwave bench

2. Study the Characteristics of Klystron Tube
3. Study the characteristics of GUNN oscillator
4. Measurement of frequency of microwave source and demonstrate relationship among frequency,
free space wave length and guided wave length.
5. Measurement of insertion loss and isolation loss of directional coupler
6. Measurement of scattering matrix of Magic Tee
7. Measurement of scattering matrix of E plane and H plane Tee
8. Measurement of insertion loss of various cables, microwave devices
9. Study of VCO characteristics like Tuning voltage Vs frequency, Frequency Vs power output up to
10GHz
10. Study of phase shifter and calculate the degree of phase shift
11. Determination of coupling and isolation characteristics of strip line directional coupler.
12. Measurement of resonance characteristics of micro strip ring resonator.
13. Measurement of power division and isolation characteristics of micro strip 3 dB power
Divider
Challenging Experiments
1. Study of open source microwave software to design microwave experiments
2. Design of transmission line using software for a given parameter
3. Mini project on Microwave design.
19EC5090 L T P C
Digital Communication Lab
Prerequisites:
Fundamentals of communications
Course Description:
Digital communication has proliferated in a big way in previous and today’s electronic and
telecommunication industries. It allows devices to exchange information digitally while making the
communication more clear and accurate without losses. In addition to changing our daily lives, the
transformation in digital communications paves a way to many applications in fields such as signal
processing, video compression, data compression, mobile technology, etc. This course helps students to
get a good idea of how the signals are digitized and why digitization is needed. Various waveform coding
techniques are discussed in detail. The clear intentions behind choosing an appropriate digital
modulation scheme are taught. This course also covers different techniques to share a common channel
among multiple devices for data transmission. Finally, it presents various methods of spread spectrum
technology in pursuit of achieving secured communication.
Course Objectives:
1. Demonstrate the Digital communication experiments.
2. Verify Sampling theorem for different frequencies.
3. Demonstrate different waveform coding techniques.
4. Demonstrate different digital modulation techniques.
5. Demonstrate losses and multiplexing techniques over an OFC.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course the student will be able to
1. Develop ability to verifysampling theorem.
2. Demonstrate multiplexing of two signals.
3. Construct the circuits for various digital modulation techniques.
4. Develop ability to generate PCM signals.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC CO1 1 2 3 4 1 2 1
5090
CO2 1 2 4 3 1 2 2
CO3 1 2 2 4 1 2 3
CO4 2 2 3 4 1 2 3
Lab Experiments
All Experiments can be conducted using Descrete components after testing with available kits
1. Verification of Sampling Theorem
2. TDM of two band limited signals.
3. ASK generation and detection
4. FSK generation and detection.
5. PSK generation and detection.
6. DPSK generation and detection.
7. QPSK generation and detection.
8. PCM generation and detection using a CODEC Chip.
9. Optical Fiber (Attenuation loss, Bending loss, Numerical aperture).
10. Analog and digital (with TDM) communication link using OFC.
11. Delta Modulation.
12. Adaptive delta modulation.
13. Line coding and decoding
Challenge Experiments
14. Verification of Channel capacity theorem ( MATLAB Simulation)
15. a. FSK generation and Detection(MATLAB Simulation)
b. Modify the above simulation to get BER < 10-6
c. Demonstrate Constellation diagram
Semester – VI
B19EC6010 L T P C
Antenna & Wave Propagation
Prerequisites:
Basics of Electromagnetic field Theory, Vector Algebra, Transmission Lines, Microwave theory.
Course Description:
This course introduces to understand the principle involved in Radiation mechanism in Antenna which
is a primary component in Wireless communication system. The course defines all related antenna
terminologies for evaluation of performance of different structures of antennas and to comprehend
the fundamental and advanced topics in Antenna and its properties, which in turn with
Communication Engineering designs. After studying this Course the student will be able to develop
the analytical skills in designing the antenna and acquaint with the industry requirements in Telecom
defense and Space organization regarding antenna design and analysis. Students can analyze the
various losses in the signal flow in different propagation.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the basic terminologies related to antenna in wireless communication applications.
2. Apply the knowledge of antenna arrays in designing and analyzing Broadside and End fire
arrays.
3. Acquainted with design of Micro strip patch antennas and feeding mechanism.
4. Understand the basic concepts of Electromagnetic Wave propagation
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze the various performance parameters related to antenna in wireless communication
applications
2. Differentiate the types of antenna arrays and types of Antennas for RF and Microwave
applications.
3. Analyze The Micro strip patch and antenna and feeding mechanism.
4. Summarize the characteristics of different types of Wave propagation

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
10
CO2 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 3 2 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Antenna Fundamentals [7L+7T]

Introduction to antenna, advantages ,Parameters of antenna:-Radiation Pattern, Radiation intensity, Solid
angle, Beam width, directivity and gain, Relationship b/w directivity and beam area and effective aperture
, Effective length ,Bandwidth and polarization, efficiency and radiation, Antenna temperature and field
zone, Friss free space equation.
Unit-2: Antenna Array and Point Source [7L+7T]

Array of two isotropic point sources and its types, n-element broadside array and end fire array, short
dipole(no field derivation required), radiation resistance of short dipole and half wave dipole with
derivation, folded dipole , Slot antenna and its radiation phenomenon. Horn ,Yagi-uda antenna, Parabolic
and Helical antenna.
Unit-3: Microstrip antenna Design [7L+7T]

Basic characteristics of patch antennas , feeding mechanism method of analysis ,Rectangular patch
antenna design using transmission model. Introduction to smart antennas
Unit-4: Wave Propagation [7L+7T]

Ground wave propagation, free space propagation, ground reflection, multipath phenomenon, surface
wave propagation, fading, diversity, tropospheric scatter, ionosphere propagation, electrical properties
of ionosphere.
Text Books:
1. Constantine Balanis A., “Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design”, John Wiley and Sons, 3rd Edition, 2012.
2. John d. Krauss, “Antennas and Wave propagation” McGraw-Hill International 4th Edition, 2010
3. Harish and Sachidananda.” Antennas and Wave Propogation”., Oxford press
Reference Books:
1.John d. Krauss, “Antennas and Wave propagation” McGraw-Hill International 4th Edition, 2010
B19EC6020 L T P C
CMOS VLSI Circuits
Prerequisites:
Semiconductor Physics and devices, BJTs and FETs, Digital Electronics.
Course Description:
The course introduces basic theories and techniques of digital VLSI design using CMOS and its variants.
The student will understand how the digital circuits can be integrated into the semiconductor chip (ICs).
The students will develop the skills required to become VLSI designers, researchers and design tool
builders. The course is conceptual, problematic and application oriented.
Course Objectives:
1 Understand the characteristics of CMOS circuits
2 Provide knowledge to design integrated circuits using Computer Aided Design (CAD) Tools.
3 Describe the general steps required for processing of ICs
4 Design of digital sub blocks of integrated circucits
5 Introduce the concepts and techniques of modern integrated circuit design and testing.
Course Outcomes:
1 Illustrate the engineering behind the design and analysis of integrated circuits with fabrication
technology details.
2 Sketch the physical design/layouts in CMOS and nMOS technology
3 Contrast different flavors of CMOS technology.
4 Express the basic storage concept ,memory circuits and VLSI testing concepts

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 1 2 3 3 2 3 1 2 3
20 CO2 2 3 1 2 2 3 1 2 3
CO3 2 1 3 2 3 1 2
CO4 1 2 3 2 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Basic MOS Technology [11 Hrs]
Integrated circuits era. Moore’s law and its implications. Classification of MOS transistors, Enhancement
mode transistor action, depletion mode transistor action, NMOS IC fabrication. CMOS, N-well, P-well and
Twin tub process details. Introduction to BiCMOS technology.
MOS Transistor Theory: Introduction, MOS Device Design Equations, second order effects, The
Complementary CMOS Inverter – DC Voltage Transfer Characteristics, Noise margin. Static Load MOS
Inverters. Pass transistors transmission Gate, problems on pass transistors and TGs, CMOS Tristate
Inverter.
Unit 2: Circuit Design Process [10 Hrs]

Stick Diagrams and Layout of Digital Circuits Stick diagram concept, examples for standard gates. Design
Rules, Basic Physical Design/Layout of logic gates and logic functions.
Unit 3: CMOS Logic Structure [11 Hrs]

Basic Circuit Concepts: MOS layers. Sheet resistance, Area capacitances, Capacitance calculation, Delay
UNIT, Inverter delays, Problem of driving large capacitive loads.
CMOS Logic Structures CMOS Logic, Bi CMOS Logic, Pseudo-NMOS Logic, Dynamic CMOS Logic, Clocked
CMOS Logic, Pass Transistor Logic, CMOS Domino Logic and Cascaded Voltage Switch Logic (CVSL)
Unit 4: Memories and Testing [10 Hrs]

Memory: Timing considerations, Memory elements, Memory cell arrays.
Testing and Verification: Introduction, Testers, Test Fixtures and Test Programs, Logic Verification
Principles, Manufacturing Test Principles, DFT.
Text Books:
1. Neil H. E. Weste, David Money Harris, “CMOS VLSI Design- a circuits and systems perspective”,
2thEdition, Addison-Wesley, 2010.
2. Sung- Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits: Analysis and Design”, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2007.
3. Douglas A Pucknell, Kamran Eshraghian “Basic VLSI DESIGN” , EEE 3rd Edition
Reference Books:
1. R. Jacob Baker, “CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation”, John Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
2. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design: System on Silicon”, Prentice Hall PTR/Pearson Education, 2nd
Edition, 1998.
B19EC6030 L T P C
Computer Communication and Networks (I)
Prerequisites:
Digital Communication, C and C++.
Course Description:
The main objective of this course is to provide a foundational view of communication networks: the
principles upon which the Internet and other computer networks are built; how those principles
translate into deployed protocols and hands-on experience on solving challenging problems with
network protocols. Computer communication networks course will include topics such as link-layer
technology, routing protocols, the Internet Protocol, reliability, flow control, congestion control, and
their embodiment in TCP and UDP. The course will involve a significant amount of network simulator
tool to design the basic network topologies and protocols
Course Objectives:
The
objectives of this course are to:
1. Understand the basics of data communication and networking.
2. Classify multiple access methods and identify different LANs.
3. Illustrate functions of network layer and Demonstrate different routing protocols
4. Discuss transport layer and application layer protocols
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the fundamental concepts of basic networking, Protocols, Standards and Layered models
2. Differentiate multiple access methods and LANs
3. Demonstrate the concepts of network layer and build sub-nets and routing mechanism.
4. Evaluate different transport t layer protocols and application layer protocols

Code COs 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 3 2 1 2 1
30 CO2 3 2 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Data Communication and Networking. [11L+7P]
Layered tasks, OSI Model, TCP/IP Suite, and Comparison of OSI Model & TCP/IP Suite. Addressing of
TCP/IP Model. Framing, Flow and Error Control, Protocols: Noiseless channels and noisy channels, HDLC
Unit-2: Multiple Access &LANs. [10L+7P]

Random access, Controlled access, Channelization. Wired LAN, Ethernet, IEEE standards, Standard
Ethernet. Changes in the standards, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, Wireless LAN IEEE 802.11
Unit -3: Network Layer. [11L+7P]

Network Layer: Logical addressing, Ipv4 addresses, Ipv6 addresses, Internetworking, Ipv4 Header Format
and Ipv6 Header Format, Transition from Ipv4 to Ipv6. Distance vector routing, link state routing.
Unit-4: Transport layer & Application Layer. [11L+7P]

Process to Process Delivery, UDP, TCP, SCTP, Domain Name System, Resolution,
Text Books:
1. B Forouzan “Data Communication and Networking”, 4th Ed, TMH 2006.
Reference Books:
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2003.
2. Wayne Tomasi”Introduction to Data communication and Networking” Pearson Education 2007.
3. S. Keshav, “An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking”, Pearson Education.
Lab Experiments
Part A (Programs on different Layers)

1. Write a program for bit stuffing & de-stuffing using HDLC.
2. Write a program for character stuffing & de-stuffing using HDLC.
3. Perform the Encryption and Decryption of a given message using substitution method.
4. Choose the two prime numbers, p=17 and q=11.Write a program for public key encryption system
using RSA algorithm to encrypt and decrypt the message.
5. Write a program to implement the congestion control b using the leaky bucket algorithm. Examine
node transmitting/receiving packets to/from other nodes. Using a random function; vary the packet
size.
6. Write a program for distance vector algorithm to find the shortest path for transmission.
Part B – Programs on Networking

1. Create a three node network topology and connect the duplex links between them. Tcl script to
observe the packet flow for the given network in network animator (NAM)
2. Simulate a four node point-to-point network, and connect the links as follows: n0-n2, n1-n2 and n2-
n3. Apply TCP agent between n0-n3, n1-n3. Apply relevant applications over TCP agents by changing
the parameters and hence determine the number of packets transmitted.
3. Simulate a four node point-to-point network, and connect the links as follows: n0-n2, n1-n2 and n2-
n3. Apply UDP agent between n0-n3, n1-n3. Apply relevant applications over UDP agents by changing
the parameters and hence determine the number of packets transmitted.
4. Simulate a three nodes point-to-point network and connect the duplex links between them. Set the
queue size, vary the transmission speeds (bandwidth)and find the number of packets dropped.
5. Simulate an Ethernet LAN using N-nodes (6-10) with UDP/TCP connection. Apply relevant
applications over UDP/TCP agents by changing the parameters and hence determine the number of
packets transmitted.
6. Simulate a wireless network for n nodes. For a wireless network consisting of three mobile nodes
(n0-n2), Nodes are configured with the specific parameters of a wireless node. Initial location of the
node is fixed. Nodes are given mobility with fixed speed and fixed destination location. TCP agent is
attached to node0 and TCP sink agent is attached to node1. Both the agents are connected and FTP
application is attached to TCP agent. Write a Tcl script and make an ad-hoc simulation to analyze the
output in the trace file. Use the routing protocol as Adhoc on demand distance vector (AODV).
B19EC6070 L T P C
Antenna Lab
Prerequisites:
Electromagnetic field theory Microwave and antenna concepts.
Course Description:
Antenna lab is meant for experiments at the instructional level for undergraduate students. In this
course students will conduct experiments to plot the radiation patterns of Horn antenna, E-sectorial,
H-sectorial , Dish antennas in X band, Micro strip Mono pole, Yagi antenna, Slotted array antennas in C
band. These experiments will help in determining the Directivity, Gain and efficiency of tested antennas.
Course Objectives:
1. Demonstrate the working Horn antenna, Sectorial and Dish antennas in X band range.
2. Understand the Experimental procedure to Determine Directivity, Gain and Efficiency of
Microstrip patch antennas.
3. Understand the experimental procedure to find the VSWR for various types of loads connected
to Rectangular Wave guide.
Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the working of Horn, Sectorial, Dish antenna in X band to plot the radiation
pattern.
2. Determine different parameters like Directivity, Gain and efficiency of Microstrip patch
antennas.
3. Determine the VSWR for different loads connected to Microwave bench.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
70 CO2 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1
Lab Experiments
1. Measure the gain, directivity of Pyramidal Horn Antenna.
2. Measure Gain, Directivity of Parabolic Disc Antenna.
3. Plot Radiation Pattern of Horn Antenna, E Sectorial Horn Antenna, H Sectorial Antenna.
4.Study of various types of antennas with defective ground plane
5. Measure of Co Polarization and Cross Polarization level of an antenna.
6. Measure the variation of Field Strength/Inverse Square Law.
7. Plot Radiation of Array Antenna.
8. Impedance Measurement of various types of loads using smith chart.
9. Measure VSWR, Reflection Co-efficient of Given Antenna.
10. Plot Radiation Pattern of Wired Mono Pole Antenna, Slot patch Antenna, Antenna with Defective
Ground Plane.
11. Study frequency scanning of an array antenna
12. Determine Gain, directivity, Band Width of a given Micro strip Patch Antenna
Challenge Experiments:
Design of microstrip antenna using HFSS
B19EC6080 L T P C
CMOS VLSI Circuits Lab
Prerequisites:
Digital Electronics, fundamentals of CMOS
Course Description:
The lab introduces basic theories and techniques of digital VLSI design using CMOS and its variants. The
student will understand how the digital circuits can be integrated into the semiconductor chip (ICs). The
students will develop the skills required to become VLSI designers, researchers and design tool builders.
The course is conceptual, problematic and application oriented.
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the concepts and techniques of modern integrated circuit design and testing
2. Provide experience in designing integrated circuits using Computer Aided Design (CAD) Tools.
3. Be able to design CMOS combinational and sequential logic at the transistor level, with mask
layout.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Design and implement digital integrated circuits
2. Measure the performance parameters of digital integrated circuits & systems using CAD tools
3. Demonstrate and calculate device parameters & system aspects of analog IC design
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 2
80 CO2 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 2
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 2
Lab Experiments
Part A
Basic Digital Gates
Write Verilog Code for the following circuits and their Test Bench for verification, observe the
waveform and synthesize the code with technological library with given constraints*. Do the initial
timing verification with gate level simulation.
1. CMOS Inverter
2. CMOS Buffer
3. Transmission Gate
4. Basic/universal gates
5. Flip flops - RS, D, JK, MS, T
6. Serial & Parallel adder
7. 4-bit counter [Synchronous and Asynchronous counter]
8. Adder circuits – full adder cascading to build 4-bit parallel adder (RCA)
Part B
Analog Circuits
1. Design the circuit of CSA with given specifications*, completing the design flow mentioned below:
a. Draw the schematic and verify the following
i) DC Analysis
ii) AC Analysis
iii) Transient Analysis
b. Draw the Layout and verify the DRC, ERC
c. Check for LVS
2. Design the circuit of CDA with given specifications*, completing the design flow mentioned below:
i) DC Analysis
ii) AC Analysis
c. Check for LVS
3. Design an op-amp with given specification** using given differential amplifier Common source
amplifier in library*** and completing the design flow mentioned below:
i) DC Analysis
ii). AC Analysis
4. Design a 4 bit R-2R based DAC for the given specification and completing the design flow mentioned
using given op-amp in the library***.
i) DC Analysis
ii) AC Analysis
* An appropriate constraint should be given.

** Appropriate specification should be given.
*** Applicable Library should be added & information should be given to the Designer.
NOTE: The design handouts to be given to students wherever required
Semester: VII
B19EC7010 L T P C
Internet of Things & Cyber physical systems (I)
Prerequisites:
Embedded systems, Computer concept networking

Course Description:
IoT is the technology enabling the inter-connection of all types of devices through the internet to
exchange data, optimize processes, monitor devices in order to generate benefits for the industry, the
economy, and the end user. It is composed of network of sensors, actuators, and devices, forming new
systems and services. Many protocols are used for faithful transmission data based on the applications.
The Cyber Physical Systems (CPS) is an engineering discipline and specifies the integrations of and
interaction between computation and physical processes. CPS integrates the dynamics of the physical
processes with those of the communications, computation and networking, and analysis techniques for
the integrated systems.
Course Objectives:

1. Provide knowledge about Internet of Things, embedded systems design and prototyping
2. Describe Internet-of-Things and Communication protocols.
3. Explain the ease of security and privacy features importance in IoT
4. Gain expertise in integrating sensing, actuation and software.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the IoT system architecture and system design embedded through embedded
prototyping
2. Analyze the Internet-connected products using appropriate tools.
3. Classify different network protocols
4. Analyze the challenges with respect to Security and Privacy through Cyber physical systems

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC70 CO1 4 3 3 1 3 3 1
10
CO2 3 4 3 1 2 3 3 1
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 4 3 1 2 3 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Introduction to IoT and Embedded prototyping [7L+7P]

Introduction to IOT, Wireless sensor networks, Applications of WSN, Roles in WSN, Calm and Ambient
technology;Embedded prototyping: Embedded systems, Processor embedded in to system, Embedded
hardware units and software system, Examples of embedded system, System on Chip, Complex system
design and processors, Design process and examples in Embedded systems, Classifications of embedded
systems, Skills required for embedded system designer.
Unit -2: Internet communications [7L+7P]

Internet Communications: An Overview ,IP ,TCP ,The IP Protocol Suite (TCP/IP) ,UDP ;IP Addresses :DNS
,Static IP Address Assignment ,Dynamic IP Address Assignment ,IPv6,MAC Addresses ;TCP and UDP Ports
:An Example: HTTP Ports ,Other Common Ports ;Application Layer Protocols :HTTP , HTTPS; Encrypted
HTTP, Performance, ,Libraries, Debugging.
Unit -3: Overview of Security and Privacy in Cyber physical systems [7L+7P]
Defining security and Privacy, Defining Cyber physical systems, Examples of security and privacy in
action, Approaches to secure cyber physical systems, ongoing security and privacy challenges for cyber
physical systems; Local network security for Cyber physical systems, Internet wide secure
communication, Security and privacy for cloud interconnected Cyber physical systems.
Unit -4: Data Security and Privacy Challenges in IoT and Distributed systems [7L+7P]
Context awareness for adaptive access control management in IoT Environments:
Introduction, Security challenges in IoT environment, Surveying access control models and solutions for
IoT; Data privacy issues in distributed security monitoring systems: Information security in distributed
data collection systems, Technical approaches for assuring information security, Approaches for
building trust in data collection systems.
Case studies
a. Current challenges in IOT.
b. Battery life for IOT devices.
c. Memory management for IOT devices.
Text Books:
1. Raj Kamal ‘Embedded systems, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Antonio Liñán Colina, Alvaro Vives, Antoine Bagula, Marco Zennaro and Ermanno PietroSemesteroli
“IoT in 5 days “,Revision 1.0 March 2015.
3. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, ‘Designing the Internet of Things’, Wiley, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, ‘The Internet of Things: Key Applications and
Protocols’, Wiley, 2015.
2. Kurose, James F Ross, Keith W, ‘Computer networking: a top-down approach’, 5th edition,
international edition, Boston, Mass Pearson, cop. 2010.
3. Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, ‘Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction’,
Wiley, 2006.
4. ‘Design Automation for Embedded Systems’, Springer.
5. IEEE, IEEE Internet of Things Journal
6. Elsevier, Journal of Network and Computer Applications.
7. Elsevier, Computer Law & Security Review
8. ACM, ACM Transactions on Internet Technology (TOIT)
SC-1
B19EC3061 L T P C
Instrumentation Engineering
Duration: 14Weeks 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
Engineering Physics, Principles of Electronics.
Course description:
Instrumentation Engineering refers to the study of all measuring instruments that are required for
engineering the systems. This course deals with measuring equipments such as voltmeter, multimeter,
signal generator, function generator, bridges and transducer. Principal and working of all the above
equipments is dealt in detail. This course also covers measurement errors faced during engineering the
systems.
Course Objectives:
1. Illustrate various measurement errors.
2. Analyze the operation of different voltmeters and multimeters ,signal generators.
3. Apprise different electronic component measuring methods.
4. Evaluate various transducers used in electronic applications.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course the student will be able to,
1. Identify various types of measurement errors in measuring instruments.
2. Evaluate the concepts of voltmeters, multimeters and function generators.
3. Analyze the circuits used for the measurement of Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance, and
Frequency.
4. Demonstrate the application of different transducers.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC30 CO1 3 3 1 3 3 3
61
CO2 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 3
Course Contents:
Unit 1 : Introduction to Measurement, Errors [11hrs]
Measurement Errors: Introduction, Significance of measurements, methods of Measurements, Gross
errors and systematic errors, Absolute and relative errors, Accuracy, Precision, Resolution and Significant
figures.
Introduction, Multirange voltmeter, extending voltmeter ranges, Loading, AC voltmeter using-Rectifiers
– Half wave and full wave, Peak responding and True RMS voltmeters
Unit 2: Digital Voltmeters and Oscilloscopes [10hrs]

Digital Voltmeters: Introduction, RAMP technique, DVM’s based on V–T, V–F and Successive
approximation principles, 3 Digit, Resolution and sensitivity, Digital Multimeters, Digital frequency
meters, Digital measurement of time: Time base selector, Time measurement.
Oscilloscope: Principle of operation and specifications, Dual beam and dual trace CRO
Unit 3: Signal generators [11hrs]

Introduction to oscillators, Fixed and variable AF oscillator, Standard signal generator, Laboratory type
signal generator, AF sine and Square wave generator, Function generator, Square and Pulse generator,
Sweep generator, Frequency synthesizer.
Unit 4 : Measurement of R, L, C and Transducers [10hrs]

Measurement of resistance, inductance and capacitance: Introduction, Wheatstone’s bridge, Kelvin
Bridge, AC bridges, Capacitance Comparison Bridge, Maxwell’s bridge, Wien’s bridge, Wagner’s earth
connection.
Transducers: Introduction, Electrical transducers, selecting a transducer, Resistive transducer, Resistive
position transducer, Strain gauges: Resistance wire gauge, Inductive transducer, Differential output
transducer and LVDT.
Textbooks:
1. H. S. Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, TMH, Third edition 2012
2. David A Bell, “Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements”, Pearson Education, 2006.
Reference books:
1. John P. Beately, “Principles of measurement systems”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2000
2. Cooper D & A D Helfrick, “Modern electronic instrumentation and measuring techniques”, PHI, 1998.
B19EC3062 L T P C
Computer Organization and Architecture
Prerequisites:
Basic electronics, Numbering system, Digital fundamentals
Course Description:
The course covers the basic principles of computer organization, operation and performance and
peripheral devices. It provides an overview of computer hardware and software and how the basic
functional units are interconnected to form a complete computer system. The basics of I/O data transfer
synchronization, interrupts and Direct Memory Access methods are presented. Bus protocols and
standards are also presented with PCI, SCSI, and USB standards being used as representative commercial
examples. Detailed coverage of the use of pipelining and multiple function units in the design of high-
performance processors.
Course Objectives:
1. Illustrate the fundamental concepts of computer system architecture.
2. Interpret significance of interrupts.
3. Differentiate the various ways of communicating with I/O devices and standard I/O
interfaces.
4. Examine the different hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual
memory.
Course Outcomes:
1. Summarize the computer system organization and its operations
2. Appraise the concepts of hardware interface.
3. Interpret the various bus operations and protocols
4. Distinguish the different types of memories and their performance.

Code COs 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC3 CO1 1 3 2 3 3 3
062 CO2 1 2 3 1 2 3 3 3
CO3 1 2 2 1 3 1 1 3 3 2
CO4 1 2 3 1 3 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Basic Structure of Computers: [11Hrs]
Computer types, Functional units, Basic operational concepts, Bus structures, Performance-processor
clock, Basic performance equation, clock rate, performance measurement.
Machine Instructions and Programs: Numbers, arithmetic operations and characters, Memory location
and Addresses, Memory operations, Instructions and instruction sequencing, Addressing modes,
Assembly language, Stack and Queues and Subroutines.
Unit-2: Basic Input / Output and Processing Unit [10Hrs]

Accessing I/O Devices; Interrupts; enabling and disabling interrupts, Handling multiple devices, Device
requests, Exceptions.
Basic processing unit: Instruction Execution, Load Instructions, Arithmetic and Logic Instructions, Store
Instructions, Hardware Components, Register File, ALU, Data path.
Unit-3: Input/output Organization [10Hrs]

Direct Memory Access, Bus Operation: Synchronous Bus, Asynchronous Bus, Arbitration, Interface
Circuits, Parallel Interface, Serial Interface, Interconnection Standards: Universal Serial Bus (USB), PCI
Bus, SCSI Bus, UART.
Unit-4: Memory system [11Hrs]

Basic Concepts, Semiconductor RAM Memories, Static Memories, Dynamic RAMs, Synchronous DRAMs,
Read-only Memories, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, Flash Memory, Memory Hierarchy, Cache
Memories, Performance Considerations, Virtual Memory.
Reference Books:
1. David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessey, “Computer Organization and Design‟, Fifth edition,
Morgan Kauffman / Elsevier, 2014.
2. William Stallings “Computer Organization and Architecture”, Seventh Edition , Pearson Education,
2006.
3. Morris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, Pearson Education Asia.
4. Morris Mano and Charles R Kime, “Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals”, Second Edition,
Pearson Education Asia.
B19EC3063 L T P C
Object oriented Programming using C++
Prerequisites:
Programming with C.
Course Description:
The purpose of this course is to provide the solid foundations in the basic concepts of C++ programming
language. The C++ Programming Language are a very important to develop Application Software, System
Software, Operating Systems, and Network Simulators as it employees Object Oriented Programming
(OOP) aspect. This course has important features of OOP like Polymorphism, Inheritance, and exception
handling, which are not present in C Programming Language. By studying this course, it will help students
to get placed in IT Company.
Course Objectives:

1. Discuss insights of object oriented programming (OOP) features and basics of C++ language.
2. Explain the syntax and Semantics of the C++ language as well as basic data types offered by the
language.
3. Implement the fundamental OOP concepts like Classes, Objects, Inheritance and Polymorphism.
4. Discuss advanced C++ features file handling and exception handling.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course a student will be able to

1. Identify and classify C++ data types and operators.
2. Apply object-oriented features like classes and objects in C++ programs.
3. Demonstrate and use the concept of inheritance and polymorphism for code reusability.
4. Apply concepts like exception handling, threads, and files to write robust programs in C++.

Course POS PO P2 PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code / 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3
B19EC30 CO2 3 4 3 3 2 1 3 4 3
63 CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 4 3
CO4 3 4 3 3 2 1 3 4 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: The Basic C++ Language [11 Hrs]

The General Form of a C++ Program, Basic Datatypes: Literal, Variables, const-Qualifier, Pointer, Strings,
Reference, Bool, Enumeration, Array types. Operators: Arithmetic Operators, Equality, Relational and
Logical operators, Assignment operators, Increment and Decrement operator, Conditional Operator,
Branching and Looping Statements.
Teaching is supported by programming examples
Unit-2: Classes and Objects [10 Hrs]
Functions, Procedure Oriented vs Object-Oriented Programming, Features of Object-Oriented
Programming, Class, Object, Data Member, Member Functions, Static Class Members, Constructors and
its Types, Destructors, Friend Functions, Dynamic Memory allocation-New and Delete Keywords.
Unit-3: Inheritance and Polymorphism [11 Hrs]

Inheritance: Different types of Inheritances, Single Inheritance – Public, Private and Protected. Multiple
Inheritance, Polymorphism: Introduction, Compile Time Polymorphism(function overloading) and Run
Time Polymorphism(Virtual Functions).Operator Overloading: + operator
Unit-4:Files and Exception Handling [10 Hrs]

Files and Streams:Opening a file, Closing a file, Writing to a file, Reading from a file, File Position Pointers.
Exception Handling:Exception handling fundamentals,Throwing exceptions, Catching exceptions,
Standard Exceptions, Defining a New Exception.
Teaching is supported by programming examples.
Text Books:
1. Stanley B. Lippmann, JoseeLajore: “C++ Primer”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2005
2. Herbert Schildt , “The Complete Reference C++”, McGraw-Hill, 4thEdition, 2003.
Reference books:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, “ The C++ Programming Language”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2003.
2. R.G.Dromey, “How to Solve it by Computer”, Pearson, 2nd Edition, 2015.
Supporting experimentation
1. a) Write a simple C++ program to read and display a student Name and SRN.
b) Write a C++ program using Pointers and References concept to solve theProgram-1a
c) Write a C++ program using arrays to read and display four student’s SRN.
2. Write a C++ program to read 2 students 6 subject marks (out of 100), calculate the total marks of each
student and display total marks of both students. Also find and display who has scored the highest
total among the two students.
3. Write a C++ program to read 4 students 6 Subjects marks (out of 100) using any looping structure,
calculate and display the total marks of each student?
4. Write a C++ program to create a Student class with two data members StudentName, SRN and
member functions get_data, put_data to read and display the contents of the data members. Create
two objects of Student class. Read and display the contents of the objects using member functions
of the Student class.
5. Rewrite the code in Program 4 by using the concept of class constructor and destructor.
6. Rewrite the code in Program-4 by making use of dynamic memory allocation.
7. Write a C++ program to implement single inheritance. Create a base class Student with two data
members SRN,Total Marks and with two member functions get_data, put_data to read and display
information. Create a derived class EligibleStudent using public inheritance from base class. Create
objects of base and derived classes and display information? (Note: class EligibleStudent should
contain list of students those are eligible for final C3 exam).
8. Write a C++ program to implement exception handling mechanism?
SC-2
B19EC4061 L T P C
Solid state Devices Theory (SSDT)
Prerequisites:
Fundamentals of Physics
Course description:
This course is about basic semiconductor physics and the physics devices like PN junction, (BJT), and
MOSFET. The course contents gives insight into basics of quantum mechanics and solid-state physics
(energy bands, electrons and holes, the Fermi function), doping and carrier densities, carrier transport
and generation-recombination, in addition the semiconductor equations, which provide a complete,
semi-classical, mathematical description of electrons and holes in semiconductors, subject to some
important simplifying assumptions. In addition the course applies these concepts to PN junction, (BJT),
and MOSFET with their fabrication procedures.
Course Objectives:
1. Present a brief idea about the Solid State Devices.
2. Describe various Fabrication Processes.
3. Understand the idea of Energy Band Diagrams.
4. Describe the construction and working of BJT and MOSFET.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course, a student shall be able to:
1. Describe the operation of PN Junction Diode
2. Explain the various processes involved in an IC Fabrication
3. Compare the different configurations and operations of a Bipolar Transistor
4. Describe the construction and operation of a MOSFET
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC40 CO1 1 2 2 3
61 CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 1 2 3 2
CO4 1 2 3 3 3 2 3 2
Course Contents:
Unit 1: The PN Junction Diode [10 Hrs]
Introduction, Space Charge Region, Analytical relations at Equilibrium, Conditions in the diode with
voltage applied, Currents in diode.
Unit 2: Fabrication Technology [10 Hrs]

Introduction, Why Silicon, Purity of Silicon, Czochralski process, Fabrication process, Fabrication of
resistors and capacitors
Unit 3: Bipolar Transistors [11 Hrs]

Structure and Basic operation, Fabrication, Circuit arrangements, Currents in active region, BJT as a
current amplifier, Transistor parameters, modes of operation.
Unit 4: Metal-Oxide-Silicon Systems [11 Hrs]

Energy band diagrams, Band Bending and effect of Bias voltages, Analytical relations for charge
densities, Construction and operation of MOSFET, Regions of operation, Secondary effects.
Text Book:
1. Kanaan Kano, “Semiconductor Devices”, Pearson Education, 2004.
Reference Book:
1. Streetman, Banerjee,“ Solid State Electronic Devices”, PHI Learning, 2006.
B19EC4062 L T P C
Data Structures Using C++
Programming language C++

Prerequisites:
Course Description:
This course covers the design, analysis, and implementation of basic data structures using C++. This
course shall implement some of the data structures and basic aspects of C++ are also covered. A brief
discussion of the C++ programming language is done. Survey of fundamental data structures (array,
vector, lists, queue, stack, trees) and how to use them in C++. This course then delves deeper into the
design, analysis and implementation of such data structures.
Course Objectives:
1. Discuss insights into the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms.
2. Implement basic concepts about stacks, queues, lists, and Trees
3. Explain a concise about searching and sorting techniques.
4. Discuss insights into programming skills to implement data structures for real time applications.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify and classify various types of data structures.
2. Write C++ programs to implement data structures like stack, queue, linked list, and tress.
3. Classify and describe various sorting and searching techniques.
4. Write C++ programs to implement sorting and searching techniques.

Code / 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
COs
CO1 2 1 2 2 3 3
B19EC40 CO2 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 3 2 3
62 CO3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction and Linear Data Structures: Stack & Queues [11 Hrs]
Introduction to Data Structure: Types of Data Structure, Concept of Files; Stack: Concept, operations,
Array Representation of Stack, Applications; Queues: Concept, Operations, Array Representation of
Simple Queue, Circular Queue, Applications;
Unit-2: Linear Data Structure: Linked List [10 Hrs]

Array Vs Linked List, Linked List concept, Operations on Linked List, Types of Linked List, Application of
Linked List.
Unit-3: Non-Linear Data Structure: Trees [11 Hrs]
Binary Tree Concept, Binary Tree representation, Operations on Binary Tree, Binary Tree traversal, Binary
search tree implementation; The Huffman Algorithm.
Unit-4: Sorting and Searching Techniques [10 Hrs]

Sorting: Concept, Insertion Sort, Quick Sort, and Heap Sort.
Searching: List Search,Linear Index Search, and Index Sequential Search
Text Books:
1. Langsam, Augenstein, Tenenbaum, "Data Structures Using C and C+", Pearson Education, 2nd edition,
India, 2015.
2. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structure with C”, TMH Education India, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. G. A. V. Pai, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, TMH, 2008.
2. Debasis ,Sarnanta, “Classic Data Structures” , PHI, 2nd edition, 2009.
B19EC4063 L T P C
Power Electronics
Prerequisites:
Basic Electronics, Analog Electronic circuits.
Course Description:
In this course power, semiconductor devices control characteristics and application is discussed. It also
covers analysis of power converters for R, RL, RLE load conditions. The different types of modulation
technique for control and conversion of power is also discussed.
Course Objectives:
The Course objectives are to:
1. Explain various power Semiconductor devices and applications.
2. Prepare the students to analyze different power converter circuits.
3. Provide understanding of modulation techniques used in power electronics.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, a student will be able to:
1. Identify suitable semiconductor device for a given application.
2. Apply knowledge of engineering fundamentals to analyze AC to DC and DC-DC, DC-AC and AC-AC
converters for different load conditions.
3. Identify suitable converters for a given application .
4. Analyze and identify different types of modulation techniques used for control and conversion of
power.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC40 CO1 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 3
63 CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 1 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 1 2 2 2
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Power semiconductor devices [11Hrs]
Survey of power Semiconductor devices, Power diode, SCR, GTO, LASCR, RCT, SITH, BJT, MOSFET, IGBT
etc., Switching losses, applications .
Controlled Rectifiers (Converters): Single Phase, Half wave / full wave, half controlled /fully controlled
converters with R and RL loads, Dual converters.
Unit-2: DC- DC Converters [10Hrs]

Introduction, Principle of step down operation, step down converter with RL load, Principle of step up
operation, step up converter with R-load, performance parameters, converter classification.
Unit-3: nverters [11Hrs]

Introduction, Single Bridge inverters with R load, Voltage control, modulation techniques, SPWM, Boost
inverter. Current source inverters.
Multi-level inverters: Introduction, multilevel concept, diode clamped multilevel inverter..
Unit-4: AC voltage controllers [10Hrs]

Introduction, principle of on- Off control, single phase bidirectional controllers with R-load, single phase
controllers with inductive loads.
Text Books:
1. M. H. Rashid, "Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and Applications", P.H.I Private Ltd. New Delhi,
Third Edition, 2004
2. M. H. Rashid, "Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and Applications", P.H.I Private Ltd. New Delhi,
Second Edition, 1994
Reference Books:
1. Joseph Vithayathil, "Power Electronics - Principles and Applications", McGraw Hill Inc., New York,
1995.
2. Vedam Subrahmanyam, "Power Electronics", New Age International (P) Limited, New Delhi, 1996.
B20EC4064 L T P C
Probability and Random Processes
Prerequisites:
Basic Mathematics, Calculus and fundamentals of probability.
Course Description:
This course introduces probability, distributions and statistics with applications. Topics include: Mean,
Median, Mode, Correlation, Curve fitting, Random variables, Probability distributions, Joint densities,
Hypothesis testing. Probability theory deals with many real-life problems, which either inherently
involves the chance phenomena or describing the behavior of the system explicitly with statistical
properties. Interpretation of the system behavior in many engineering and computing sciences depends
on concept probability and statistics that familiarize with the computational aspects. The course deals
with basic properties of various distributions and other related things.
Course Objectives:

1. Understand the basic concepts of probability theory and random variables
2. Operations one random variables. conditional probability and conditional expectation, joint
distribution and independence, mean square estimation
3. Study and analyze random processes
4. Apply the concept of probability and random processes in engineering problems
Course Outcomes:
1. Concepts of probability theory and random variables.
2. Single and multiple 0random variables. conditional probability and conditional expectation, joint
distribution and independence, mean square estimation
3. Understand analyze random processes
4. Apply the concept of probability and random processes in engineering problems
Mapping of Course Outcomes with program Outcomes
Cours POS/ PO P2 PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
e Code COs 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B20EC CO1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1
4064 CO2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Probability Theory [10 Hrs]
Introduction to probability theory: Experiments, Sample space, Events, Axioms, Assigning probabilities,
Joint and conditional probabilities, Baye's theorem, Independence, Discrete random variables,
Engineering examples.
Unit 2: Random Variables [11 Hrs]

Random variables, Distributions, Density functions: CDF, PDF, Gaussian random variable, Uniform,
Exponential, Laplace, Gamma, Erlang, Chi-square, Rayleigh, Rician and Cauchy types of random variables.
Operation on a single random variable: Expected value, EV of random variables, EV of functions of
random variables, Central moments, Conditional expected values.
Unit 3: Functions [10 Hrs]

Characteristics functions: Probability generating functions, Moment generating function, Engineering
applications, Scalar quantization,
Pairs of random variables: Joint PDF, Joint probability mass functions, Conditional distribution, Density
and mass functions,
Unit 4: Random Process [11 Hrs]

Random process: Definition and characterization, Mathematical tools for studying random processes,
Stationery and Ergodic random processes, Properties of ACF.
Example Processes: Markov processes, Gaussian processes, Poisson processes, engineering applications
Reference books:
1. S. L. Miller and D. C. Childers, "Probability and random processes: application to signal processing and
communication", Academicpress/ Elsevier 2004, 2nd Edition.
2. A. Papoullis and S. U. Pillai, "Probability, random variables and stochastic processes”, McGraw Hill
2002, 2nd Edition.
3. Peyton Z. Peebles, "Probability, Random variables and random signal principles", TMH, 4th edition,
2007, 3rd Edition.
4. H Stark and Woods, "Probability, random processes and application", PHI, 2001
SC-3
B19EC5051 L T P C
Microelectronics
Prerequisites:
Basic Electronic Circuits.

Course Description:
Microelectronics is the miniaturized electronic circuits that make up integrated circuits such as micro-
controllers, microprocessors, FPGAs, operational amplifiers, analog-to-digital converters and many
other functions. Microelectronics deals with the designing and manufacturing of very small electronic
designs and components made up of semiconductor materials. The ability to use large number of
components at relative low cost and the ability to match components accurately on-chip makes the
design of integrated circuits and systems different from a similar design using discrete components.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the basic operation & design of single stage amplifiers.
2. Acquaint with frequency response of amplifier circuits.
3. Provide small signal analysis of amplifier with different loads.
4. Analyze the performance of digital logic circuits
Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of this course, the student is shall be able to:
1. Illustrate device structure and its physical operation, leading to a description of its terminal
characteristics
2. Summarize operation of a transistor of either type as an amplifier, with emphasis on small-signal
operation and modeling.
3. Compare the MOSFET and BJT characteristics
4. Produce delay model for digital circuits to analyze the propagation delay

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC50 CO1 1 3 2 3 1 2
51 CO2 2 1 3 1 2
CO3 2 1 3 3 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit 1: MOSFETS [10 Hrs]
Device Structure and Physical Operation, Current –Voltage Characteristics, MOSFET Circuits at DC,
MOSFET as an amplifier and as a switch, Examples using SPICE simulations.
Unit 2: Single Stage MOS Amplifiers [11 Hrs]

Biasing in MOS amplifier circuits, Small Signal operations & model, Single Stage MOS Amplifier,
Introduction to High frequency MOSFET model, Examples using SPICE simulations.
Unit 3: Integrated Circuit Amplifiers [10 Hrs]

IC design philosophy, Comparison of MOSFET and BJT, IC biasing- Current sources, current mirrors,
current steering circuits, High frequency response-general considerations, Miller’s Theorem and
examples using theorem.
Unit 4: Digital CMOS Logic Circuits [11 Hrs]

Digital circuit design overview, Design and performance analysis of CMOS inverter, CMOS logic gate
circuits, Pseudo NMOS logic circuits, Pass transistor logic circuits, Dynamic logic circuits.
Text Books:
1. Adel Sedra and K.C. Smith, “Microelectronic Circuits”, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press,
Interantional Version, 2009.
2. Behzad Razavi, “Fundamentals of Microelectronics” , John Wiley India, Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
3. Sundaram Natarajan ,“Microelectronics – Analysis and Design”, , Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007
B19EC5052 L T P C
Java Programming
Prerequisites:
Programming fundamentals, C, C++.
Course Description:
Java is among the most popular programming languages out there, mainly because of how versatile and
compatible it is. Java can be used for a large number of things, including software development, mobile
applications, and large systems development. Knowing Java opens a great deal of doors for you as a
developer. Java is the one of the most popular programming languages in the world today. It works on
any platform (Windows, Mac, Linux, etc), and is the core language used in developing Android apps.
Course Objectives:
The
Objectives of this course are to:
1. Introduce difference data types, operators, and control flows in Java Programming
2. Provide strong foundation for “object Oriented Programming Language (OOPL)”
3. Demonstrate the proper code organization using packages, sub packages and interfaces
4. Provide insight into file handlings, exception handling, and multithreading.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify different Java properties which are unique compared to C++ language
2. Use an appropriate programming environment to design, code, compile, run and debug object-
oriented Java programs.
3. Demonstrate basic problem-solving skills: analyzing, modeling, creating, and implementing
programs in an object-oriented language (using concepts like classes, objects, abstract classes,
interfaces, inheritance, packages).
4. Apply concepts like exception handling, threads, and files to write robust programs in Java

Code COs 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC50 CO1 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 2
52 CO2 4 4 3 3 2 1 3 4 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 4 2
CO4 4 4 3 2 2 1 3 4 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Java Revolution and Object-Oriented Fundamentals [7L+7T]
Revolutionary programming language; Object -Oriented Fundamentals: Object oriented programming,
how java is better than C++; Java Language Introduction: Hello World, Step by step, Variables; Types;
Operators; Flow Control, Java User input, Input types.
Unit-2: Classes and Inheritance [7L+7T]

Object references, Instance variables, the new operator, The Dot operator, Method declaration, Method
calling, this, Constructors, Method overloading; Inheritance: Super, Method Overriding, Dynamic
method dispatch; final, finalize, static.
Unit-3: Packages, Interfaces and String Handling [7L+7T]

Abstract, Interfaces: The interface statement, The implement statement, Variables in interfaces; The
package statement, Compiling classes in packages, the import statement, Access protection; String
Handling: Constructors, Special String Syntax, Character Extraction, Comparison, String copy
modification
Unit-4: Exception Handling, Threads, and Files [7L+7T]

Fundamentals, Exception types, try and catch, Multiple catch clauses, Nested try statements; Threads:
Single threaded event loop, The java thread model, Thread, Runnable, Thread priorities; Input/output:
Files, Input Stream, Output Stream, File streams
Text book:
1. Patrick Naughton, “The Java Handbook”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006 (Chapters 1 to 11, 13)
Reference Books:
1. Herbert Schildt “The Complete Reference – Java 2”, Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill 2002
2. Bruce Eckel, “Thinking in Java”, III Edition, Pearson 2004.
B19EC5053 L T P C
Optical Fibre Communication
Duration: 14 wks 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
Communication Basics, Analog and Digital Modulation schemes, EM waves, Physics Optics.
Course Description:
Optical Fiber communications is necessary to communication engineers to address future needs of high
data rate communications. The course will give you the knowledge in order to understand both the
fundamentals and the rapid development, that you as professional engineer can use the fibre optics
efficiently. The course treats important devices as optical fibres, laser diodes, optical detectors, and
receivers from physical and transmission system point of view. Finally, the course will conclude with
outlook for future research in extending the capabilities of these networks to higher bandwidths and
secured communications.
Course Objectives:

1. Conceptualize and analyze mathematically propagation of optical signals over optical Fiber cables.
2. Conceptualize the degradation of signals during propagation of optical signals over optical fiber.
3. Explain the construction and characteristics of optical sources and detectors.
4. Analyze various techniques for coherent transmission and system performance factors in optical
Communication system.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student shall be able to:
1. Analyze the optical fiber communication link, structure, propagation, fiber configurations, and
modes of transmission in fiber.
2. Estimate the signal degradation factors/losses associated with optical fibers and optical components
in optical communication systems.
3. Analyze the characteristics of optical sources and photo detectors, and design short haul and long
haul analog/digital optical fiber communication system
4. Analyze the performance of optical receiver based on receiver sensitivity/channel selectively, fiber
optic link based on link budgets and power budgets and design a reliable/lossless optical fiber
communication system

Cours POS/ PO PO PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
e Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 3 1 2
B19EC CO2 3 1 1 2 2 1
5053 CO3 3 1 1 1 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit – 1: Overview to Optical Fiber Communication [11Hrs]
Electromagnetic spectrum; Optical spectral Bands; General system; Advantages and Applications of fiber
optic transmission systems; Basic Optical laws and Definitions - Ray theory transmission - TIR, Numerical
Aperture, Acceptance angle; Optical Fiber Modes and Configurations - Step-index and Graded-index
fiber, Single mode and Multi-Mode fibers; Modal Concepts - V Number ; Single mode fibers - Cutoff
wavelength , Mode Field Diameter, Fiber Birefringence; Average optical power; Fiber Materials.
Unit – 2: Signal Distortion in Optical Fibers [10Hrs]

Attenuation; Scattering Losses - Concepts of Rayleigh, Mie, Brillouin and Raman Scattering; Fiber Bend
Loss; Dispersion - Concepts of Modal Dispersion, Material Dispersion, Waveguide Dispersion,
Polarization Mode Dispersion; Optical Amplifier EDFA Amplification Mechanism, EDFA Architecture,
Basic parameters – PCE, QCE, Gain ; Fiber Alignment - Joint Loss, Fiber Couplers – FBT coupler, Star
couplers , Practical parameters of Couplers; Fiber Connectors – Butt Joint Connector, Expanded Beam
Connector; Fiber Splices - Fiber Splicing Techniques.
Unit – 3: Optical Transmitter and Receiver [11hrs]

Optical sources – LED structures, Materials, Practical parameters - Quantum efficiency, LED Power ; Laser
Diodes - Modes & threshold conditions, Principle operation of Semiconductor Laser, Configuration of
Fabry-Perot resonator for laser diode, Practical parameters - Quantum efficiency, Resonant frequency;
Optical detectors/ Photo detectors - Physical Principle of PIN and APD, Practical parameters - Quantum
efficiency, Detector responsitivity, Cutoff wavelength, Photo Detector Noise, Response Time; Optical
Receiver – Fundamental Receiver Operation, Practical parameters - Receiver sensitivity, Quantum Limit,
Eye diagrams, Concepts of Coherent detection.
Unit – 4: OFC System Design Considerations [10 Hrs]
Analog Links – Overview of Analog Links, CNR, Multichannel Transmission Techniques, Link Parameters
Definitions – Gain, Noise Figure, SFDR; Digital Links – Simplex Point to point link, System Considerations,
Link Power Budget and Rise Time Budget with examples, Power Penalties, Modal noise, Mode-Partition
Noise ,Reflection Noise, Chirping.
Text Books:
1. Gerd Keiser “Optical Fiber Communications”, TMH, 4th Edition, 2008.
2. John M. Senior, “Optical Fiber Communications”, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. D.K. Mynbaev, S.C. Gupta and Lowell L. Schemer, “Fiber Optic Communications”, Pearson Education,
2005.
2. G. P. Agarawal, “Fiber Optics Communication Systems”, John Wiley New York, 1997.
3. Joseph C Palais ,“Fiber Optic Communication”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education.
B19EC5054 L T P C
Research Methodology & IPR
Duration:14Wks 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
No Prerequisites
Course Description:
The course aims to give a broad understanding of research methodology, including qualitative and
quantitative methods. The main components of a research framework i.e., problem definition, research
design, data collection, ethical issues in research, report writing, and presentation are discussed. Once
equipped with this knowledge, participants would be well-placed to conduct disciplined research under
supervision in an area of their choice. In addition to their application in an academic setting, many of the
methodologies discussed in this course would be similar to those deployed in professional research
environments. Also IPR frameworks are discussed to give them insight into the patent drafting.
Course Objectives:
1. Develop the most appropriate methodology for their research studies, irrespective of their discipline.
2. Explain the research skills and equip them to carry out individual or team research work according
to scientific/technology requirements.
3. Illustrate different IPR Legislations and IPR filing procedures.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify and describe researchable ideas, projects and themes.
2. Develop the thesis layout and document using the LATEX tool.
3. Identify different IPR Legislations.
4. Formulate IPR norms for different case studies.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC CO1 2 3 1 3 2 2 2 2 1
5054 CO2 1 3 2 2 2 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Research and Types of research [11 Hrs]
Meaning of Research- Objectives of Research- Motivation in Research. Research methods v/s
Methodology. Types of research – Descriptive vs. Analytical, Applied vs. Fundamental, Quantitative vs.
Qualitative, Conceptual vs. Empirical. Research Process. Criteria of good Research. Defining the
Research Problem - Defining and formulating the research problem - Selecting the problem - Necessity
of defining the problem, Technique Involved in Defining a Problem, Research design – Basic Principles-
Need of research design –– Features of good design – Important concepts relating to research design,
Different Research Designs.
Unit-2: Thesis writing and Ethics. [11 Hrs]

Structure and components of scientific reports - Types of report – Technical reports and thesis,
Significance –Different steps in the preparation – Layout, structure and Language of typical reports –
Illustrations and tables - Bibliography, referencing and footnotes - Oral presentation – Planning –
Preparation – Practice – Making presentation – Use of visual aids - Importance of effective
communication. LATEX: Introduction to LATEX and it’s usage in documentation, preparation of thesis,
technical papers and articles.
Unit- 3: Intellectual Property Rights [10 Hrs]

Intellectual Property Rights: Introduction, Legislations covering IPR in INDIA; Patents: Conditions to be
satisfied by an invention to be patentable, Patentable inventions under patent Act 1970,Types of patents
which are not patentable in INDIA, Term of patent in INDIAN system, Essential patent documents to be
submitted, Criteria for naming inventors in an application of patent, Where to apply ?How to apply?,
Why provisional specification, Complete specification, Hierarchy of officers in patent office, Register of
patents ,working of patents and company licensing, Revocation of patents, Term of patents, Patent of
addition
Unit-4: Other Intellectual Property Rights [10 Hrs]

Copy Right; Trade Marks; Geographical Indications; Industrial Designs; Layout Design of Integrated
designs; Plant verity; International Patenting; Case studies
Text Books:
1. Kothari, C. R. “Research methodology: Methods & techniques”. New Delhi: New Age International
(P) Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2004.
References:
1. “LATEX Documentation” available at http://www.latex-project.org/
2. “Patent Manual”, available at http://www.bits-pilani.ac.in/uploads/Patent_ManualOct_25th
_07.pdf
SC-4
B19EC5061 L T P C
ARM Processors and Applications
Prerequisites:
Familiarity with Digital Electronic Circuits, Hexadecimal Number System
Course Description:
Progress in the ARM microcontroller community since the publication of the first edition of this
book has been impressive, significantly exceeding our expectations and it is no exaggeration to
say that it is revolutionizing the world of Microcontroller Units (MCUs). There are many
thousands of end users of ARM-powered MCUs, making it the fastest growing MCU technology
on the market. As such, the second edition of Joseph’s book is very timely and provides a good
opportunity to present updated information on MCU technology.
Course Obtectives:
Course objectives are to
1. Explain the architecture of ARM Cortex M3.
2. Demonstrate programing ARM Cortex M3.
3. Apply the knowledge of ARM Cortex M3 to design an embedded systems using various interfaces.
4. Summarize the embedded system design with the specified constraints using ARM Cortex M3.
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze a given problem and design a suitable embedded system using ARM Cortex M3.
2. Apply the knowledge of programming in assembly language and C language to receive data,
process it and control the various actuators.
3. Summarize the embedded system design and operations using ARM Cortex M3.
POS/ PO1 P2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs 10 11 12
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 2 1
CO2 1 3 2 1
CO3 2 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit 1: ARM-32 bit Microcontroller. [7L+7P]
Architecture of ARM Cortex M3, Various Units in the architecture, Debugging architecture. General
Purpose Registers, Special Registers,
.
Unit 3: Instruction Sets. [7L+7P]
Assembly basics, Instruction list and description, Useful instructions, Memory mapping, Bit-band
operations and CMSIS, Assembly and C language Programming Time delay calculations,
Unit 3: Exceptions and Interrupts. [7L+7P]
Exceptions, interrupts, stack operation, reset sequence, programming in Assembly and C
Unit4: Programming. [7L+7P]

Timers/counters, Serial Communication: Data communication, connections to RS-232 programming in
Assembly and C .
Text book:
1. Joseph Yiu, “The Definitive Guide to the ARM Cortex-M3”, 2nd Edition, Newnes, (Elsevier), 2010.
Laboratory Experiments.
1. Data Transfer Instructions: Data Transfer between internal and external RAM with and without
overlap, Sorting, largest and smallest number in an array and exchange.
2. Arithmetic Instructions: 32 bit multi-precision Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication of 2 numbers
3. Logical Instructions: 8x8 multiplication using shift Add technique. ASCII to packed BCD and Vice
versa.
4. Timers: Wave form generation with varying Duty Cycle using Interrupt and Polling Techniques.
5. Serial Communication: Serial data transmission with Polling and Interrupt technique (Regular and
Look up table).
6. Serial Reception and Display the ASCII value.
7. Count the incoming pulses using counters.
B19EC5062 L T P C
Theory of Algorithms
Prerequisites:
Data structures and C or C++
Course Description:
Algorithms are the heart of computer science, and the subject has countless practical applications as
well as intellectual depth. This course is an introduction to algorithms for learners with at least a little
programming experience. The course is rigorous but emphasizes the big picture and conceptual
understanding over low-level implementation and mathematical details. After completing this course,
you will be well-positioned to ace your technical interviews and speak fluently about algorithms with
other programmers and computer scientists. Specific topics include: "Big-oh" notation, sorting and
searching, divide and conquer, randomized algorithms, data structures, graph primitives.
Course Objectives:
1. Provide an understanding of fundamentals of algorithms to solve Engineering challenges.
2. Provide an understanding of various aspects of analysis of the problem domain and arrive at a
suitable algorithm.
3. Understanding of arriving at a Pseudo code level of any challenge.
4. Provide a comprehensive look at the challenges in Engineering problems to provide an effective and
efficient solution.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, student will be able to:
1. Apply various aspects of Algorithm development of any Engineering challenge.
2. Analyze the Divide – conquer and Decrease-conquer approach for various problems.
3. Summarize Describe Dynamic approach for various engineering problems.
4. Summarize limitations and coping of algorithm power.

Course POS/ PO P PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PS PS PS
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O O1 O2 O3
1 1 1
0 1 2
B19EC5 CO1 3 3 2 1 2 3 1
062 CO2 3 3 1 1 3
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 3 1
CO4 3 3 1 1 1 3
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Introduction to algorithms [10Hrs]
Fundamentals of algorithmic problem solving and data structures, Analysis Framework, Asymptotic
Notations, Mathematical Analysis of Nonrecursive and Recursive Algorithms, Brute Force Approach:
Selection sort, Bubble sort, Sequential search, and String Matching.
Unit 2: Divide - Conquer and Decrease - Conquer Approach [11Hrs]
Divide and Conquer: Mergesort, Quicksort, Binary Search; Decrease-and-Conquer Approaches: Insertion
Sort, Depth First Search and Breadth First Search. Summary of Space and time tradeoffs.
Unit 3: Dynamic Approach and Greedy technique [10Hrs]

Dynamic Programming: Warshall’s Algorithm, Floyd’s Algorithm for the All-Pairs Shortest Paths Problem,
Greedy technique:Dijkstra's Algorithm and Huffman trees.
Unit 4: Limitations and Coping of Algorithmic Power [11Hrs]

Limitations and Coping of Algorithmic Power:Lower-Bound Arguments, Decision Trees, P, NP, and NP-
Complete Problems, Backtracking, Branch-and-Bound.
Text Books:
1. Anany Levitin: “Introduction to the Design & Analysis of Algorithms”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
2007.
2. Ellis Horowitz, SatrajSahni and Rajasekaran :”Computer Algorithms/C++”, 2nd Edition, 2014,
Universities Press.
Reference Books:
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L. Rivest, Clifford Stein: “Introduction to Algorithms”,
3rd Edition, PHI, 2010.
2. Alfred V. Aho , John E. Hopcroft Jeffrey D. Ullman,Addison: “The design and analysis of computer
algorithms”, Wesley Pub. Co., 1974.
B19EC5063 L T P C
Biomedical Signal Processing
Prerequisites:
Signals & Systems, Digital Signal Processing, Linear Algebra.
Course Description
This course presents the fundamentals of digital signal processing with particular emphasis on problems
in biomedical research and clinical medicine. It covers principles and algorithms Nature of Biomedical
Signals, Examples of Biomedical Signals (ENG, EMG, ECG, EEG, ERP, EGG, PCG, CP, VMG, VAG), Biomedical
Signal Analysis and Computer aided Diagnosis.Topics include Basic Electrocardiography, ECG lead
systems, ECG Signal characteristics, ECG QRS Detection, ECG Analysis Systems. The focus of the course
is in Neurological Signal Processing, processing physiological data, with examples from cardiology,
speech processing, and medical imaging. Lectures cover signal processing topics relevant to the Data
Acquisition and Classification of sleep stages, The Markov Model and Markov Chains, Dynamics of Sleep-
Wake Transitions, Hypnogram Model parameters, Event History Analysis for modeling Sleep.
Course Objectives:
1. Identify the application of the main signal processing tools to the analysis of biomedical signals.
2. Describe how clinically relevant information can be extracted from these signals.
3. Relate advanced signal processing for uni and multi-modal medical signals.
4. Discuss advanced signal processing for multidimensional medical signals.
5. Interpret and analyse medical signals from a set of specific medical applications.
6. Describe and apply signal processing methods for removal of artefacts in medical signals.
7. Estimate unique segments or regions in medical signals an - images using automatic signal processing
methods for classification.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, student will be able to:
1. Apply statistical and adaptive signal modelling for multidimensional medical signals.
2. List the various ECG systems.
3. Define and apply signal processing methods for removal of artefacts in medical signals
4. Illustrate unique segments or regions in medical signals an - images using automatic signal
processing methods for classification.
5. Explain Smear signal processing methods for characterization of physiological and pathological
phenomena

Code COs 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC50 CO1 2 2 2
63 CO2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 4 2 3 3 2
CO4 2 4 4 3 3
CO5 2 2 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Biomedical Signals [10 Hrs]
Nature of Biomedical Signals, Examples of Biomedical Signals (ENG, EMG, ECG, EEG, ERP, EGG, PCG, CP,
VMG, VAG), Objectives of Biomedical Signal Analysis, Difficulties in (this text can be removed) Biomedical
Signal Analysis, Computer aided Diagnosis.
Unit-2: Electrocardiography [11 Hrs]

Basic Electrocardiography, ECG lead systems, ECG Signal characteristics, ECG QRS Detection, ECG
Analysis Systems.
Unit-3: Neurological Signal Processing [11 Hrs]

The Brain and its potentials, The Electrophysiological Origin of Brain Waves, EEG signal and its
characteristics, EEG Analysis, Linear Prediction Theory, The AR method, Recursive Estimation of AR
Parameters.
Unit-4: Sleep EEG [10 Hrs]

Data Acquisition and Classification of sleep stages, The Markov Model and Markov Chains, Dynamics of
Sleep-Wake Transitions, Hypnogram Model parameters, Event History Analysis for modeling Sleep.
Text Books:
1. Rangaraj M Rangayyan, “Biomedical Signal Analysis” A case study approach, John Wiley
publications. Second Edition 2009
2. Willis J Tompkins, ED, “Biomedical Digital Signal Processing”, Prentice-Hall of India, 1993.
3. DC Reddy, “Biomedical Signal Processing Principles and Techniques”, Tata McGraw-Hill,First Edition
2005
B19EC5064 L T P C
Automotive Electronics
Prerequisites:
Microcontroller, Instrumentation and Transducers.
Course Description:
Electronics plays a major role in the current automobile industry. From a temperature sensor recording,
the temperature outside the car to the Engine Control Unit (ECU), electronics has made driving relatively
simpler and safer. It covers the topics on engine management systems, Sensors and actuating systems,
Exhaust treatment systems, Automotive Diagnostics. It majorly concentrates on Communication
Protocols used to communicate between different ECU’s and finally it describes Electronic systems for
Passenger Safety and convenience systems
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the functions of electronic systems in modern automobiles, modern electronics
technology to improve the performance, safety, comfort and related issues
2. Study the principles of automotive sensors and interfacing techniques, design, model and simulate
interfacing systems with sensors
3. Know the principles and functionalities of various Automotive Communication Protocols (ACPs),
Design ACP based In-Vehicle Networks(IVNs), selection of ACPs for various application in Automotive
4. Know the industry standard practices for ECU design for automotives, modeling and analysis of
application software for ECU design and development, design of ECUs for automobiles, design of HIL
and fault diagnostics
Course Outcomes:
1. Implement and Interface sensors for various automotive applications
2. Design and diagnose the faults in the systems Implement automotive fault diagnostics and faults.
3. Analyze on and off board diagnostics, diagnostics protocol
4. Explain the different types of ECUs

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 2 3 1 1 2
B19EC50 CO2 1 2 3 1
64 CO3 3 1 1 1
C04 2 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Automotive Industry and Modern Automotive Systems [11 Hrs]
Vehicle classifications and specifications, need for electronics in automobiles,Automotive Fundamentals
Overview – Four Stroke Cycle, Engine Control, Spark and Compression Ignition Engines, Ignition systems,
Spark plug, Spark pulse generation, Ignition Timing.
Transmission Control - Automotive transmissions, Drive Train, Brakes,
Steering System - Steering Control,
Starting System- Battery, Air/Fuel Systems, Fuel Handling, Air Intake System,
Unit-2: Introduction to automotive sensors and instrumentation [10 Hrs]
Sensors and actuators, Air/ Fuel Management Sensors – Oxygen (O2/EGO) Sensors, Throttle Position
Sensor (TPS), Engine Crankshaft Angular Position (CKP) Sensor, Magnetic Reluctance Position Sensor,
Engine Speed Sensor, Ignition Timing Sensor, Hall effect Position Sensor, Shielded Field Sensor, Optical
Crankshaft Position Sensor, Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor - Strain gauge and Capacitor
capsule, Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor, Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor, Knock Sensor,
Airflow rate sensor, Throttle angle sensor.
Sensors in Engine control, adaptive cruise control, braking control, traction control, steering, stability,
Lighting, wipers, climate control, Sensors for occupant safety,
Sensor and actuator interfacing techniques and electronic displays.
Actuators – Fuel Metering Actuator, Fuel Injector, Ignition Actuator
Unit 3: Exhaust After-Treatment Systems [11 Hrs]

Exhaust After-Treatment Systems – AIR, Catalytic Converter, Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR),
Evaporative Emission Systems
Electronic Engine Control – Engine parameters, variables, Engine Performance terms, Electronic Fuel
Control System, Electronic Ignition control, Idle speed control, EGR Control
Communication – Serial Data, Communication Systems, Power windows, Remote keyless entry systems,
GPS, Automotive Communication Protocols
Protection, Body and Chassis Electrical Systems, Remote Keyless Entry,
Vehicle Motion Control – Cruise Control, Chassis, , Power Brakes, antilock braking systems, Electronic
stability and other technologies, Traction Control, Electronic Stability Control, Electronically controlled
suspension
Fundamentals of electronically controlled steering system, Power Steering,
Unit 4: Electronics for Passenger Safety and Convenience [10 Hrs]

Electronics for Passenger Safety and Convenience – SIR, Air bag and seat belt pretension systems, Tire
pressure monitoring systems,
Automotive Instrumentation – Sampling, Measurement & Signal Conversion of various parameters
Integrated Body – Climate Control Systems, Electronic HVAC Systems,
Lighting, Entertainment Systems
Automotive Diagnostics – Timing Light, Engine Analyzer, Process of Automotive Fault Diagnostics, Fault
Codes, On-board diagnostics, Off-board diagnostics, Expert Systems.
Future Automotive Electronic Systems – Alternative Fuel Engines, Collision Avoidance Radar warning
Systems, Low tire pressure warning system, Radio navigation, Advance Driver Information System, AFS.
Text Books:
1. Denton, “Automotive Electrical and Electronic Systems, Burlington”, MA 01803, Elsevier
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004.
2. Ronald K. Jurgen, “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2007.
3. William B. Ribbens, “Understanding Automotive Electronics, 5th Edition, Newnes, 2006.
4. Robert Bosch GmbH, “Bosch Automotive Electrics & Electronics: Systems and Components,
Networking and Hybrid Drive”, Robert Bosch GmbH, 3rd Edition, 1999.
SC-5
B19EC5071 L T P C
System Verilog
Prerequisites:
Logic Design, Verilog, C++, Digital system.
Course Description:
This course aims to give an in-depth introduction to the SystemVerilog which is an enhancement to the
Verilog hardware description language (HDL). It also discusses the benefits of the new features, and
demonstrates how design and verification can be more efficient and effective when using System Verilog
constructs.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand logic verification using Verilog simulation.
2. Learn the features of SystemVerilog,
3. SVA and basics of UVM for verification, and understand the improvements in verification
efficiency.
4. Demonstraste the advanced verification features, such as the practical use of classes,
randomization, checking, and coverage.
5. Illustrate the advanced coverage driven verification environments using advanced SystemVerilog
features, SVA and UVM.
Course Outcomes:
1. Develop the test benches for digital systems.
2. Perform the functional coverage for a given digital circuit.
3. Apply the constrained random stimulus to a digital circuit.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B20 CO1 3 3 2 2 3 1
EC CO2 2 3 1 2 3 1
5071 CO3 2 3 1 4 2 3 1
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Verification guidelines and Introduction to data types [7L+7P]
The verification process, basic test bench functionality, directed testing, methodology basics,
constrained random stimulus, randomization, functional coverage, test bench components.
Data Types: Built in Data types, fixed and dynamic arrays, Queues, associative arrays, linked lists, array
methods, choosing a storage type, creating new types, creating user defined structures, Enumerated
types, constants and strings, Expression width.
Unit 2: Procedural statements, routines &Connecting the test bench and Design [7L+7P]
Procedural statements, Tasks, Functions and void functions, Task and function overview, Routine
arguments, returning from a routine, local data storage, time values
Separating the test bench and design, the interface construct, Stimulus timing, Interface driving and
sampling, System Verilog assertions.
Unit 3: Threads and Inter process Communication [7L+7P]

Working with threads, Disabling threads, Inter process communication, Events, Semaphores, Mailboxes,
Building a test bench with threads and IPC.
Unit 4: Functional Coverage [7L+7P]

Coverage types, Coverage strategies, Simple coverage example, Anatomy of Cover group and Triggering
a Cover group, Data sampling, Cross coverage, Generic Cover groups, Coverage options, Analyzing
coverage data, measuring coverage statistics during simulation.
Text Books:
1. Chris Spear, “System Verilog for Verification – A guide to learning the Test bench language features”,
Springer Publications, 2ndEdition, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Stuart Sutherland, Simon Davidmann, Peter Flake, “System Verilog for Design-A guide to using system
verilog for Hardware design and modeling”, Springer Publications, 2nd Edition, 2006.
B19EC5072 Relational Data Base Management L T P C
Duration :14 Wks Systems (RDBMS) 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
This subject requires the student to know about Basics of computer and fundamental concepts of set
theory.
Course Description:
Database Management Systems (DBMS) are vital components of modern information systems. ... In the
first half of the course the relational data model, relational query languages, relational database design
and conceptual data modeling are reviewed. It then focuses on XML, RD, OWL, parallel, and
noSQL databases.
Course Objectives
1. Memorize the basics terminologies of Databases, Conceptual design using ERD.
2. Demonstrate the relational database system using relational algebra.
3. Apply to create the Relation or a Table in a DATABASE using SQL.
4. Analyse the Database applications for real world problems by using different Normalization
techniques.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course student shall be able to:
1. Define the basic terminologies of RDBMS.

2. Discuss the relational data model and relational algebra
3. Demonstrate the table or a relation in Database and ER Model.
4. Survey the different database applications for real word problems using normalization
techniques.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC50 CO1 3 1 2 2 3 1
72 CO2 3 2 1 3 2 1
CO3 3 1 2 2 3 1
CO4 3 1 2 1 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Databases and Conceptual Modelling [11 Hrs]
Introduction, characteristics of the database approach, data models, schemas, instances, database
languages and interfaces, Using high-level conceptual data models for database design, a sample
database application, entity types, attributes, keys, relationship types, weak entity types, ER diagrams,
naming conventions, design issues.
Unit-2: Relational Data Model and Relational algebra [10 Hrs]

Relational model concepts, relational model constraints and relational database schemas, update
operations, transactions, dealing with constraint violations, unary relational operations, select and
project, relational algebra operations from set theory, binary relational operations, join and division,
additional relational operations, examples of queries in relational algebra.
Unit-3: SQL [11 Hrs]

SQL data definition and data types, specifying constraints in SQL, basic retrieval queries in SQL, insert,
delete, update statements in SQL, additional features of SQL, schema change statements in SQL,
Retrieving data using the SQL Select Statement, Restricting and sorting data, Using Single row functions,
Joins, More complex SQL retrieval queries, views in SQL.
Unit-4: Database Design Theory and Normalization [10 Hrs]

Informal design guidelines for relation schemas, Functional dependencies, Normal forms based on
primary keys, General definitions of second and third normal forms, Other Normal forms.
Text Books:
1. Elmasri and Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, “Database Management Systems”, 3rd Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2003
Reference Book:
1. Silberschatz, Korth and Sudharshan, “Database System Concepts”, Fourth Edition,
Mc-GrawHill, 2002
B19EC5073 Digital signal Processor L T P C

Duration 14 Weeks Architecture (DSPA) 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
Fourier Transform, Fast Fourier transform, Filter Design, Data structure, Behavior Modeling.
Course Description:
DSP Processor Architecture course provides an introduction on the industry-based DSP processor’s
architecture and their algorithms. Students will learn about the addressing modes, instruction set and
memory allocation of the TMS320C67XX processor.
Course Objectives:
1. Summarize the architecture, programming, and interfacing of commercially available
programmable DSP devices and to use them effectively and optimally in system implementations.
2. Discuss the knowledge of basic DSP filter algorithms.
3. Introduce the concepts of digital signal processing techniques, implementation of DFT & FFT
algorithms by programming the DSP TMS320C54XX Processor.
4. Analyze about interfacing of serial & parallel communication peripherals.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe various issues that need to be addressed when implementing DSP algorithms.
2. Explain the architecture details and instruction sets of specific DSP Processors.
3. Illustrate the features of on-chip peripheral devices & its interfacing and pipeline operations
along with its programming details.
4. Apply signal processing algorithms like DIT,DIF, IIR/FIR.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC50 CO1 3 2 1 1 2 1
73 CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
CO3 3 1 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Digital Signal Processing and Architectures for Programmable Digital Signal
Processors. [11hrs]
Introduction, A Digital Signal-Processing System, The Sampling Process, Discrete Time Sequences,
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), Linear Time-Invariant Systems, Digital
Filters, Decimation, and Interpolation. Basic Architectural Features, DSP Computational Building Blocks,
Bus Architecture and Memory, Data Addressing Capabilities, Address Generation Unit, Programmability
and Program Execution, Features for External Interfacing.
Unit-2: Programmable Digital Signal Processors [10hrs]
Introduction, Commercial Digital Signal-processing Devices, Data Addressing Modes of TMS32OC54xx.,
Memory Space of TMS32OC54xx Processors, Program Control. Detail Study of TMS320C54X & 54xx
Instructions and Programming, On-Chip peripherals, Interrupts of TMS32OC54xx Processors, Pipeline
Operation of TMS32OC54xx Processor.
Unit-3: Implementation of Basic DSP Algorithms and Implementation of FFT Algorithms [11hrs]
Introduction, the Q-notation, FIR Filters, IIR Filters, Interpolation and Decimation Filters (one example in
each case). Introduction, an FFT Algorithm for DFT Computation, Overflow and Scaling, Bit-Reversed
Index Generation & Implementation on the TMS32OC54xx.
Unit 4: Interfacing Memory and Parallel I/O Peripherals to DSP Devices and Interfacing and
Applications’ Of DSP Processor. [10hrs]
Introduction, Memory Space Organization, External Bus Interfacing Signals. Memory Interface, Parallel
I/O Interface, Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I / O Direct Memory Access (DMA). Introduction,
Synchronous Serial Interface, A CODEC Interface Circuit. DSP Based Bio-Telemetry Receiver, A Speech
Processing System, An Image Processing System.
Text Books:
1. Avatar Singh and S. Srinivasan, “Digital Signal Processing”, Thomson Learning 2004.
2. Venkataramani and M. Bhaskar, “Digital Signal Processors”, TMH, 2002
Reference Books:
1. Ifeachor E. C., Jervis B. W, “Digital Signal Processing: A practical approach”, Pearson-Education,
PHI 2002
2. Peter Pirsch, “Architectures for Digital Signal Processing”, John Weily, 2007
B19EC5074 L T P C
Mechatronics
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of elements of mechanical engineering, digital electronics and Microprocessor.

Course Description:
This course is an introduction to Mechatronic systems, which require integration of the mechanical and
electronics engineering disciplines within a unified framework. Topics covered in the course include:
Sensors, Transducers, elements of electrical actuation systems and signal conditioning circuits. It also
describes the different concepts of system models and controllers. Finally, it covers the concept of of
programming logic controllers.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the requirements of Mechatronics systems and recognize its various elements.
2. Understand the actuation systems and signal conditioning circuits.
3. Understand the concepts of system models and controllers
4. Understand the implementation of programmable logic controllers for Mechanical drives.
Course Outcomes:
1. Define Mechatronics systems and recognize its various elements.
2. Compile the key elements of electrical actuation systems and signal conditioning circuits.
3. Demonstrate the concepts of system models and controllers.
4. Understand the concepts of programming logic controllers.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 2 3 2
B19EC50 CO2 3 2 2 1
74 CO3 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 2 3 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Sensors and Transducers [11 Hrs]
Introduction to Mechatronics Systems, Measurement Systems, control Systems, Microprocessor base
d Controllers. Sensors and Transducers , PerformanceTerminology , Sensors for Displacement, Posi
tion and Proximity; Velocity, Motion,Force, Fluid Pressure, Liquid Flow, Liquid Level, Temperature,
Light Sensors Selection of Sensors.
Unit-2: Actuation Systems [10 Hrs]

Rotary Actuators, MechanicalActuation Systems, Cams, Gear Trains,Ratchet and pawl Beltand Chain
Drives, Bearings.Electrical Actuation Systems, Mechanical Switches Solid State
Switches ,Solenoids Constructionand working principle of DC and AC Motorsspeed controlof AC and
DC drives, Stepper Motorsswitching circuitries for stepper motor,AC & DC Servo motors.
Unit-3: System Models and Controllers [11 Hrs]

Building blocks of Mechanical, Electrical, Fluid and Thermal systems, Rotational, Translation systems,
electromechanical systems, Hydraulic Mechanical Systems. Continuous and discrete process
Controllers, Control Mode, Step mode, Proportional Mode, Derivative Mode, Integral Mode, PID
Controllers, Digital Controllers, Velocity Control, Adaptive Control, Digital logic control,
Microprocessors control.
Unit-4: Programming Logic Controllers [10 Hrs]

Programmable Logic Controllers, Basic Structure , Input / Output Processing ,Programming ,Mnemonic
s , Timers, Internal relays and counters , Shift Registers , Master and Jump Controls , DataHandling
, Analogs Input / Output, Selection of a PLC.
Text Books:
1. W. Bolton, Longman ,”Mechatronics”-, 2nd Pearson Publications, 2007
2. R.S. Ganokar ,”Microprocessor Architecture, programming and applications with 8085.8085A”-,
Wiley Eastern.
Reference Books:
1. Godfrey C. Canwerbolu, Butterworth- Heinemann ,”Mechatronics Principles & applications” 2006.
2. DanNecsulescu ,”Mechatronics”-, Pearson Publication, 2007
3. David. G. Aliciatore& Michael B. Bihistand ,”Introduction Mechatronics & Measurement systems”, ,
tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
4. Sabricentinkunt ,”Mechatronics”, John wiley& sons Inc. 2007
SC-6
B19EC6041 L T P C
Embedded Systems
Prerequisites:
Microcontroller, Operating Systems.
Course Description:
An embedded system is a computer system with a dedicated function within a larger mechanical or
electrical system, often with real-time computing constraints. It is embedded as part of a complete
device often including hardware and mechanical parts. Embedded systems control many devices in
common use today.
Unit1 gives an introduction to the basic elements of embedded system such as sensors, interfaces,
firmware etc.
Unit2 discusses about the various aspects of hardware software co design.
Unit3 covers the complete aspects on real time embedded system design.
Unit4 briefly covers the various topics on embedded integrated development environment.
Course Objectives:
1. Give a brief idea about the embedded system components, memory, communication interfaces
and other firmware components.
2. Understand the Quality attributes, hardware and Software co-design, Computational models in
embedded systems, Unified Modelling languages etc.
3. Understand the firmware system development and firmware development languages.
4. Give a brief description of RTOS, Integrated Development Environment, Simulators and Emulators.
5. Understand the trends in embedded system development.
Course Outcomes:
1.Design a module of embedded system
2.Elaborate the quality attributes,hardware-software co-design in embedded systems.
3.Develop a firmware module.
4.Analyse the various tools in RTOS.
Course POs/ PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
P7
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 1
B19EC6041 CO2 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
CO3 1 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Typical Embedded System [10 Hrs]
Core of the Embedded System, Memory, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface, Embedded
Firmware, Other System Components.
Unit-2: Characteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded Systems [11 Hrs]

Hardware Software Co-Design and Program Modeling: Fundamental Issues in Hardware Software Co-
Design, Computational Models in Embedded Design, Introduction to Unified Modeling Language (Self
Study/Case Study), Hardware Software Trade-offs
Embedded Firmware Design and Development: Embedded Firmware Design Approaches, Embedded
Firmware Development Languages
Unit-3: Real-Time Operating System (RTOS) based Embedded System Design [10Hrs]
Operating System Basics, Types of OS, Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task
Scheduling, Threads, Processes and Scheduling: Putting them altogether, Task Communication, Task
Synchronization, Device Drivers, How to Choose an RTOS (Self Study/Case Study).
Unit-4: The Embedded System Development Environment [11 Hrs]

The Integrated Development Environment (IDE) (Self Study/Case Study), Types of Files Generated on
Cross-compilation, Disassembler/Decompiler, Simulators, Emulators and Debugging, Target Hardware
Debugging, Boundary Scan.
Trends in the Embedded Industry:(Self Study/Case Study), Processor Trends in Embedded Systems,
Embedded OS Trends, Development Language Trends, Open Standards, Frameworks and Alliances,
Bottlenecks.
Text Books:
1. Shibu K V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2009
2. James K Peckol , “Embedded Systems – A contemporary Design Tool”, John Weily, 2008.
B19EC6042 L T P C
Data Mining
Prerequisites:
Probability and statistics, Database Management Systems
Course Description:
In this course the fundamental knowledge of extract usable data from a larger set of any raw data. It
implies analysing data patterns in large batches of data using one or more software. THe major
techniques of data mining is concentrated and numerical problem to achieve the desired result is
concentrated upon.the course covers the detail description about various algorithms, learning of
predictive and descriptive models.
Course Objectives
To introduce DM as a cutting edge business intelligence method and acquaint the students with the
DM techniques for building competitive advantage through proactive analysis, predictive modeling,
and identifying new trends and behaviors.
1. Learning how to gather and analyze large sets of data to gain useful business understanding.
2. Learning how to produce a quantitative analysis report/memo with the necessary
information to make decisions.
3. Describing and demonstrating basic data mining algorithms, methods, and tools
4. Identifying business applications of data mining
5. Overview of the developing areas - web mining, text mining, and ethical aspects of data
mining.
6. Encourage students to develop and apply critical thinking, problem-solving, and decision-
making skills, and apply enthusiasm for learning. Class participation is encouraged in this
course.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course the students will be able to:
1. Define knowledge discovery and data mining ,recognize the key areas and issues in data mining.
2. Apply the techniques of clustering, classification, association finding, feature selection and
visualization to real world data.
3. Determine the real world problem and apply evaluation metrics to select data mining
techniques.
Course POs/ PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Code COs 10 11 12
B19EC6 CO1 2 2 1 2 1
042 CO2 2 1 2 2 1
CO3 2 3 3 2 1 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit-1 [11hrs]
Introduction to Data Mining and Preprocessing Techniques: What is Data Mining, Motivating
Challenges, The Origins of Data Mining, Data Mining Tasks, Types of Data, Data Preprocessing
techniques, Measures of Similarity: Similarity Measures for binary data, Jaccard Coefficient, and Cosine
similarity, Applications of DM.
Unit-2 [10hrs]
Association Analysis: Basic Concepts and Algorithms-Basic Concepts and Algorithms: Problem
Definition, Frequent Itemset Generation: The Apriori principle, frequent Itemset generation in the
Apriori algorithm, Rule Generation, Alternative methods for generating Frequent Item sets, FP GROWTH
Algorithm: FP Tree representation, Frequent Itemset generation in FP Growth Algorithm.
Unit-3 [11 hrs]

Classification: Basic Concepts, Decision Trees-Basics concepts, General Approach to solve classification
problem, Decision Tree Induction: How a decision tree works, How to build decision tree and Hunt’s
algorithm.
Classification: Alternative Techniques-Rule Based Classifiers: sequential covering algorithm. The
Nearest Neighbor Classifiers, Bayesian Classifiers: Bayes theorem, using the Bayes theorem for
classification, Naïve Bayes Classifier.
Unit-4 [10 hrs]

Clustering Analysis: Basic Concepts and Algorithms-Overview, What is Cluster Analysis, Different types
of clustering, and Different types of clusters. The Basic K-means algorithm, Basic Agglomerative
hierarchical clustering, The DBSCAN algorithm. Graph Based Clustering, Scalable Clustering Algorithms.
Text Books:
1. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, “Introduction to Data Mining”, Pearson
Education, 2005.
2. G.K. Gupta, “Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies”, 3 rd Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber , “Data Mining – Concepts and Techniques”, 2nd Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann Publisher, 2006
2. Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith, “Data Warehousing, Data Mining and OPAL”, Computing
McGraw Hill Publisher, 1997.
3. EthemAlpaydam, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, PHI Publication, 2006
4. Arun K. Pujari, “Data Mining Techniques”, 2nd Edition, Universities Press, 2009.
B19EC6043 L T P C
Image Processing
Prerequisites
Signals & Systems, Digital Signal Processing, Linear Algebra
Course Description:
This course covers the investigation, creation and manipulation of digital images by computer. The
course consists of theoretical material introducing the mathematics of images and imaging. Topics
include representation of two-dimensional data, time and frequency domain representations, filtering
and enhancement, , convolution, color images, compression and segmentation. This course found wide
applications not only in the space program, but also in the areas such as medicine, biology, industrial
automation, astronomy, defense and intelligence.
Course Objectives:
1. Study the image fundamentals and mathematical transforms necessary for image processing.
2. Study the image enhancement techniques
3. Study image restoration procedures.
4. Study the image compression procedures.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course the student shall be able to
1. Review the fundamental concepts of a digital image processing system.
2. Analyze images in the frequency domain using various transforms and evaluate the techniques
for image enhancement
3. Analyze image restoration techniques and Categorize various compression techniques.
4. Design image segmentation techniques.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 2 1 1 1
43 CO2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
Course Content:
Unit-1: Introduction [7L+7P]
Image Sampling, Quantization, Resolution, Classification of Digital Images, Image Types, Image File
Formats,2D signals, Separable Sequence, Periodic Sequence, 2D convolution, 2D Convolution using
graphical Method, Circular and linear Convolution Through matrix Analysis and its applications, 2D Auto
correlation, cross correlation. Light and color, Color Formation, Human Perception of color, color Model,
The chromaticity Diagram.
Unit-2: Image Transforms [7L+7P]

2D Discrete Fourier Transform, Properties of 2D-DFT, DCT , properties ,Haar Transform, properties,
Hadamard transform, properties, slant transform ,properties. Image Enhancement in spatial Domain,
Enhancement through point operation, Types of Point operation, Histogram Equalization (problems),
Linear and Non Linear Grey-level Transformation, Median Filter.
Unit-3: Image Restoration and De-noising [7L+7P]

Image Degradation, Types of Image Blur, , Classification of Image Restoration Techniques, Image
restoration model, Linear Image restoration techniques and non-linear Image restoration techniques,
Wiener filter, Inverse filter, Blind Deconvolution and classification, Image Denoising.
Unit 4: Image Segmentation and Compression [7L+7P]

Classification of Image-Segmentation Techniques, Region approach to image segmentation, Clustering
Techniques, Image segmentation based on Thresholding, Edge Based Segmentation, Classification of
Edges, Edge Detection. Image Compression Scheme, Classification, Huffman Coding, JPEG
Text Books:
1.S. Jayaraman, S Esskairajan “Digital Image Processing”, illustrated, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2011
2.R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing” 2nd edition, Pearson Education (Asia) Pte.
Ltd/Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
3.Anil K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing," Pearson Education (Asia) Pte. Ltd./Prentice
Hall of India, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Z. Li and M.S. Drew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia” Pearson Education (Asia) Pte. Ltd., 2004.
2. M. Tekalp, “Digital Video Processing”, Prentice Hall, USA, 1995.
B19EC6044 Machine Learning and L T P C

Duration:14 Weeks Deep Learning 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
Statistics, Linear Algebra, Probability, calculus
Course Description:
The Course introduces to the world of machine learning with various aspects involved, types of learning
like supervised, unsupervised and reinforcement learning. It includes concepts from design of learning
systems, neural networks, different aspects involved in neural networks, their activation function, back
propagation algorithm etc. It describes algorithms like Bayes Theorem, Bayes Theorem Concept
Learning, Maximum Likelihood, Gibbs Algorithm, Naïve Bayes Classifier and Decision tree. The course
also focusses on fundamentals of deep learning and Reinforcement learning.
Course Objectives:

1. Introduce some concepts and techniques that are core to Machine Learning.
2. Introduce concepts of learning and decision tree.
3. Provide knowledge of neural networks, reinforced learning and Bayesian techniques.
4. To provide insights into deep learning fundamentals.
Course Outcomes:
1. Design mathematical models used across Machine Learning algorithms.
2. Apply paradigms of supervised and un-supervised learning.
3. Identify a real world problem and apply the learned techniques of Machine
Learning to solve the problem.
4. Explain the basics of Deep learning concepts.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B18EC6 CO1 2 3 2 3 2 3
044 CO2 2 3 1 3 2 3
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3
CO4 2 1 1 3 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Introduction to Machine Learning [11 Hrs]

Designing Learning systems, Perspectives and Issues, Types of machine learning algorithms- Supervised
Learning, Unsupervised Learning, Semi-supervised and Reinforcement Learning. Concept Learning and
the General-to-Specific Ordering: A Concept Learning Task, Concept Learning as Search, FIND-S, Version
Spaces and Candidate Elimination Algorithm, Inductive bias
Unit 2: Bayesian and Decision Tree [11 Hrs]

Bayes Theorem, Bayes Theorem Concept Learning, Maximum Likelihood, Bayes Optimal Classifier, Gibbs
Algorithm, Naïve Bayes Classifier.
Decision Tree: Decision Tree Representation, Hypothesis Space Search, Inductive bias in
decision tree, issues in Decision tree.
Unit 3: ANN and Reinforcement Learning [10 Hrs]

Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction, Neural Network Representations, Perceptrons,
Multilayer Networks and the Backpropagation Algorithm.
Reinforcement Learning: Introduction, Learning task, Q-learning.
Unit 4: Deep Learning [10 Hrs]

Introduction, Modern Practices-Example: Learning XOR, Gradient based Learning, Hidden Units,
Architectural design, back-propagation Algorithm.
Text Books:
1. Tom M. Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw-Hill Education, (INDIAN EDITION), 2013.
2. Ian Goodfellow and Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, An MIT
Press book
Reference Books:
1. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, 2nd Ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
2013.
SC-7
B19EC6051 L T P C
Real Time Systems
Duration 14 Weeks 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
Basics of Embedded Systems, Structure of Embedded System, Programming assembly Language in C.
Course Description:
This course is intended to provide the understanding of hard and soft real-time systems. This is a course
on the design and applications of all real time aspects of various system components, like OS, memory,
communication, quality of service system principles, resource management and focus on their
functionality and implementation platforms. A range of methodologies for specifying and designing
hardware and software components of the real time systems is discussed. It also explains about the
programming knowledge required to code the real time systems.
Course Objectives:
1. Illustrate the basic concepts of real-time systems and their important hardware building blocks for
computer used for control.
2. Summarize the concepts of RTOS, tasks scheduling, resource management and task communication.
3. Define specific language features desirable in real-time system and identify widely used programming
languages in real-time system design.
4. Understand the methodologies to help in the specification, design and construction of real-time
software and real-time systems.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the characteristics of Real-Time Systems and identify the hardware building blocks for
Real-Time Systems.
2. Design and analyze various task scheduling and management mechanisms.
3. Categorize programming languages for different real-time systems.
4. Apply the different methodologies for designing and developing Real-Time Systems.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 3 3 3
51 CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Introduction to Real-Time Systems [11 Hrs]
Real Time Systems- Definition, Classification of Real-Time Systems, Time Constraints, Classification of
Programs.
Advanced Hardware Fundamentals: Microprocessors, Buses, Direct Memory Access, Interrupts, Other
Common Parts, Built-Ins on the Microprocessor, Conventions Used on Schematics. Interrupts- Basics,
The Shared-Data Problem, Interrupt Latency.
Unit 2: Operating Systems [11 Hrs]

Introduction, Real-Time Multi-Tasking OS, Scheduling Strategies, Priority Structures, Task Management,
Scheduler and Real-Time Clock Interrupt Handler, Memory Management, Code Sharing, Resource
Control, Task Co-Operation and Communication, Mutual Exclusion.
Unit 3: Programming Languages for Real-Time Systems [10 Hrs]
Coding of Real-Time Software, Assembly Language, Procedural Languages, Object-Oriented Languages,
Overview of Programming Languages, Automatic Code Generation, Complier Optimizations of Code.
Unit 4: Design of RTS [10 Hrs]
General Introduction: Introduction, Specification Document, Preliminary Design, Single-Program
Approach, Foreground/Background System.
RTS Development Methodologies: Introduction, Yourdon Methodology, Ward and Mellor Method,
Hately and Pirbhai Method.
Text Books:
1. Stuart Bennett, “Real-Time Computer Control”, Pearson, Second Edition, 1994.
2. David E. Simon, “An Embedded Software Primer”, Pearson Education, 1999.
3. Phillip A. Laplante, Seppo J. Ovaska, “ Real-Time System Design and Analysis: Tool for the
Practitioner”, Wiley, Fourth Edition, 2012.
References:
1. C.M. Krishna and Kang G. Shin, “Real Time Systems”, MGH, 1997.
2. Jane W. S. Liu, “Real Time Systems,” Pearson Education, 2000.
3. Raj Kamal , “Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design,” Second Edition, TMH,
2003
B19EC6052 L T P C
UNIX Fundamentals
Prerequisites:
Basic computer skills, Working knowledge of UNIX, Administering the various services of UNIX
environment.
Course Description:
The course is aims to present the UNIX environment and to provide the most basic commands to
students with UNIX knowledge. The course covers UNIX system and use different commands, UNIX
directories and files, File attributes and permissions, changing file permissions. Course also provides
basic knowledge about Vi editor-Input mode commands. Command mode commands, the ex-mode
commands, Use of editors and regular expressions, Filters, File links – hard and soft links, the shells
interpretive cycle and illustrating the mechanism of process creation. After studying this course, students
will be able to Explain UNIX system and use different commands, Compile certain functions on different
subsystems and demonstrate use of editors and its usage in UNIX environment.
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to:
1. Illustrate the UNIX system architecture and use of basic Commands.
2. Use of editors and networking commands.
3. Recognize the services of Unix and manage the services
4. Categorize, compare and make use of UNIX system calls
Course Outcomes:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Explain UNIX system and use different commands.
2. Understand the UNIX directories and files.
3. Demonstrate use of editors and regular expressions
4. Illustrating the mechanism of process creation.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 4 3 2 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1 2 1 3
B19EC60
CO3 3 1 2 3 2 1
52
CO4 3 2 1 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Linux: [7L+7P]
Introduction, Brief history. UNIX Components/Architecture. Features of UNIX. Posix and Single Unix
specification. Open source licensing - History of Linux - Unix Vs Linux - Flavors of Linux - Benefits and
characteristics of Linux The login prompt. General features of Linux commands/ command structure.
Command arguments and options. Understanding of some basic commands such as echo, printf, ls, who,
date, passwd, cal, combining commands. Meaning of Internal and external commands. The type
command: knowing the type of a command and locating it. Man command.
Unit –2: Directories and files: [7L+7P]

Files, Naming files, Basic file types/categories. Organization of files. Hidden files. Standard directories.
Parent child relationship. The home directory and the HOME variable. Reaching required files- the PATH
variable, manipulating the PATH, Relative and absolute pathnames. Directory commands, pwd, cd,
mkdir, rmdir commands. The dot (.) and double dots (..) notations to represent present and parent
directories and their usage in relative path names. File related commands – cat, mv, rm, cp, wc and od
commands. File attributes and permissions and knowing them. The ls command with options. Changing
file permissions: the relative and absolute permissions changing methods. Recursively changing file
permissions. Directory permissions.
Unit-3: The Vi editor [7L+7P]

The vi editor, Basics, Different modes of vi. Input mode commands. Command mode commands. The ex-
mode commands. Illustrative examples Navigation commands. Repeat command. Pattern searching. The
search and replace command. The set, map and abbr commands. Simple examples using these
commands. The shells interpretive cycle: Wild cards. Removing the special meanings of wild cards. Three
standard files and redirection.
Unit-4: Regular Expressions, Filters, Process [7L+7P]

Basic and Extended Regular Expressions: The grep, egrep. Typical examples involving different regular
expressions. File inodes and the inode structure. File links – hard and soft links. Filters. Head and tail
commands. Cut and paste commands. The sort command and its usage with different options. Meaning
of a process. Mechanism of process creation. Parent and child process. The ps command with its options.
Executing a command at a specified point of time: at command. Background processes. The bg and fg
command. The kill command. The find command with illustrative examples.
Text books:
1. Sumitabha Das., “UNIX Concepts and Applications”, 4th Edition. Tata McGraw Hill
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg: “UNIX and Shell Programming”,- Cengage Learning – India
Edition. 2009.
Reference books:
1. Orsaria Jang, “RHCSA/RHCE Red Hat Linux Certification Study Guide Exams Ex200 & EX300”, McGraw-
Hill Education, July 2017
2. M.G. Venkatesh Murthy: “UNIX & Shell Programming”, Pearson Education.
3. Richard Blum, Christine Bresnahan: “Linux Command Line and Shell Scripting Bible”, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, 2014.
B19EC6053 L T P C
Adaptive Filters
Prerequisites:
Digital Signal Processing, Probability Theory and basics of Linear Algebra.

Course Description:
The course covers structures, algorithms and convergence properties for adaptive filters, with emphasis
on applications in communications and signal processing.
The term adaptive filter implies changing the characteristic of a filter in some automated fashion to
obtain the best possible signal quality in spite of changing signal/system conditions. Adaptive filters are
usually associated with the broader topic of statistical signal processing.
The operation of signal filtering implies extracting the desired signal from a signal containing both
desired and undesired components.
An optimum linear filter in the minimum mean square sense can be designed to extract a signal from
noise by minimizing the error signal formed by subtracting the filtered signal from the desired signal. For
noisy signals with time varying statistics, this minimization process is often done using an adaptive filter.
Course Objectives:

1. Provide a significant understanding of adaptive filters in signal processing.
2. Introduce the mathematical framework necessary in understanding the adaptive filtering
process.
3. Present the perspectives of adaptive filters towards present day communication systems.
4. Study the differences between algorithms adopted in adaptive filtering.
5. Know the performance measures used in comparing different adaptive filtering algorithms.
Course Outcomes:

1. Define adaptive linear combiner, performance function-gradient, minimum mean square error,
filtering, smoothing, Prediction and performance surface.
2. Summarize the adaptive Searching performance surface stability and rate of convergence.
3. Appraise the LMS algorithm convergence of weight vector.
4. Illustrate the Applications of adaptive filters.
Course POS/ P P2 P P P P P7 P P P P P PS PS PS
Code COs O1 O3 O4 O5 O6 O8 O9 O O O O1 O2 O3
10 11 12
B19EC CO1 2 2 2
6053 CO2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 4 2 3 3 2
CO4 2 4 4 3 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Adaptive systems [11hrs]
Definitions and characteristics, applications, properties and examples of adaptive linear combiner.
Definitions of input signal and weight vectors, performance function-gradient and minimum mean
square error, introduction to filtering, smoothing and prediction, performance surface.
Unit-2: Searching performance surface stability and rate of convergence [10hrs]

Learning curve, gradient search - Newton's method and method of steepest descent, comparison,
gradient estimation, performance penalty: variance, excess MSE and time constants, mis-adjustments.
Unit- 3 LMS algorithm convergence of weight vector: [10hrs]

LMS/Newton algorithm, properties, sequential regression algorithm, comparisons
Unit-4 Applications of adaptive filters: [11hrs]
Multipath communication channel, geophysical exploration, FIR digital filter synthesis, inverse adaptive
modeling, equalization, and deconvolution, adaptive equalization of telephone channels-adapting poles
and zeros for IIR digital filter synthesis.
Text Books:
1. Bernard Widrow and Samuel D. Stearns, “Adaptive Signal Processing”, Person Education, 2005.
2. Simon Haykin, “Adaptive Filter Theory”, Pearson Education, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. John R. Treichler, C. Richard Johnson, Michael G. Larimore, “Theory and Design of adaptive
Filters”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2002.
2. S. Thomas Alexander, “Adaptive Signal Processing - Theory and Application”, Springer-Verlag.
3. D. G. Manolokis, V. K. Ingle and S. M. Kogar, “Statistical and Adaptive Signal Processing”, Mc Graw
Hill International Edition,2000.
B19EC6054 L T P C
Project Management
Prerequisites:
No Prerequisites
Course Descriptions:
Project management course provides concept of project management that is very much essential to
handle projects efficiently. It covers the topics on phases of project life cycle, roles and responsibilities
of leaders, Project management and estimation. It also covers the concepts of Project scheduling,
coordination and control. Finally, it covers the concept of performance measure in Project management
to estimate the quality of project management.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand project management and methodology
2. Know the use of project management tools, techniques and skills.
3. Understand how to manage the project cost, quality and delivery.
4. Learn the skill of selection and initiation of individual projects and portfolios of projects
In the enterprise.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify specific management needs in the execution of projects at tactical and strategic level.
2. Analyze the project proposals for scope, time and cost to consider its feasibility.
3. Summarize the strategies to evolve suitable approach to accomplish the project with effective usage
of the resources.
4. Interpret the team building and leadership skills in planning and implementation of the project.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 2 1
54 CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 1
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Concept of Project Management [10Hrs]
Concept of Project Management: Concept of project, categories of projects, phase of project life cycle,
roles and responsibility of a project leader, tools and technology for project management. Organizing
and Staffing: Project leader: skills/abilities required for project manager, authorities and responsibilities
of project manager, project organization, types of accountability in project execution and control
Unit 2: Project Planning and Estimation [11Hrs]

Project Planning and Estimation: Feasibility study and report, phased planning, project planning steps:
objectives and goals of the project, preparation of cost estimation, finalization of project
implementation, evaluation of the project profitability. Project Procedure Manual: Contract
management, configuration management, communication management, man management, time
management, materials management, cost management, needs for flexibility.
Unit 3 Project Scheduling, Coordination and Control [10 Hrs]

Project Scheduling, Coordination and Control: Project implementation, scheduling-different techniques
GANTT charts: case study, bar charts for combined activities, Project direction, communication in a
project, project coordination, project control, scope and progress control performance control, schedule
control and cost control.
Unit 4: Performance Measures in Project Management [11 Hrs]

Performance Measures in Project Management and Project Inventory Management: Performance
indicators, nature of project inventory, supply and transportation of materials. Project Implementation:
project work system design, work break down structure(WBS), project execution plan(PEP), closing a
project.
Text Books:
1. Herold Kerzner: “Project Management, a system approach to planning, scheduling and
controlling”, CBS publishers and distributors, 2002
2. Meri Williams: “The Principles of Project Management”, Sitepoint publishers, 2008
Reference Books:
1. Harvey Maylor: “Project Management”, 3rdedition, Pearson, 2003.
2. Chaudhry S: “Project Management”, McGraw Hill 2010
B19EC6055 L T P C
Component Engineering
Duration: 14weeks 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
Prerequisites:
Basics of Physics, Electrical Components, Electro Mechanical Components.
Course Description:
Component engineering involves the selection, maintenance, design and construction of smaller
components for larger machines. Component engineers are needed in all manufacturing industries, from
the auto and space industries to defence. A degree in mechanical, electrical or metallurgical engineering
may be required for those seeking a job in component engineering.
Course Objectives:

1. Understand the students to ensure specific components used in manufactured products and
systems to make reliable and effective.
2. Comprehend the knowledge in the field of design, assembly, and testing of components to meet
the specifications for quality and performance.
3. Develop the knowledge about the basic manufacturing mechanical and electrical systems used in
the industry.
Course Outcomes:

1. Examine and Compare the applications of various types of cables, connectors and fuses.
2. Differentiate the various Switches and their usage.
3. Interpret the construction, working and applications of various types of relays.
4. Summarize the various types of heat sink and heat cooling process.
5. Appraise the reliability and maintainability in industries.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2
B19EC60
CO3 3 2 3 2
55
CO4 3 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 3 2
Unit 1: Cables, Connectors and Fuses [11 Hrs]

Cables: General specifications of cables- characteristic impedance, current carrying capacity, flexibility.
Types of cables - construction and applications of coaxial cable, 600 E telephone cable-PASP, Alpeth
sheathed cable, FRC cable, twin core cable twisted & shielded type, optical fibre cable
Connectors: General specifications of connectors- contact resistance, breakdown voltage, insulation
resistance, Constructional diagram, applications of BNC, D series, Audio, Video, printer, edge, FRC, RJ 45
connectors. Constructional diagram and applications of phone plug & jacks
Fuses: Glass, ceramic fuse, resettable fuse, shunt fuse- MOV, HRC fuse
Unit 2: Switches and Relays [10 Hrs]

Switches: Switch specifications – voltage rating, contact current rating, contact resistance,
characteristics of switch & relay – operating time, release time, bounce time, constructional diagram,
application of toggle, rotary, push to on & push to off, rocker.
Relays: Construction, working and application of general-purpose relay, NO, NC contact, reed relays,
solid state relays, difference between switch & relay.
Unit 3: Heat Management and parasitic electrical effects [10 Hrs]

Heat Transfer, Thermal resistance, Heat sinking, Forced Cooling, advanced heat-removal techniques,
parasitic circuit elements, Distributed parameter circuits, problems related to above topics.
Unit 4: Electromagnetic effects and Reliability and maintainability [11 Hrs]

Electromagnetic interference, application studies, Failure, The “bathtub” curve, measures of reliability
and maintainability, High reliability systems and Maintenance, problems.
Text Books:
1. Stephen Sangwine, “Electronic Components and Technology”, 3rd Edition, ISBN 9781315221779
2. Grover & Jamwal, “Electronic Components and Materials”, 2nd edition, New Delhi: Shroff
Publishers and Distributors, ISBN 81-7366-549-4.
3. SK Bhattacharya, “Electrical and Electronic Engineering Materials”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi
ISBN: 9788187394247
4. SK Sahdev, “Electrical Engineering Materials”, Unique International Publications, Pearson
Education India, 2015, ISBN: 9332547114, 9789332547117
5. SM Dhir, “Electronic Components and Materials”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi, 0074630822,
9780074630822
SC-8
B19EC6061 L T P C
MEMS
Prerequisites:
Engineering Physics, Upper Division standing in Engineering, Chemistry or Chemical Engineering and
Material Science, VLSI Technology, Elements of Mechanical Engineering.
Course Description:
Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (MEMS) is a multidisciplinary area that includes a design and
fabrication of sensors and actuators which are capable of micron-size mechanical movements. Lectures
cover a wide range of topics in design, fabrication and packaging of MEMS.
Course Objectives:
1. Describe the various MEMS materials, devices and applications.
2. Demonstrate the three fundamental pillars of MEMS, i.e. design, fabrication and micromachining
techniques.
3. Evaluate different packaging materials used for MEMS.
4. understand the unique demands, environments and applications of MEMS devices.
Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the application of scaling laws in the design of microsystems.
2. Describe the various steps involved in MEMS fabrication.
3. Evaluate among different packaging techniques.
4. Analyze the critical performance aspects of electromechanical transducers, including sensors and
actuators.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 1 2 3 2 3 4 1 2
61 CO2 1 2 1 2 4 2 3 4 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 4 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 2 3 1 3 4 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Introduction to MEMS [11 Hrs]
Why Miniaturization? Microsystems versus MEMS, Why Microfabrication? MEMS and Microsystems,
Typical MEMS and Microsystem Products, Evaluation of Microfabrication, Microsystem and
Microelectronics, The Multidisciplinary Nature of Microsystem Design and Manufacture,
Microsystem Miniaturization, Smart Materials, Structures and Systems, Integrated Microsystems,
Applications of Smart Materials and Microsystems.
Materials for MEMS and Microsystems: Substrates and Wafers , Silicon as a Substrate Material, Silicon
Compounds, Silicon piezoresistors Gallium Arsenide, Quartz, Piezoelectric Crystals, Polymers.
Unit -2: Microsystems Fabrication Process [11 Hrs]

Lithography: Introduction, Photolithography, Ion-implantation, Diffusion, Oxidation, Chemical Vapour
Deposition (CVD), Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD) - Sputtering, Epitaxy: Introduction, Vapor-Phase
Epitaxy, Molecular Beam Epitaxy: Overview of Micro Manufacturing: Introduction, Bulk micromachining,
Surface Micromachining, LIGA process.
Unit -3: Microsystems Design and Microsystem Packaging [10 Hrs]

Design Considerations, Process Design, Mechanical Design, Design of a Silicon Die for a Micropressure
Sensor, Computer Aided Design, Overview of Mechanical Packaging of Microelectronics, Microsystem
Packaging, Interfaces in Microsystem Packaging, Essential Packaging Technologies, Three Dimensional
Packaging, Assembly of Microsystems, Selection of Packaging Materials, Signal Mapping and
Transduction, Design Case: Pressure Sensor Packaging.
Unit – 4: Micro Sensors, Actuators, Systems and Smart Materials [10 Hrs]
Case Studies – Silicon Capacitive Accelerometer, Piezo-resistive Pressure Sensor, Conduct Metric Gas
Sensor, Fiber-Optic Sensors, Electrostatic Comb-Drive, Magnetic Microrelay, Microsystems at Radio
Frequencies, Portable Blood Analyze, Piezoelectric Inkjet Print Head, Micromirror Array For Video
Projection.
VLSI Process Integration: Introduction, Fundamental Considerations for IC Processing, NMOS IC
technology, CMOS IC Technology, MOS Memory IC Technology, Bipolar IC Technology, IC Fabrication.
Text books:
1. G.K. Ananthasuresh, K.J. Vinoy, S. Gopalakrishnan, K.N. Bhat, V.K. Aatre, “Micro and Smart Systems”,
Wiley India, 2010.
2. Tai Ran Hsu, “MEMS and Microsystems: Design, Manufacture, and Nanoscale Engineering”, Wiley,
2008.
3. Chang Liu, “Foundation of MEMS” Pearson Education International, 2006.
4. S. M. Sze, “VLSI Technology”, McGraw-Hill, Second Edition.
5. Nadim Maluf, Kirt Williams “An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering”
Second addition.
B19EC6062 L T P C
Web Programming
Prerequisites
Basic programming knowledge, Object oriented concepts
Course Description:
This course introduces students to basic web design using HTML,CSS,JavaScript and PHP. Throughout the
course students are introduced to planning and designing effective web pages. Implementing web pages
by writing HTML and CSS code, enhancing web pages with the use of page layout techniques, text
formatting, tables, images, and multimedia; and producing a functional, multi-page website. Validating
the user data using Client side scripting language JavaScript and PHP is used to process the forms. Upon
successful completion of this course, students will have a good foundation in web design and data
validation using HTML,CSS, JavaScript and PHP and students will be prepared to study more advanced
web design topics.
Course Objectives:
1. Illustrate the Semantic Structure of HTML and CSS.
2. Compose forms and tables using HTML and CSS.
3. Design Client-Side programs using JavaScript.
4. Design Server-Side programs using PHP.
5. Impart skills required to develop web applications and services.
6. Provide students with conceptual and practical knowledge of web applications.
Course Outcomes:
1. Adapt XHTML and CSS syntax and semantics to build web pages.
2. Identify tools and technologies for Web applications.
3. Develop Client-Side Scripts using JavaScript and Server-Side Scripts using PHP to
Generate and display the contents dynamically.
4. Develop user-interfaces for Web applications and Web services.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 3 2 1 2 1 3
62 CO2 4 2 1 3 1 2
CO3 3 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 3 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1
Fundaments of Computers and Internet [7L+7P]
Introduction to Computers and Internet, World Wide Web, Web Browsers, Web Servers, Uniform
Resource Locators, MIME, Hypertext Transfer Protocol.
Introduction to XHTML-1: Standard XHTML document structure, Basic Text Markup, Images, Hypertext
Links, Creation of Lists in XHTML, Creation of Forms.
Unit- 2 [7L+7P]
XHTML-2: Creation of Tables and Frames in XHTML, Syntactic differences between HTML and XHTML.
Cascading Style Sheets: Introduction, Levels of Style sheets, Style specification formats, Selector forms,
Property value forms, Font properties, List properties, Color, The Box Model, Background Images, The
<span> and <div> tags.
Unit-3 [7L+7P]
The Basics of JavaScript: Overview of JavaScript, Object Orientation and JavaScript, General Syntactic
characteristics, Screen output and keyboard input, Control statements, Functions, Arrays in JavaScript,
Constructors, Pattern Matching using Regular Expressions, Events and Event handling.
Unit-4 [7L+7P ]
Introduction, PHP Basics, General Syntactic characteristics, Control statements, Arrays, Functions,
Pattern Matching, Files, Cookies, Session Tracking, Database Access with PHP and MySQL.
List of Experiments:
1. Create a XHTML form which includes Name, Address and Comment, Hyperlinks, Images Lists.
2. Validate the user input using JavaScript. (Ex: Validating the student SRN).
3. Create a XHTML form with SRN, Name, and Address fields and it also includes tables and Forms.
On submitting the form, it should store the values in MySQL table.
4. PHP code to store current date-time in a COOKIE and display the ‘Last visited on’ date-time on
the web page.
5. PHP code to store page views count in SESSION and to show the count on web page.
Text Books:
1. Robert W. Sebesta, “Programming the World Wide Web”, 7th Edition. Addison-Wesley, 2012.
2. Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “Web Technologies HTML, CSS, JavaScript, ASP.NET, Servlets, JSP,
PHP, ADO.NET, JDBC and XML Black Book”, Dream tech Press, ISBN-13: 978-9351192510, Paperback
– 19 Dec 2013
3. Robin Nixon, “Learning PHP, MySQL &JavaScript with jQuery, CSS and HTML 5”, 4th Edition,
O’Reilly Publications, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Navneet Mehra, Bunny Mehra, “Website Development Using HTML and CSS - A Practical Step-By-
Step Guide to Develop E-Commerce Store”, Unicorn Books (2012)
2. Jon Duckett, “HTML and CSS: Design and Build Websites”, Wiley; 1 edition, ISBN-13: 978-
1118008188
B19EC6063 L T P C
Information Theory and Coding
Prerequisites:
Digital Communication, Fourier analysis, Probability Theory and Bayesian Inference.
Course Description:
It is a concept oriented course which deals with the measure of information, modelling of
information source, source coding and channel coding. This course enables the students to become a
master in coding, detecting and correcting error and develops problem solving skills. The student
shall be able to understand and explore the state of art technology such as Viterbi decoding,
modelling the source, estimating channel capacity and calculating entropy, etc.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to
1. Explain fundamental concept of information theory and entropy.
2. Illustrate various source coding techniques.
3. Summarize reliability of data transmission using error-control coding techniques,
4. Develop procedures for designing efficient coding schemes for controlling various types of errors
in digital communication system.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Solve the information content of dependent and independent sequences.
2. Illustrate the efficiency and redundancy of information using various source encoding methods.
3. Develop linear block codes and binary cyclic codes for error detection and correction.
4. Design convolution codes for encoding.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC606 CO1 3 4 2 1 2 1
3 CO2 2 3 4 1 1 2 2
CO3 1 2 4 1 1 2 3
CO4 2 3 4 2 1 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Fundamentals of Information Theory [11 Hrs]
Introduction: Historical Background, The Communication Process,
Information Theory: Measure of Information, Information content of a message, Average information
content of symbols in long independent sequences, Properties of Entropy, Average information content
of symbols in long dependent sequences, Markoff statistical model for information sources, Entropy and
Information rate of Markoff Sources.
Unit-2: Source Coding [10 Hrs]

Source coding theorem, Prefix coding- Kraft-McMillan inequality theorem, Huffman coding- minimum
and maximum variance, Discrete memory less channels-Binary symmetric channel, Mutual information,
Properties of mutual information, Shannon-Hartley theorem and its implications, Rate of information
Transmission over a Discrete channel.
Unit-3: Linear Block Codes and Binary Cyclic codes [11 Hrs]
Introduction, Examples of error control coding, Methods of controlling errors, Types of errors, types of
codes, Linear Block Codes (LBC): Matrix description of LBC, Error detection and Correction capabilities of
Linear Block Codes, single error correcting hamming codes, Table Lookup decoding using the standard
array.
Binary Cyclic codes: Algebraic structure of cyclic codes, Encoding using an (n-k) bit shift register,
Syndrome Calculation, Error detection and error correction.
Unit-4: Convolutional Codes and Special Codes [10 Hrs]

Convolutional encoder, Time-Domain Approach, Transform-Domain approach, Code tree, State diagram,
Trellis diagram. Special Codes: Cyclic Redundancy Check Codes, Golay codes, Bose-Chaudhuri-
Hocquenqhem (BCH) Codes, Reed-Solomon Codes Viterbi decoding.
Text Books:
1. Simon Haykin “Digital Communication Systems”, Wiley student edition, reprint: 2013. John Wiley &
Sons, ISBN: 978-81-265-4231-4.
2. K. Sam Shanmugam, “Digital and Analog Communication Systems” reprint: 2014, by John Wiley &
Sons. ISBN: 978-81-265-3680-1
B19EC6064 L T P C
Alternate Engineering
Prerequisites:
Basic Engineering Physics, Basic Electronics.
Course Description:
This course gives an overview of key aspects in solar energy, wind energy, biomass for bioenergy and all
other renewable Energy Sources in engineering. A general insight to the fundamental disciplines such as
wind measurements, biomass sources, processing systems, human health effects, pollution abatement,
energy generating systems using renewable and non-renewable sources of energy on the population.
This course also provide an overview of the basic process, by which solar energy is collected and converted
to biomass. Emphasis will be given on different strategies to convert biomass to biofuels, the review of
the available technologies and how these could meet the growing demand for energy in the future.
Course Objectives:
1. Identify the basic concepts, principles, potentials, efficiencies and limitations of various renewable
energy sources.
2. Identify formulate and solve problems of renewable energy conversion and storage.
3. Explore society’s present needs and future energy demands.
4. Identify the new methodologies / technologies for effective utilization of renewable energy sources.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students can able to
1. Describe the challenges and problems associated with the use of the current energy sources and the
potentials for having renewable energy.
2. Convert units of energy in order to quantify energy demands and make comparisons among energy
uses, resources, technologies, challenges, global warming and greenhouse effect.
3. Collect and organize information on renewable energy technologies as a basis for further analysis
and evaluation.
4. Evaluate, compare and select energy systems based on economic and environmental considerations.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC60 CO1 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2
64 CO2 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2
CO3 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2
CO4 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit- 1: Solar Energy [11 Hrs]
Solar Radiation – Measurements of Solar Radiation – Flat Plate and Concentrating Collectors – Solar
direct Thermal Applications – Solar thermal Power Generation – Fundamentals of Solar Photo Voltaic
Conversion – Solar Cells – Solar PV Power Generation – Solar PV Applications.
Unit-2: Wind Energy [10 Hrs]

Wind Data and Energy Estimation – Types of Wind Energy Systems – Performance – Site Selection –
Details of Wind Turbine Generator – Safety and Environmental Aspects.
Unit-3: Bio – Energy [11 Hrs]

Biomass direct combustion – Biomass gasifiers – Biogas plants – Digesters – Ethanol production – Bio
diesel – Cogeneration – Biomass Applications.
Unit- 4: Other Renewable Energy Sources [10 Hrs]

Tidal energy – Wave Energy – Open and Closed OTEC Cycles – Small Hydro-Geothermal Energy –
Hydrogen and Storage – Fuel Cell Systems – Hybrid Systems.
Text Books:
1. Rai. G.D., “Non Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Twidell, J.W. & Weir, A., “Renewable Energy Sources”, EFN Spon Ltd., UK, 2006.
References:
1. Sukhatme. S.P., “Solar Energy”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
2. Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford University Press,
U.K., 1996.
3. Tiwari. G.N., Solar Energy – “Fundamentals Design, Modelling & Applications”, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2002.
4. Freris. L.L., “Wind Energy Conversion Systems”, Prentice Hall, UK, 1990.
5. Johnson Gary, L. “Wind Energy Systems”, Prentice Hall, New York, 1985
6. David M. Mousdale – “Introduction to Biofuels”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, USA 2010
7. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics, “Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications”, PHI
Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
SC-9
B19EC7021 L T P C
Analog Mixed Mode VLSI
Prerequisites:
MOSFET, Transistor Level Circuit Design, Analog CMOS IC’s,

Course Description:
This course focuses on transistor-level design of mixed-signal CMOS integrated circuits. After reviewing
fundamentals of MOSFET operation, the course will cover design of analog building blocks such as
current-mirrors, bias references, amplifiers, and comparators, leading up to the design of digital to-
analog and analog-to-digital converters. Aspects of subthreshold operation, structured design,
scalability, parallelism, low power-consumption, and robustness to process variations are discussed in
the context of larger systems
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the concept of analog and digital discrete signals.
2. Provide specifications of data converters.
3. Calculate DAC & ADC parameters
4. Design R-2R Ladder for given parameter.
5. Introduce non linear analog circuits like comparators, and analog multipliers.
6. Demonstrate the sub micron CMOS process flow.
7. Present capacitors, resistors and switches using MOSFETs.
Course Outcomes:

1. Compare Analog and Digital Converters specifications
2. Design different types of ADCs and DACs
3. Analyze different types of Non linear analog circuits
4. Design switch, relay adder circuits using Submicron technology
Code / 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
COs
B19EC70 CO1 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
21 CO2 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Data Converter Fundamentals [11 Hrs]
Analog versus Digital, Discrete Time Signals, Converting Analog Signals to Data Signals, Sample and Hold
Characteristics, DAC Specifications, ADC Specifications, Mixed-Signal Layout Issues.
Unit-2:Data Converter Architectures [10 Hrs]

DAC Architectures, Digital Input Code, Resistors String, R-2R Ladder Networks, Current Steering, Charge
Scaling DACs, Cyclic DAC, Pipeline DAC. ADC Architectures, Flash, 2-Step Flash ADC, Pipeline ADC,
Integrating ADC, Successive Approximation ADC.
Unit-3: Non Linear Analog Circuits [11 Hrs]

Basic CMOS Comparator Design, characterizing the comparator, Analog Multipliers, Multiplying Quad
(excluding stimulation), Level Shifting (excluding input level shifting for multiplier).
Unit-4: Sub-Micron CMOS Circuit Design [10 Hrs]

Process Flow, Introduction to triple gate MOSFETs, Capacitors and Resistors, MOSFET Switch &
Bidirectional Switches, Delay and adder Elements, Analog Circuits Design, MOSFET Biasing, Basic Op-
Amp design.
Text Books:
1. R. Jacob Baker, Harry W Li, David E Boyce, ―”Design, Layout, Stimulation, CMOS
Circuit”,PHI Education, 3rd Edition 2005.
2. R. Jacob Baker, “CMOS- Mixed Signal Circuit Design,(Vol II of CMOS: Circuit Design,Layout and
Stimulation)”, John Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2008. 2nd Edition
References:
1. B Razavi, “Design of AnalogCMOS Integrated Circuits”, First Edition, McGrawHill, 2001.
2. Phillip. E. Allen and D R Holberg, “CMOS Analog Circuit Design”, 2ndEdition, OxfordUniversity Press,
2002.
3. Gray, Meyer, Lewis and Hurst “Analysis and design of Analog Integrated Circuits”, 4thEdition Willey
International, 2002
B18EC7022 L T P C
Cloud Computing
Prerequisites:
Computer Networks, Operating Systems.
Course Description:
The course introduces the cloud environment in detail and explains how to use cloud infrastructure in
real time environment .Virtualization in Cloud Computing. Virtualization is the creation of a virtual
(rather than actual) version of something, such as a server, a desktop, a storage device, an operating
system or network resources.The fundamental knowledge about cloud and virtualisation technique is
explained which helps in creating real time application connecting with IoT.
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to:
1. Provide knowledge in different layers of cloud computing, Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Platform
as a Service (PaaS), and Software as a Service (SaaS);
2. Illustrate the use of various cloud computing technologies, cloud deployment models.
3. Illustrate how to store the data in cloud storage.
4. Introduce Virtualization technologies: Hypervisor, emulation, and application VM; Platform
virtualization, storage virtualization, and network virtualization.
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain virtualization and their role in elastic computing.
2. Characterize the distinctions between Infrastructure, Platform and Software as a Service (IaaS,
PaaS, SaaS) abstractions.
3. Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of cloud deployment models.
4. Create and deploy various cloud applications, storage of data in cloud, accessing the resources

Course POs/ PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
Code COs 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 1 2 2 3 1
CO2 2 1 2 3 3 1
B18EC7022
CO3 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO4 1 2 3 1 3 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Cloud Computing Overview [11 Hrs] Cloud
Computing Overview, Origins of Cloud computing, Cloud components, Essential characteristics – On-
demand self-service, Broad network access, Location independent resource pooling, Rapid elasticity,
Measured service. Cloud scenarios – Benefits: scalability, simplicity, vendors, security. Risks and
Challenges.
Unit-2: Cloud architecture, Service & Deployment models [10 Hrs]

SPI framework, SPI V/s traditional IT Model. Cloud Service Models: Software as a Service, Platform as a
Service, Infrastructure as a service, SaaS service providers – Google App Engine, Salesforce.com and
Google platform, Benefits, Evaluating SaaS. PaaS service providers – Right Scale and Salesforce.com,
Benefits of PaaS. IaaS: IaaS service providers – Amazon EC2.
Cloud Deployment Models: Public clouds, Private clouds, Community clouds and Hybrid clouds,
Advantages of Cloud computing.
Unit-3: Cloud Databases and File Systems in cloud [11 Hrs]

Cloud database, Cloud file system, Cloud programming model. Cloud data security and existing solutions.
Cloud Middleware and Best Practices: Concept and need of Cloud middleware, QoS Issues in
Middleware, Data migration and streaming in cloud, Best practices of Cloud computing.
Unit-4: Virtualization Techniques [10 Hrs]
Virtualization and cloud computing, Need of virtualization, Virtualization Technology, Overview of
Virtualization, Types of virtualization: CPU virtualization, Memory virtualization, Device and I/O
virtualization, OS Level virtualization, Network virtualization, Server virtualization, Desktop, Data,
Storage and Application virtualization.
Text Books:
1. Anthony T.Velte , Toby J. Velte Robert Elsenpeter, “Cloud computing a practical approach”, TATA
McGraw- Hill , New Delhi – 2010.
2. A. Srinivasan and J. Suresh. “Cloud Computing: A practical approach for learning and
implementation”, Pearson publication, Second addition 2017.
3. Rishabh Sharma, “Cloud Computing: Fundamentals, Industry Approach and Trends”, Wiley
Publications, First Edition 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Michael Miller, “Cloud Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the Way You Work and
Collaborate Online”, Que 2008.
2. Sandeep Gupta, Frank Adelstein, Golden Richard, Loren Schweibert. “Fundamentals of Mobile and
Pervasive Computing”, McGraw Hill Publication 2004.
B18EC7023 L T P C
Wireless Communication
Prerequisites:
Computer Communication Networks, Analog-Digital Modulation techniques, Introduction to Antenna

and wave propagation.
Course Description:
This course introduces students to wireless communication and networks and concentrates on building
a firm foundation for understanding the concepts of Cellular communication, Wireless Network
Architecture. This course also covers the cellular wireless technologies (Global System for Mobile
communication and Coded Division Multiple Access). Students are also introduced to the modern digital
modulation techniques and other encoding methods which are used to mitigate wireless propagation
effects.
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the evolution and various generations of wireless networks
2. Understand the needful concepts behind the wireless architecture and operation
3. Understand the system operation for GSM networks
4. Understand the various modulation and coding techniques.
Course Outcomes:
1. Categorize wireless telecommunication systems and networks
2. Review wireless network architecture and operation
3. Analyze global system for mobile communication
4. Compare wireless modulation-coding techniques

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B18EC70 CO1 4 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
23 CO2 4 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
CO3 3 4 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
CO4 4 4 1 1 2 1 2 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit- 1: Wireless Telecommunication Systems and Networks [11 Hrs]
Introduction, History and Evolution, Different generations of wireless cellular networks 1G, 2G, 3G and
4G networks, Common Cellular System and network components, views of cellular networks, 3G cellular
systems components, Cellular component identification Call establishment.
Unit-2: Wireless Network Architecture and Operation [10 Hrs]

Introduction, Cellular concept and fundamentals, Capacity expansion techniques, Cellular backbone
networks, Mobility management, Radio resources and power management, GSM system overview, GSM
and TDMA techniques, GSM Network and system Architecture, GSM channel concepts, GSM identifiers
Unit-3: Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM): [11 Hrs]

Introduction, System operation, Traffic cases, Cal handoff, Roaming, GSM protocol architecture. TDMA
systems. CDMA technology, CDMA overview, CDMA channel concept CDMA operations.
Unit- 4: Wireless Modulation-Coding Techniques [10 Hrs]

Introduction, Air interface, Path loss models, Wireless coding techniques, Digital modulation techniques,
OFDM, UWB radio techniques, Diversity techniques, Typical GSM Hardware.
Text Book:
1. Gary J Mullett, “Introduction to wireless Telecommunications Systems and Networks”,
Thomson/Cengage Learning, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. William C. Y. Lee, “Mobile Cellular Telecommunication”, MGH, 2nd, 2009.
2. D P Agrawal, “Wireless communication” Thomson learning, 2nd Edition 2007.
3. David TSE, Pramod Viswanath, “Fundamentals of Wireless Communication”, Cambridge 2005.
4. S. S. Manvi, M. S. Kakkasageri, “Wireless and Mobile Network Concepts and Protocols”, John Wiley
India Pvt. Ltd, 1st edition, 2010.
5. T. S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communication – Principles & Practice”, PHI, 3rd Edition, 2001.
B18EC7024 Robotics and Automation L T P C
Prerequisites:
Embedded System Design, Control systems, Programming skills
Course Description:
Robotics is the interdisciplinary branch of engineering and science that includes mechanical
engineering, electrical engineering, computer science, and others. Robotics deals with the design,
construction, operation, and use of robots as well as computer systems for their control, sensory
feedback, and information processing. Automation and Robotics are two closely related technologies.
Automation as the technology that is concerned with the use of mechanical, electronic, and computer
based systems in the operation and control of production. The course provides robot classification and
anatomy, Robot kinematics, Trajectory Planning and control, Sensors and vision systems used in robots
and Robot Programming.
Course Objectives:
Course objectives are:
1. Classify Robots and anatomy.
2. Understand Robot kinematics
3. Determine Sensors and vision systems used in robots.
4. Write Robot Program.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course a student will be able to:
1. Summarize the basic applications and advantages of using robots in the industry
2. Do the robot motion analysis
3. Relate mathematical modeling and trajectory planning scheme in robots
4. Recognize the different types of sensors and cameras used in the field of robotics

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC CO1 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
7024 CO2 3 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Introduction to robotics [11 Hrs]
Definition, anatomy of robot, classification configurations, robot links and joints, robot specifications,
resolution accuracy and repeatability, simple numerical problems, robot drive systems, hydraulic,
pneumatic and electric drive systems, wrist and its motions, end effectors, types of end effectors,
mechanical grippers, methods of constraining parts in grippers, types of gripper mechanisms, simple
numerical problems, vacuum cups, magnetic grippers, adhesive grippers, hooks, scoops and other
gripper devices, tool as end effectors, examples.
Unit -2: Robot motion analysis & Robot control [10 Hrs]
Direct kinematics and inverse kinematics, 3D homogeneous transformations, rotation, translation and
displacement matrix, composite rotation matrix, rotation matrix about an arbitrary axis, links, joints and
their parameters, Denavit-Hertenberg (D-H) representation, application of D-H matrices to different
robot configurations.
Basic control systems and models, transfer function with examples, transfer function for spring-mass-
damper system, transient response of a second order system, transfer function of a robot joint, different
types of controllers, proportional (P) controller, integral (I) controller, derivative (D) controller, PID
controller, simple numerical problems
Unit -3 Robot trajectory planning & Robot sensors [11 Hrs]
Trajectory planning, definition, steps in trajectory planning, joint space techniques, use of a p-degree
polynomial as interpolation function, cubic polynomial trajectories, linear function with parabolic blends,
joint space verses Cartesian space trajectory planning, simple numerical problems on joint space
trajectory planning. Classification of robot sensors and their functions, touch sensor, tactile sensor,
binary sensor, analog sensor, proximity sensor, range sensor, force and torque sensor.
Unit -4 Robot sensors and Machine Vision & Robot programming [10 Hrs]
Machine vision, functions of machine vision system, sensing and digitizing, imaging devices, analog to
digital signal conversion, quantization and encoding, simple numerical problems, image storage, image
processing and analysis, image data reduction, segmentation, feature extraction, object recognition,
robotic machine vision applications, inspection, identification, visual servoing and navigation.
Introduction to robot programming, robot cell layout, work cell control and interlocks, manual
programming, lead through and walkthrough programming, off-line programming, VAL programming
language, example, AML and VAL-II robot programming languages, examples, Programming with
graphics, example.
Text Books:
1. Mikell P. Groover, Mitchel Weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Nicholas G. Odrey, “ Industrial Robotics,”, McGraw-
Hill Publications, International Edition, 2008.
2. James G. Keramas, “ Robot Technology Fundamentals”, Cengage Learning, International Edition
1999.
Reference Books:
1. Fu K. S., Gonzelez R. C., Lee C. S. G: Robotics, “ Control, Sensing, Vision, Intelligence “, McGraw Hill
Book Co., International edition, 2008.
2. Appu Kuttan K. K, “ Robotics, International Publications”, First Edition, 2007
3. R. K. Mittal, I. J. Nagrath, “ Robotics and Control”, Tata-McGraw-Hill Publications, 2007.
B19EC7025 L T P C
Software Engineering
Prerequisites:
No need
Course Description:
The course Software engineering is important because specific software is needed in almost every
industry, in every business, and for every function. It becomes more important as time goes on – if
something breaks within your application portfolio, a quick, efficient, and effective fix needs to happen
as soon as possible.
Course Objectives:
The course objectives are :

1. To impart the knowledge of basic SW engineering methods and practices, and their
appropriate application;
2. To give an understanding of approaches to verification and validation including static analysis, and
reviews.
3. To give an understanding of software testing approaches such as unit testing and integration testing.
4. To give an understanding of some ethical and professional issues those are Important for
software engineers.
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze the requirements of a software development project
2. Verify and validate a software development project.
3. Describe and manage the core ethical issues of software development process.
4. Develop a positive attitude towards the development of a software project in a team and develop
skill to work as software designer.
Course Code POs/ PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 P7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
COs 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 1 2 2 1 2 1
CO2 2 3 2 2 1 2
B19EC7025
CO3 3 2 3 2 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 3 2 2
Course Content:
Unit 1: Overview [11hrs]
Introduction: FAQ's about software engineering, Professional and ethical responsibility. Software
Processes: Software Processes: Models, Process iteration, Process activities; The Rational Unified
Process; Computer-Aided Software Engineering.
Unit 2: Requirements [10hrs]

Software Requirements: Functional and Non-functional requirements; User requirements; System
requirements; Interface specification; the software requirements document.
Requirements Engineering Processes: Feasibility studies; Requirements elicitation and analysis;
Requirements validation; Requirements management.
Unit 3: System Models, Software Design & Development [11hrs]

System Models: Context models; Behavioral models; Data models; Object models; structured methods.
Architectural Design: Architectural design decisions; System organization; An Object-Oriented design
process; Design evolution.Rapid Software
Development: Agile methods; Extreme programming; Rapid application development. Software
Evolution: Program evolution dynamics; Software maintenance; Evolution processes; Legacy system
evolution.
Unit 4: Verification and Validation [10hrs]

Planning; Software inspections; automated static analysis; Verification and formal methods. Software
testing: System testing; Component testing; Test case design; Test automation. Project Management:
Management activities; Project planning; Project scheduling; Risk management.
Text Books:
1. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Eighth Edition, Person Education, 2007.
2. Roger.S.Pressman,“Software Engineering -A Practitioners Approach”, Seventh
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2007
Reference Books:
1. PankajJalote, “An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering”, Wiley India, 2009.
SC-10
B19EC7031 L T P C
ASIC DESIGN
Prerequisites:
Fundamentals of Digital Circuits & CMOS.

Course Description:
This course aims to provide a strong foundation for students in understanding the principle aspects of
ASIC design. It helps the students in getting familiarized with the methodologies and tools used in
designing ASIC chips. Helps in understanding the applying various floor planning, placement and routing
aspects and methodologies in refining the ASIC designs.
Course Objectives:

1. Present an idea about the flow and economics of ASIC design.
2. Understand the different design aspects and metrics of ASIC design.
3. Analyze the different methodologies and tools available for ASIC design.
4. Understand the role of floor planning, Placement and Routing in ASIC design.
Course Outcomes:

1. Describe the complete flow and economics involved in ASIC design
2. Design customized and library-based ASICs
3. Develop optimized ASIC designs with suitable methodologies and metrics
4. Evaluate various algorithms for floor planning, placement and routing in ASIC design.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 1 2 3 4 1 2
B19EC70 CO2 1 2 3 4 1 2
CO3 1 2 3 4 1 2
31
CO4 1 2 3 4 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Introduction [11 Hrs]
Full Custom ASICs, Standard Cell based ASICs, Gate array based ASICs, Channeled gate array, Channelless
gate array, structured gate array, Programmable logic devices, FPGA, Design flow, Economics of ASICs,
ASIC cell libraries, I/O cells, Cell Compilers.
Unit 2: ASIC Library Design and Design entry [10 Hrs]

ASIC Library Design: Logical effort: predicting delay, logical area and logical efficiency, logical paths,
multistage cells, optimum delay, optimum number of stages, library cell design. Low-Level Design Entry:
Schematic Entry: Hierarchical design. The cell library, Names, Schematic, Icons & Symbols, Nets,
schematic entry for ASIC’S, connections, vectored instances and buses, Edit in place, Attributes, Netlist
screener, Back annotation.
Unit 3: ASIC Construction Floor Planning [11 Hrs]

Physical Design, CAD Tools, System Partitioning, Estimating ASIC size, partitioning methods. Floor
planning tools, I/O and power planning, clock planning
Unit 4: Placement and Routing [10 Hrs]

Placement algorithms, iterative placement improvement, Time driven placement methods. Physical
Design flow, global Routing, Detail Routing, Special Routing, Circuit Extraction and DRC.
Text Book:
1. M.J.S .Smith, “Application - Specific Integrated Circuits”, Pearson Education, Edition 1, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Jose.E.France, YannisTsividis, “Design of Analog-Digital VLSI Circuits for Telecommunication and
Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall, Edition 1, 1994.
2. Malcolm. R. Haskard, Lan. C. May, “Analog VLSI Design – NMOS and CMOS”, Prentice Hall, edition
1,1998.
3. Mohammed Ismail and Terri Fiez, “Analog VLSI Signal and Information Processing”, McGraw Hill,
edition 1, 1994.
B18EC7032 L T P C
Big Data and Data Science
Prerequisites:
Database Management Systems, Data Mining basics, Probability and Statistics.
Course Description:
In this course the fundamentals of large volume, variety and velocity of data is described in detail. Big
data analytics is the process of extracting useful information by analysing different types of big data sets.
Big data analytics is used to discover hidden patterns, market trends and consumer preferences, for the
benefit of organizational decision making. In this, the map-reduce programming, components of hadoop,
architecture of mapreduce is taught. It also covers the tools of big data like PIG and HIVE.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to
1. Explain Big data for business intelligence and the main trends of Big Data concepts.
2. Describe map-reduce analytics using hadoop and related tools.
3. Process large data sets using Hadoop to extract value.
4. Provide big data analytics using R programming.
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain Hadoop Architecture.
2. Write Simple MapReduce programs.
3. Implement best practices for Hadoop development.
4. To Write R programming for data science.

Code COs 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B18EC70 CO1 2 1 2 2 3 2
32 CO2 2 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 3
CO3 1 2 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Big Data [10 Hrs]
Classification of digital data, characteristics of data, Evolution of big data, Challenges with big data, what
is big data, traditional business intelligence (BI) versus big data, A typical data warehouse environment,
A typical hadoop environment, Top challenges facing big data.
Unit-2: Introduction to Hadoop [10 Hrs]

Hadoop Basics, why Hadoop, why not RDBMS, RDBMS versus Hadoop, HDFS, Processing data with
Hadoop, Features of Hadoop. NoSQL-Types of NoSQL Databases, Advantages of NoSQL, SQL versus
NoSQL.
Unit-3: MapReduce [11 Hrs]
Anatomy of a MapReduce job run, Classic MapReduce, YARN, Job scheduling, Shuffle and Sort.
Hadoop Related Tools: Introduction to PIG, What is PIG, The anatomy of PIG, PIG on Hadoop, PIG Latin,
Data types in PIG, running PIG, Execution modes, HDFS Commands, Relational operators.
Unit-4: Introduction to R Programming [11 Hrs]

History and overview of R, What is R, Basic features of R, Design of the R system, Limitations of R, R nuts
and bolts, Entering Input, Evaluation, R objects, Numbers, Attributes, Creating objects, Mixing objects,
Explicit Coercion, Matrices, Lists, Factors, Missing values, Data frames, Names, Control Structures,
Functions, Loop functions.
Text Books:
1. Seema Acharya, Subhashini Chellappan, “Big Data and Data Analytics”, Wiley, First Edition,
2015.
2. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, Third Edition, 2012
3. Roger D. Peng “R Programming for Data Science”, Leanpub, First Edition, 2015
Reference Books:
1. Vignesh Prajapati, “Big data analytics with R and Hadoop”, Packt Publishing, 2013
2. Alan Gates, "Programming PIG", O'Reilley, 2011
3. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations", O'Reilley, 2012
B19EC7033 L T P C
Satellite Communication
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of Basic Geometry, Insight of Geography, Fundamentals of Communication Systems and
information coding.
Course Description:
The course introduces the students to the basic concept in the field of satellite communication. This will
enable the students to know how to place a satellite in an orbit and about the earth & space segment.
The satellite services like broadcasting are also studied thoroughly.
Course Objectives:
1. Make the student understand the historical background, basic concepts and frequency
allocations for satellite communication
2. Understand Earth and space component.
3. Knowledge of every aspects of satellite communication like satellite link design, earth station
technology and different access system towards a satellite
4. Know application of satellite communication.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
1. Describe orbital mechanics and launch methodologies
2. Describe space segment and earth segment
3. Analyse and evaluate a satellite link and suggest enhancements to improve the link
performance.
4. Explain satellite access techniques and understand role of satellite in various applications

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC7 CO1 3 1 2 1 2 2 1
033 CO2 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 2
CO4 3 2 1 1 2 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Satellite Systems and Orbits [11 Hrs]
Overview of satellite systems: Introduction, Frequency allocations for satellite systems.
Orbits and launching methods: Kepler’s three laws of planetary motion, terms used for earth orbiting
satellites, orbital elements, apogee and perigee heights, orbit perturbations, inclined orbits, standard time.
The Geostationary orbit: Introduction, antenna look angles, polar mount antenna, limits of visibility, near
geostationary orbits, earth eclipse of satellite.
Unit-2: Space Segment & Earth Segment [10 Hrs]

The Space segment: Introduction, power supply, attitude control, station keeping, thermal control, TT&C
subsystem, transponders.
The Earth segment: Introduction, receive-only home TV systems, master antenna TV system, Community
antenna TV system, transmit-receive earth station.
Unit-3: Communication Satellite and Satellite link Design [10 Hrs]
Communication Satellites- Satellite subsystem; Attitude control, station keeping, Thermal control ,
Telemetry, Tracking, Command and Monitoring (TTC&M); power systems, transponders, satellite wide
band receiver.
Satellite link design and Satellite access: Atmospheric losses, Basic transmission theory, system noise
temperature and G/T ratio; Downlink design-link budget; Uplink design; communication link design
procedure.
Unit-4: Satellite Access Techniques and Application [11 Hrs]

Satellite Access: SPADE system, satellite switched TDMA, CDMA.
Satellite Applications: Satellite Mobile Services, VSAT, Radarsat, GPS, Iridium.
Text books:
1. Dennis Roddy, “Satellite Communications”, McGraw-Hill international, 4th Edition, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Timothy Pratt, Charles Bostian, Jeremy Allnutt. “Satellite Communications”, John Wiley Pvt Ltd &
Sons, 2nd Edition, 2008.
2. W. L. Pitchand, H. L. Suyderhoud, R.A. Nelson., “Satellite Communication system Engineering”,
Pearson Education, 2ndEdition 2007.
3. Raja Rao: “Fundamentals of Satellite communications”, PHI Learning.
4. MonojitMitra: “Satellite Communication”: PHI Learning
B18EC7034 L T P C
Medical Electronics
Prerequisites:
Signals and Systems
Course Description:
Medical electronics is a branch of electronics that deals with design, implementation and use of
electrical devices and equipment for medical purposes such as research, examination, diagnosis,
treatment, assistance and care. Students will be introduced with concepts of medical diagnostics,
anesthesia control, bio-potentials etc.
Course Objectives:
1. Make students to understand the applications of electronics in diagnostic, anesthesia control, cardiac
control, surgery and therapeutic area.
2. Know the various functional blocks present is bio-signal acquisition system so that the students
capable to design the data acquisition system.
3. Study the methods of recording various bio-potentials.
4. Understand the need and technique of electrical safety in Hospitals.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student shall be able to:
1. Analyze and evaluate the effect of different diagnostic and therapeutic methods, their risk
potential, physical principles, opportunities and possibilities for different medical procedures.
2. have a basic understanding of medical terminology, relevant for biomedical instrumentation.
3. Understand and describe the physical and medical principles used as a basis for biomedical
instrumentation.
4. Understand the elements of risk for different instrumentation methods and basic electrical
safety.

Cours POS PO PO PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
e Code / 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
COs
CO1 3 1 1
B19EC CO2 3 1 3 2
7034 CO3 3 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 1 2
Course Contents:
UNIT – 1: Fundamentals of Medical Instrumentation [11hrs]
Sources of Biomedical Signal, Basic Medical Instrumentation System and their Performance
Requirements.
Classification of transducers, performance characteristics of transducers, displacement, positioning and
motion transducers, pressure transducers, transducers for body temperature measurement,
photoelectric transducers, optical fiber sensor, biosensor and smart sensor.
UNIT – 2: Biosignal Acquisition: Electrodes and Amplifiers [10hrs]

Origin of Bioelectric signals, recording electrodes, Electrode Types – surface metal plate electrodes,
Needle and wire electrodes, microelectrodes .
Basic Requirements of Biomedical Amplifiers, Differential Amplifiers, Carrier Amplifiers, Chopper
Amplifiers.
UNIT – 3: Bio-Potential Recording [10hrs]

Electrocardiogram (ECG), Electroencephalogram (EEG), Electromyogram(EMG),
PCG(Phonocardiography), Vector cardiograph(VCG), lead systems and recording methods, typical
waveforms and signal characteristics.
UNIT – 4: Patient Monitoring Systems and Safety Aspects of Medical Instrument [11hrs]
Heart rate measurement, Pulse rate measurement, Respiration rate measurement, Blood pressure
measurement, Principle of defibrillator and pace mark, use of Microprocessors in patent monitoring.
Gross current shock, Micro current shock, Special design from safety considerations, Safety standards.
Text Books
1. R.S. Khandpur “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2003.
2. R.S. Khandpur, “Modern Electronics Equipment”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
3. C. Raja Rao, Sujoy K. Guha “Principles of Medical Electronics and Biomedical Instrumentation”,
University Press.
Reference Books
1. Tatsuo Togawa, Toshiyo Tamura and P. Ake Oberg “Biomedical Transducers and instruments” CRC
Press, 1997.
2. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J Weibell and Erich A. Pfeiffer, “Biomedical Instrumentation and
Measurement”, Prentice-Hall India Pvt. Ltd.
SC-11
B19EC7041 L T P C
SOC Design
Prerequisites:
Basics of system architecture, Principles of memory design and cache architecture.
Course Description:
Moore's law has created an era where most electronic systems contain chips that integrate various
components such as microprocessor, DSPs, dedicated hardware processing engines, memories, and
interfaces to I/O devices and off-chip storage. Most electronic systems today - cell phones, iPods, set-
top boxes, digital TVs, automobiles contain at least one such "System-on-chip". Designing System-on-
chips is a highly complex process. This course will present students with an insight into the earlier stages
of the System-on-chip design process. In addition to the conceptual foundations, this course will also
involve analysis of chip basics, understanding various parameters for the selection of SOC processors
and memory design.
Course Objectives:
1. Provide a comprehensive introduction to the SOC technology and network on chip technologies.
2. Relate the different parameters needed to assess the tradeoffs in the chip basics.
3. Give an overview to SOC design, its challenges and design flow by giving an emphasis to processor
selection.
4. Illustrate the memory design concepts in processors for system on chip and board based systems.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course the students will be able to:
1. Differentiate the system architecture and various components of System on Chip and to illustrate
network on chip technologies.
2. Summarize the relevance and impact of chip basics- Cycle time, power, area tradeoff and various
design aspects.
3. Illustrate the selection of processor core for SOC and analyze the system performance.
4. Analyze the system on chip and board based systems with respect to various memory designs
techniques.

Cours POS PO P0 PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
e / 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
Code COs
B20 CO1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2
EC CO2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
7041 CO3 2 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: System Approach and Interconnect [10 Hrs]
System Architecture, Components of the System, Hardware and Software, An approach for SOC Design,
System Architecture and Complexity.
Interconnect: Introduction, Interconnect architectures for SOC. Bus: Basic architecture. NOC standard
buses, Analytic bus models, NOC with switch interconnects.
Unit-2: Chip Basics [11 Hrs]

Cycle Time, Die Area and Cost, Ideal and Practical Scaling, Power, Area–Time–Power Trade-Offs in
Processor Design, Reliability, Configurability.
Unit-3: Processors [10 Hrs]

Processor Selection for SOC, Basic Concepts in Processor Architecture, Instruction Handling, and Buffers,
Minimizing Pipeline Delays, Branches. Vector, Very Long Instruction Word (VLIW), and Superscalar with
case studies.
Unit-4: Memory Design: [11 Hrs]

System-on-Chip and Board-Based Systems – Scratchpads and Cache Memory, Basic Notions, Cache
Organization, Cache Data, Write Policies, Strategies for Line Replacement at Miss Time, Other Types of
Cache, Split I- and D-Caches and the Effect of Code Density, Multilevel Caches, Virtual-to-Real
Translation, SOC(On-Die) Memory Systems, Board-based (Off-Die) Memory Systems, Simple DRAM and
the Memory Array, Models of Simple Processor–Memory Interaction.
Text book:
1. Michael J Flynn, Wayne Luk, “Computer System Design: System-on-Chip,” Wiley, First Edition, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. SudeepPasricha, Nikil Dutt, “On-Chip Communication Architectures: System on Chip Interconnect”,
Morgan Kaufman 2008.
2. Rao R.Tummala, Madhavan Swaminathan, “Introduction to system on package SOP-Miniaturization
of the entire system”, McGraw-Hill 2008.
3. Michael Keating, Pierre Bricaud, “Reuse Methodology Manual for System on Chip designs”, Kluwer
Edition, 2008.
B19EC7042 L T P C
Grid Computing
Prerequisites:
Programming with C C++, JAVA, DBMS, OS
Course Description:
In this Course it is focused on grid computing in which each computer's resources are shared with every
other computer in the system. Processing power, memory and data storage are all community resources
that authorized users can tap into and leverage for specific tasks. The course describes Open Grid
Services Architecture, a service-oriented architecture for a grid computing environment for business and
scientific use. Globus grid software that addresses the most challenging problems
in distributed resources sharing. The Globus Toolkit includes software services and libraries
for distributed security, resource management, monitoring and discovery, and data management.
Course Objectives:
1. Be providing with an overview of the basic concepts of Grid Computing.
2. Provide an understanding of the need for and evolution of Grids in the context of processor
and data-intensive applications;
3. Become familiar with the fundamental components of Grid environments, such as
authentication, authorization, resource access, and resource discovery.
4. Understand the software services and libraries for distributed security, resource management,
monitoring and discovery, and data management
Course Outcomes:
1. Design and implement Grid computing applications using Globus or similar toolkits.
2. Justify the applicability, or non-applicability, of Grid technologies for a specific application.
3. Explain programming toolkits such as Parallel Virtual Machine and Message Passing.
4. Apply the Globus open source software for finding the solutions in Grid problems like resource
management, monitoring and discovery, and data management.

Course POS PO P0 PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
Code / 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
COs 10 11 12
B19EC70 CO1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
42 CO2 1 1 2 2 1 2
CO3 2 3 2 1 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 3
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Overview of Grid Computing [11 Hrs]
Early Grid Activities, Current Grid Activities, An Overview of Grid Business Areas, Grid Applications, Grid
Infrastructure, Organizations Developing Grid Standards and Best Practice Guidelines, Organizations
Developing Grid Computing Toolkits and the Framework, Organizations Building and Using Grid-Based
Solutions to Solve Computing, Data and Network Requirements, Commercial Organizations Building and
Using Grid-Based Solutions, The Grid Problem. Anatomy Computing
Unit -2: The OGSA Platform Components, OGSI [10 Hrs]

OGSA Architecture and Goals, Commercial Data Center (CDC), National Fusion Collaborator (NFS), Online
Media and Entertainment, Native Platform Services and Transport Mechanisms, OGSA Hosting
Environment, Core Networking Services Transport and Security, OGSA Infrastructure, OGSA Basic
Services. Grid Services, A High-Level Introduction to OGSI (Open Grid Services Infrastructure).
Unit -3: OGSA Basic Services,Toolkit [11 Hrs]
Common Management Model (CMM), Service Domains, Policy Architecture, Security Architecture,
Metering and Accounting, Common Distributed Logging, Distributed Data Access and Replication.
GLOBUS GT3 Toolkit Architecture.
Unit -4: Globus GT3 Toolkit: High Level Services [10 Hrs]
Resource discovery and monitoring, information service, index service, resource information provider
service, resource management service ,data management services
Text Book:
1. Joshy Joseph and Craig Fellenstein, “Grid Computing,” Pearson/PHI PTR, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Ahmar Abbas, “Grid Computing: A Practical Guide to Technology and Applications,”
Charles River media, 2003.
2. J. Joseph, C. Fellenstein, “Grid Computing”, Pearson Education, 2004.
3. V. Silva, “Grid Computing for Developers”, Dreamtech Press, 2006.
B19EC7043 L T P C
Multimedia Communication
Prerequisites:
Signal representation, Quantization techniques, Coding theory, and OSI Reference model.
Course Description
The course introduces fundamental technologies for video communications and networking. The primary goal
of the course is the development of necessary video-audio skills and understandings need to create effective
digital media messages. It includes the introduction to the video system and Fourier analysis with effective
representation and processing of video signals. Also, few more concepts covered include properties of the
human visual system, motion estimation, basic video compression techniques, video communication
standards, and video transport over the Internet and wireless networks.
Course Objectives:

1. Provide an understanding of impact of multimedia techniques in the day to day life.
2. Provide an understanding of various representations of graphics, image & video.
3. Provide an understanding of the total processing, storing and communication of multimedia data.
4. Provide a comprehensive understanding of multimedia communication over wireless networks.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student shall be able to:

1. Understand the different representations of graphics, image and video data types in multimedia.
2. Compare the various industry standard compression techniques for digital audio.
3. Understand the processing and storage techniques for video.
4. Determine impact of multimedia communication techniques in the wireless networks.

POs P P P
Course PO PO PO PO PO PO P PO PO PSO PSO PSO
/ O O O
Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3
COs 10 11 12
CO1 3 2 1 2 1
B19EC70 CO2 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
43 CO3 3 2 1 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit 1: Graphics, Image & Video Representation [11 Hrs]
Graphics/Image data types, Popular file formats, Color science – camera systems, XYZ to RGB Transform,
Color models in images, Color models in video, Fundamental concepts in video
Unit 2: Digital Audio & Compression Algorithms [10 Hrs]

Digitization of sound, MIDI, Quantization & transmission of audio, Lossless compression: Basics of
information theory, Run-Length Coding, Variable Length Coding – Shannon Fano Algorithm, Huffman
Coding, LZW, Arithmetic Coding, Lossy compression: Distortion measures, Rate-distortion theory,
Quantization, Transform coding.
Unit 3: JPEG & MPEG [11 Hrs]

The JPEG Standard, Video compression based on motion compensation, Search for motion vectors,
H.261, H.263, MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MPEG-7, MPEG-21.
Unit 4: Multimedia Communication [10 Hrs]

Quality of multimedia data transmission, Multimedia over IP, Media- on- Demand (MOD), Multimedia
over Wireless Network, C-Bird - A Case Study.
Text Book:
1. Ze-Nian Li, Mark S. Drew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, Pearson Education, 2008.
Reference Book:
1. Ralf Steinmetz, KlaraNahrstedt, “Multimedia – Computing, Communications & Applications”,
Pearson Education, 2004,
B19EC7044 L T P C
Reliability Engineering
Prerequisites:
Fundamentals of Analog and Digital Electronics, Fundamental Mathematics
Course Description:
In this course, the student shall learn the basic concepts of Reliability Engineering and apply them to
constrain a design. Reliability Engineering is engineering that emphasizes dependability in the life cycle
management of a product. The student shall be able to predict the ability of a product or system to
perform its required functions without failure for a specified time period and when used under the
specified conditions. Engineering and analysis techniques are used to improve the reliability or
dependability of a product or system. Reliability engineering falls within the maintenance phase of the
software development life cycle(SDLC). The overall aim of the SDLC is to make software and product
more reliable.
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the subject of reliability engineering and familiarize the basic mathematics of reliability.
2. Predict the reliability of typical systems and familiarize the electronic systems with models.
3. Familiarize the concept of design for production, test and maintenance.
4. Introduce reliability of software, software errors and preventions, concepts of fault tolerance,
software checking and testing and software reliability prediction.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand principles of reliability engineering.
2. Predict and analyze the reliability of typical systems and Incorporate reliability in electronic
systems.
3. Understand the concept of design for production, test and maintenance of systems
4. Familiarize and Understand the reliability of software , software errors, preventions and fault
tolerance, software testing

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC CO1 4 2 1 1 3 1 1 2 1
7044 CO2 1 4 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2
1
CO3 1 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO4 1 4 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Introduction to Reliability Engineering [11 Hrs]
What is Reliability Engineering? , Reasons for failure, Probabilistic Reliability, Repairable and Non-
Repairable Items, The Pattern of Failures with Time (Non-Repairable Items), The Pattern of Failures with
Time (Repairable Items).
Reliability Mathematics: Rules of probability, summary of continuous statistical distributions, discrete
variations, statistical confidence, hypothesis testing.
Unit-2: Reliability prediction and modelling [10 Hrs]

Systems Reliability models, availability of repairable systems, modular design, block diagram
analysis,
fault tree analysis, Markov analysis. Case studies from mechanical and electronic systems.
Unit-3: Electronic Systems Reliability [10 Hrs]

Reliability of Electronic Components ,Component Types and Failure Mechanisms, Reliability in
Electronic System Design , Parameter Variation and Tolerances , Design for Production, Test and
Maintenance Interrupts, Serial Comm
Unit-4: Software Reliability [11 Hrs]

Introduction, Software in Engineering Systems ,Software Errors , Preventing Errors , Fault Tolerance ,
Software Checking , Software Testing ,Software Reliability Prediction and Measurement , Case study
from industry.
Text Books:
1. Patrick D.T.O’Connor, “Practical Reliability Engineering”, Wiley India, 5th edition, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. V.N.A. Naikan ,”Reliability Engineering and Life Testing”, PHI Learning Private Limited,
2009.
2. Charles B. Ebeling, “An introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering”, Waveland Pr Inc,
2005.
3. Michael R. Lyu ,”Handbook of Software Reliability Engineering”, IEEE Computer Society Press,
McGraw Hill, 1996.
SC-12
B19EC8011 L T P C
Low Power VLSI
Prerequisites:
1. Concepts of low power VLSI design and scaling technologies involved.

2. Knowledge on simulation programming with integrated circuits and probabilistic power analysis.
3. Basics of design parameters of low power circuits and low power architecture.
4. Knowledge on clock distribution and architectural level methodologies.
Course Description:
This course deals with issues and models to design low-power VLSI circuits, fundamentals of power
dissipation in microelectronic devices, will be able to estimate power dissipation due to switching, short
circuit. The architectural, algorithm power estimation and optimization techniques will be discussed.
Course Objectives:

1. Understand different sources of power dissipation in CMOS & MIS structure.
2. Understand the different types of low power adders and multipliers.
3. Focus on synthesis of different level low power transforms.
4. Understand the various energy recovery techniques used in low power design.
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze different source of power dissipation and the factors involved in VLSI Circuits.
2. Explore the different techniques to design low power arithmetic circuits.
3. Illustrate the impact of various low powers transformation techniques
4. Optimize the power at architectural and algorithmic level.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC8 CO1 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
011 CO2 3 2 3 1 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 1 2 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3
Course Contents:
Unit -1:Introduction [10 Hrs]
Need for low power VLSI chips, Sources of power dissipation on Digital Integrated circuits. Emerging Low
power approaches, Physics of power dissipation in CMOS devices.
Device & Technology Impact on Low Power: Dynamic dissipation in CMOS, Transistor sizing & gate oxide
thickness, Impact of technology Scaling, Technology & Device innovation.
Unit -2: Power estimation, Simulation Power analysis [11 Hrs]

SPICE circuit simulators, gate level logic simulation, capacitive power estimation, static state power, gate
level capacitance estimation, architecture level analysis, data correlation analysis in DSP systems, Monte
Carlo simulation.
Probabilistic power analysis: Random logic signals, probability & frequency, probabilistic power analysis
techniques, signal entropy.
Unit 3: Low Power Design Circuit level [11 Hrs]

Logic level: Gate reorganization, signal gating, logic encoding, state machine encoding, pre-computation
logic.
Low power Architecture & Systems: Power & performance management, switching activity reduction,
parallel architecture with voltage reduction.
Unit 4: Low power Clock Distribution [10 Hrs]

Power dissipation in clock distribution, single driver Vs distributed buffers, Zero skew Vs tolerable skew,
chip & package co design of clock network.
Algorithm & Architectural Level Methodologies: Introduction, design flow, Algorithmic level analysis &
optimization, Architectural level estimation & synthesis.
Text Books:
1.Kaushik Roy, Sharat Prasad, “Low-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design” Wiley, 2000.
2. Gary K. Yeap, “Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design”, KAP, 2002.
3. Rabaey, Pedram, “Low Power Design Methodologies” Kluwer Academic, 1997.
B18EC8012 L T P C
Parallel Processing
Prerequisites:
Computer Basics
Course Description.
In this course Parallel processing is taught which is a method in computing of running two or
more processors (CPUs) to handle separate parts of an overall task. These multi-core set-ups are similar
to having multiple, separate processors installed in the same computer. the course focus on memory
technology and optimization technique by understanding the different types of parallelism, The course
concentrates on reviewing the memory hierarchu and cache performance in parallel processors.
Course Objectives:
1. Present design of parallel programs and how to evaluate their execution
2. Give knowledge of the characteristics, the benefits and the limitations of parallel systems and
distributed infrastructures
3. Analyze the parallel programs in different operating system and build the programming model.
4. Encourage students to Build experience with interdisciplinary teamwork.
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze the requirements for programming parallel and critically evaluate the strengths and
weaknesses of parallel programming models and how they can be used to facilitate the programming of
concurrent systems.
2.Interpret the difference between the major classes of Instruction set architecture
3. Design and implement a SIMD and MIMD parallel processing solution for problems.
4. Understand the performances of processors and solve the optimization problems.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B20 CO1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2
EC CO2 2 1 2 1 2 1
8012 CO3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 1 2 1 2 1 2 2
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Introduction and Architecture [10Hrs]
Classes of computers; Defining computer architecture; Trends in Technology, power in Integrated
Circuits and cost; Dependability; Measuring, reporting and summarizing Performance; Quantitative
Principles of computer design
Unit -2: Memory Technology and Optimization [11Hrs]
Introduction to parallelism, shared memory model, distributed memory model,what is instruction level
parallelism: concepts and challenges, basic compiler techniques for exposing ILP , Reducing Branch costs
with prediction; Overcoming Data hazards
Unit -3: Thread Level Parallelism: Introduction [11Hrs]

Multiprocessor architecture: issues and approach, challenges of parallel processing, Symmetric shared-
memory architectures; Performance of symmetric shared–memory multiprocessors; Distributed shared
memory and directory-based coherence; Basics of synchronization; Models of Memory
Unit -4: Review of Memory Hierarchy [10Hrs]

Introduction: Cache performance, Cache Optimizations, Virtual memory, Advanced optimizations of
Cache performance, Memory technology and optimizations, Protection: Virtual memory and virtual
machines
Text Books:
1. John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson, “Computer Architecture – A quantitative
Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann / Elsevier Publishers, 5thEdition, 2012.
Reference books:
1. Barry Wilkinson, Michael Allen, “Parallel Programming: Techniques and Applications Using
Networked Workstations and Parallel Computers”, Prentice Hall; 2nd edition ; ISBN: 0131405632
2. Kai Hwang ,”Advanced Computer Architecture Parallelism, Scalability , Programability”, Tata Mc
Grawhill, 2003.
3. David E. Culler, Jaswinder Pal Singh, Anoop Gupta:, Morgan Kaufman,” Parallel Computer
Architecture, A Hardware / Software Approach”, –, 1999.
B19EC8013 L T P C
Ad-Hoc Networks
Prerequisites:
Wireless Communication, Computer Communication Network.
Course Description:
This course is an advanced research-oriented course designed for graduate students with computer and
wireless networks background. Through this course, students can learn the state of art of wireless ad
hoc networks research, and enhance their potential to do research in this exciting area.
Course Objectives:
1. Describe the issues and challenges of Wireless Ad hoc networks
2. Discuss the various concepts involved in designing the network layered protocols
3. Discuss the concepts involved in designing the transport layered protocols
4. Discuss the issues and challenges involved in providing QoS in Ad hoc wireless Networks.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
1. Illustrate the characteristics of Adhoc Networks and MAC protocols
2. Explain the concepts of Adhoc networks and network layered protocols
3. Illustrate issues involved in designing transport layered protocols for Adhoc networks
4. Classify issues and challenges involved in providing QoS for Ad hoc wireless Networks

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC80 CO1 3 2 1 2 1
13 CO2 3 2 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 2 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: AD-HOC Networks & MAC Protocol [11 Hrs]
Introduction, Issues, Ad-hoc wireless internet, Issues in designing a MAC protocol for Ad hoc wireless
Networks, Design goals of a MAC protocol for Ad hoc wireless Networks, Classification of MAC protocols.
Contention - based MAC protocols with scheduling mechanism, MAC protocols that use directional
antennas, Other MAC protocols.
Unit-2: Routing Protocols for AD HOC Wireless Networks [10 Hrs]

Introduction, Issues in designing a routing protocol for Ad hoc wireless Networks, Classification of routing
protocols, Table drive routing protocol, On-demand routing protocol. Hybrid routing protocol
Unit- 3: Transport Layer Protocols for AD HOC Wireless [11 Hrs]

Introduction, Issues in designing a transport layer protocol for Ad hoc wireless Networks, Design goals
of a transport layer protocol for Ad hoc wireless Networks.
Unit-4: Quality of Service In AD HOC Wireless Networks [10 Hrs]
Introduction, Issues and challenges in providing QoS in Ad hoc wireless Networks, Classification of QoS
solutions.
Text Book:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy & B. S. Manoj, “Ad hoc wireless Networks”, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Ozan K. Tonguz and Gianguigi Ferrari, “Ad hoc wireless Networks” , John Wiley, 2007
2. Xiuzhen Cheng, Xiao Hung, Ding-Zhu Du: “Ad hoc Wireless Networking”, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
2004.
B19EC8014 Avionics L T P C
Duration 14 Weeks 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
Instrumentation systems, sensors, Mathematical modeling of System, Microwave signals, Radar systems,
Modulation Techniques.
Course Description:
This course covers the different features of Display units, roles of Avionics. The curriculum for the
programme is structured as per the requirements of the aviation industry. The field of activity of qualified
personnel involves maintenance of various flying instruments in the realm of Avionics and Illustrate the
Surveillance and Communications Systems in Avionics. Students are taught existing technology as well
as advanced Multi-Functional Display Systems.
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the general topics of aircraft Electronics.
2. Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of various avionics system.
3. Understand the different avionics systems of aircraft like display system, navigation system.
4. Identify different aircraft cockpit fittings like display system.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the avionics environment.
2. Understand the importance of Aircraft Instruments.
3. Appraise the Navigation Systems and Flight Control in Avionics.
4. Illustrate the Surveillance and Communications Systems in Avionics.

Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC80 CO1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2
14 CO2 1 1 1 1 2 1` 1 2
CO3 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Introduction to Avionics & Display Systems [11 Hrs]
Importance and role of avionics, avionic environment, Regulatory and advisory agencies -Displays and
man-machine interaction: Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Display (AMLCD),Head Down Display (HDD), Head
Up Display (HUD),Helmet Mounted Display (HMD), OLEDS, Night Vision Goggles,LASERS, Integrated
Standby Instrument System (ISIS), data fusion, intelligent displays management,Displays technology,
control and data entry, instrument placements.
Unit -2: Aircraft Instruments [10 Hrs]

Inertial reference systems, attitude derivation. RMI, HSI, ADI Magnetic Heading Reference System
(MHRS.);Outside world sensor systems: Radar systems - Radar Sensing - Radar Altimeter (RADALT),
Doppler Radar, WeatherRadar, RADOME.
Unit -3: Navigation Systems and Flight Control [11 Hrs]

Principles of navigation, Automatic Direction Finding, Very High Frequency Omni-Range (VOR), Distance
Measuring Equipment (DME), landing aids ( ILS & MLS ), Inertial Navigation, GPS-global positioning
system.Fly by Wire Flight control features and advantages.
Unit -4: Surveillance & Communication Systems [10 Hrs]

HF, VHF, UHF, Microwaves Signals and Noise, Modulation and demodulation, Antennas, propagation,
data links, Telemetry, Transponders, Typical Systems in Aircrafts, ATC Electronic Warfare Basics.
Text Books:
1. Cary R.Spitzer, “Digital Avionics Handbook”, CRC Press LLC, 3nd Edition, 2006.
2. Collinson, R.P.G, “Introduction to avionics”, springer, 3rd Edition, 2011
3. Ian Moir, Allan G.Seabridge,” Military Avionics Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd,2009
Reference Books:
1. Ian Moir, Allan G.Seabridge, “Aircraft Systems” Mechanical, Electrical, Avionics Subsystems
Integration, ohn Wiley & Sons, 3rdEdition, Ltd 2008
2. Cary R. Spitzer, “Digital Avionics Handbook”, , CRC Press LLC, 2nd Edition ,2007.
3. Brain Kendal, “Manual of Avionics”, the English Book House, New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 1993.
4. Collinson RPG, “Introduction to Avionics”, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Chapman & Hall, 2 ndEdition,
2003.
5. Mauhamed Abdulla, “Avionics made simple”, Available at
http://drmoe.org/research/avionics_made_simple, 2005
SC-13
B18EC8021 L T P C
Digital Testing and Testability
Prerequisites:
Digital Electronic Circuits, HDL and Basic C Language.
Course Description:
Introduction to the basic concepts in digital systems testing. Advanced topics in fault modeling and
simulation, test pattern generation, and design for testability.
Course Objectives:
1. Describe the understanding of threshold logic and digital testing.
2. Demonstrate the understanding of minimization of FSM.techniques.
3. Provide an in-depth uunderstanding of the testing in sequential machines.
4. Conduct fault detection experiments.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify the various ways of designing digital circuits.
2. Understand a combinational circuit and identify the faults.
3. Analyse the given finite state machines.
4. Design various fault detection experiments.
Course POs/ P P P PO P P P7 PO P P P PO PS PS PS
Code COs O1 O2 O3 4 O5 O6 8 O9 O O 12 O1 O O3
10 11 2
BTEC15 CO1 1 4 4 4 3 1 2 3 2 1
F8230 CO2 2 4 2 4 3 1 2 3 2 1
CO3 2 4 4 3 1 3 2 1
CO4 1 4 3 4 4 2 1 3 2 1
Course Contents:
UNIT-1: Threshold Logic, Reliable Design and Fault Diagnosis [11 Hrs]
Threshold Logic: Introductory Concepts, Synthesis of Threshold Networks.
Reliable Design and Fault Diagnosis: Hazards, Fault Detection in Combinational Circuits, Fault-Location
Experiments, Boolean Differences, Fault Detection by Path Sensitizing, Detection of Multiple Faults,
Failure-Tolerant Design, Quadded Logic.
Unit-2: Capabilities, Minimization, and Transformation of Sequential Machines [10 Hrs]

The Finite-State Model- Further Definitions, Capabilities and Limitations of Finite – State Machines, State
Equivalence and Machine Minimization, Simplification of Incompletely Specified Machines.
Unit-3: Structure of Sequential Machines [11 Hrs]

Introductory Example, State Assignments Using Partitions, The Lattice of closed Partitions, Reductions
of the Output Dependency, Input Independence and Autonomous Clocks, Covers and Generation of
closed Partitions by state splitting, Information Flow in Sequential Machines, Decompositions.
Unit-4: State—Identifications and Fault-Detection Experiments [10 Hrs]

Experiments, Homing Experiments, Distinguishing Experiments, Machine Identification, Fault-Detection
Experiments.
Text book:
1. Zvi Kohavi, “Switching and Finite Automata Theory”, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2nd Edition. 1978.
B19EC8022 L T P C
Pervasive and Ubiquitous Computing
Prerequisites:
OSI Layer, TCP/IP, Protocols, IoT Layers
Course Description:
Pervasive and Ubiquitous Computing discusses the importance of modern communication systems and
evolution of computing networking into various new domains. It highlights the recent trends in
Internet of Things and its importance in everyday life.
Course Objectives:
1. Provide a sound conceptual foundation in the area of Pervasive Computing aspects;
2. Provide a balanced treatment of the mechanisms and environments of ubiquitous
Computing.
3. Give an insight into successful mobile and pervasive computing applications and
Services.
4. Introduce to the architectures of Intelligent Systems.
Course Outcomes:

1. Summarise about the Smart Device, Environment and Interfaces (DEI) model of Ubiquitous
Computing Systems.
2. Apply usability of alternative design of interactions for specific ubiquitous computing systems and
HCI.
3. Design and implement simple context aware applications, using standard sensor technology.
4. Compare various Intelligent System.

Course POS PO PO PO PO PO PO P7 PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Code / 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
COs
B19EC CO1 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
8022 CO2 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Ubiquitous Computing [11 Hrs]
Basics and Vision - Living in a Digital World, Modelling the Key Ubiquitous Computing Properties,
Architectural Design for UbiCom Systems: Smart DEI Model; Applications and Requirements - Example
Early UbiCom Research Projects
Unit-2: Human Computer Interaction [10 Hrs]
Introduction, User Interfaces and Interaction for Four Widely Used Devices, Hidden UI via Basic Smart
Devices, Hidden UI Via Wearable and Implanted Devices, Human-Centred Design (HCD),
User Models: Acquisition and Representation, iHCI Design
Unit-3: Tagging, Sensing and Controlling [11 Hrs]

Introduction, Tagging the Physical World, Sensors and Sensor Networks, Micro Actuation and Sensing:
MEMS, Embedded Systems and Real-Time Systems, Control Systems (for Physical
World Tasks), Robots.
Unit-4: Intelligent Systems (IS) [10 Hrs]

Introduction, Basic Concepts, IS Architectures; Ubiquitous Communication – Introduction, Audio
Networks, Data Networks, Wireless Data Networks, Ubiquitous Networks, Service-Oriented Networks.
Text Books:
1. Stefan Poslad, “Ubiquitous Computing Smart Devices, Environments and Interactions”, Wiley, 2009
2. Ed. John Krumm. Chapman, “Ubiquitous Computing Fundamentals” Hall/CRC 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Burkhardt, Henn, Hepper, Rintdorff, Schaeck. “Pervasive Computing”, 2002, Addison Wesley.
B19EC8023 L T P C
Network Security
Prerequisites
Basics of digital communication, computer communication
Course Discription
It is a concept-oriented course, which deals with principles and practice of cryptography and network
security. The course enables student to become master in different encryption techniques such as DES,
AES, RSA etc. The student will have knowledge of attacks in distributed system and its counter measures.
The student shall be able to explore the state of art technology such as hash functions, authentications,
Key management, Key exchange, signature schemes, Transport layer security, web security, etc.
Course Objectives:
1. Summarize classical encryption techniques.
2. Explain public key cryptography techniques.
3. Illustrate Hash function, MAC’s and Digital signature.
4. Explain various key management technique and transport layer security
Course Outcomes
1. Illustrate different types of symmetrical encryption techniques.
2. Solve different types of public key cryptography.
3. Understand threats and security mechanisms of Hash function, MAC’s and Digital signature.
4. Analyze the knowledge of key management and transport layer security.
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
M20EC80 CO1 3 3 2 2 1 2 1
23 CO2 2 3 4 2 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 4 1 2 3
CO4 2 3 4 2 1 2 3
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Encryption Techniques & DES [11hrs]
Security attacks and security mechanisms.
Encryption Techniques: Symmetric cipher model, Substitution techniques, Transposition techniques,
Rotor machines, Steganography.
Data Encryption Standard (DES): DES encryption and decryption, Strength of DES, Block Cipher design
principles.
Unit-2: AES and Public-Key Cryptography [10hrs]

AES: Structure, transformation functions, key expansion.
Public-Key Cryptography: Principles of public key cryptosystems, RSA Algorithm, Diffie Hellman key
exchange, Elgamal cryptographic system, Elliptic curve arithmetic.
Unit-3: Hash Functions, MACs and Digital Signature [11hrs]

Cryptographic Hash Functions: Two Simple Hash Functions, Hash function based on cipher block
chaining, Message authentication requirements.
Message authentication functions: Requirements of MAC, Security of MACs, MAC based on hash
functions: HMAC, Digital Signatures.
Unit-4: Key Management and Transport Layer Security [10hrs]

Key management: Symmetric key distribution using symmetric encryption, Symmetric key distribution
using asymmetric encryption, distribution of public keys.
Transport-layer security: Web Security Considerations, Secure Sockets Layer, TLS, HTTPS.
Text Book:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security, Principles and Practice”,
Pearson/Prentice Hall ,6th edition, , 2011.
Reference Books:
1. Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata McGraw Hill ,2nd edition, , 2007.
2. Eric Maiwald, “Fundamentals of Network Security”, McGraw-Hill,1st edition , 2003.
B19EC8024 RADAR and Navigational Aids L T P C

Prerequisites:
Analog & Digital Communication Basics
Course Description
This Course introduces the fundamental concepts of RADAR (RAdio Detection and Ranging) like MTI,
Pulsed Radar, AMIT and Navigation aids. Introduces the students to different types of RADAR and
Navigation systems like Navigational Systems, Aids to Approach and Landing, Doppler Navigation, Inertial
Navigation, Satellite Navigation System and also make students learn modern radar and navigational
techniques.
Course Objectives:

1. Derive and discuss the Range equation and the nature of detection.
2. Apply Doppler principle to radars and hence detect moving targets, cluster, also to understand
tracking radars
3. Understand principles of navigation, in addition to approach and landing aids as related to
navigation
4. Introduce the different navigation system
Course Outcomes:

1. Discuss on the RADAR range equation parameters.
2. Explain the operation of MTI and Pulse Doppler RADAR.
3. Describe the Navigational methods.
4. Compare the different Navigational System.
Cours POS PO P PO PO PO PO P PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
e / 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
Code COs 10 11 12
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 1
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
Course Contents:
Unit1:Introduction to RADAR [10 Hrs]

Basic Radar –The simple form of the Radar Equation- Radar Block Diagram- Radar Frequencies –
Applications of Radar – The Origins of Radar The Radar Equation Introduction- Detection of Signals in
Noise- Receiver Noise and the Signal-to-Noise Ratio-Probability Density Functions- Probabilities of
Detection and False Alarm Integration of Radar Pulses- Radar Cross Section of Targets- Radar cross
Section Fluctuations- Transmitter Power-Pulse Repetition Frequency- Antenna Parameters System losses
– Other Radar Equation Considerations
Unit2 : MTI and Pulse Doppler RADAR: [11 Hrs]

Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar- Delay –Line Cancellers- Staggered Pulse Repetition Frequencies
–Doppler Filter Banks - Digital MTI Processing - Moving Target Detector - Limitations to MTI Performance
- MTI from a Moving Platform (AMIT) - Pulse Doppler Radar – Other Doppler Radar Topics- Tracking with
Radar –Monopulse Tracking –Conical Scan and Sequential Lobing - Limitations to Tracking Accuracy -
Low-Angle Tracking - Tracking in Range - Other Tracking Radar Topics -Comparison of Trackers -
Automatic Tracking with Surveillance Radars (ADT), Detection of Signals in Noise
Unit3: Basics of Navigations: [10 Hrs]

Introduction - Four methods of Navigation.
Radio Direction Finding - The Loop Antenna - Loop Input Circuits - An Aural Null Direction Finder - The
Goniometer - Errors in Direction Finding - Adcock Direction Finders - Direction Finding at Very High
Frequencies - Automatic Direction Finders - The Commutated Aerial Direction Finder - Range and
Accuracy of Direction Finders
Radio Ranges - The LF/MF Four course Radio Range - VHF Omni Directional Range (VOR) - VOR Receiving
Equipment - Range and Accuracy of VOR - Recent Developments.
Unit 4: Navigational Systems [11 Hrs]

Aids to Approach and Landing, Doppler Navigation, Inertial Navigation, Satellite Navigation System -
The Transit System - Navstar Global Positioning System (GPS).
Text Books:
1. Merrill I. Skolnik ," Introduction to Radar Systems", Tata McGraw-Hill,3rd Edition, 2003.
2. N.S.Nagaraja, “Elements of Electronic Navigation Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edition,
ISBN: 9780074623015, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Peyton Z. Peebles:, "Radar Principles", Johnwiley, 2004
2. J.C Toomay, “Principles of Radar", 2nd Edition –PHI, 2004
Open Elective
B19EC7051 L T P C
Embedded Systems
Prerequisites:
Microcontroller, Operating Systems.
Course Description:
An embedded system is a computer system with a dedicated function within a larger mechanical or
electrical system, often with real-time computing constraints. It is embedded as part of a complete
device often including hardware and mechanical parts. Embedded systems control many devices in
common use today.
Unit1 gives an introduction to the basic elements of embedded system such as sensors, interfaces,
firmware etc.
Unit2 discusses about the various aspects of hardware software co design.
Unit3 covers the complete aspects on real time embedded system design.
Unit4 briefly covers the various topics on embedded integrated development environment.
Course Objectives:
1. Give a brief idea about the embedded system components, memory, communication interfaces
and other firmware components.
2. Understand the Quality attributes, hardware and Software co-design, Computational models in
embedded systems, Unified Modelling languages etc.
3. Understand the firmware system development and firmware development languages.
4. Give a brief description of RTOS, Integrated Development Environment, Simulators and Emulators.
5. To understand the trends in embedded system development.
Course Outcomes:
1.Design a module of embedded system
2.Elaborate the quality attributes,hardware-software co-design in embedded systems.
3. Develop a firmware module.
4. Analyse the various tools in RTOS.

Course POs/ PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
P7
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 1
B19EC6041 CO2 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
CO3 1 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit-1: Typical Embedded System [14 Hrs]
Core of the Embedded System, Memory, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface, Embedded
Firmware, Other System Components.
Unit-2: Characteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded Systems [14 Hrs]

Hardware Software Co-Design and Program Modeling: Fundamental Issues in Hardware Software Co-
Design, Computational Models in Embedded Design, Introduction to Unified Modeling Language (Self
Study/Case Study), Hardware Software Trade-offs
Embedded Firmware Design and Development: Embedded Firmware Design Approaches, Embedded
Firmware Development Languages
Unit-3: Real-Time Operating System (RTOS) based Embedded System Design [14Hrs]
Operating System Basics, Types of OS, Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task
Scheduling, Threads, Processes and Scheduling: Putting them altogether, Task Communication, Task
Synchronization, Device Drivers, How to Choose an RTOS (Self Study/Case Study).
Unit-4: The Embedded System Development Environment [14 Hrs]
The Integrated Development Environment (IDE) (Self Study/Case Study), Types of Files Generated on
Cross-compilation, Disassembler/Decompiler, Simulators, Emulators and Debugging, Target Hardware
Debugging, Boundary Scan.
Trends in the Embedded Industry:(Self Study/Case Study), Processor Trends in Embedded Systems,
Embedded OS Trends, Development Language Trends, Open Standards, Frameworks and Alliances,
Bottlenecks.
Text books Books:

1. Shibu K V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2009
2. James K Peckol , “Embedded Systems – A contemporary Design Tool”, John Weily, 2008.
B19EC7052 L T P C
Robotics and Automation
Prerequisites:
Embedded System Design, Control systems, Programming skills
Course Description:
Robotics is the interdisciplinary branch of engineering and science that includes mechanical
engineering, electrical engineering, computer science, and others. Robotics deals with the design,
construction, operation, and use of robots as well as computer systems for their control, sensory
feedback, and information processing. Automation and Robotics are two closely related technologies.
Automation as the technology that is concerned with the use of mechanical, electronic, and computer
based systems in the operation and control of production. The course provides robot classification and
anatomy, Robot kinematics, Trajectory Planning and control, Sensors and vision systems used in robots
and Robot Programming.
Course Objectives:
1. Classify Robots and anatomy.
2. Understand Robot kinematics
3. Determine Sensors and vision systems used in robots.
4. Write Robot Program.
Course Outcomes:
1. Summarize the basic applications and advantages of using robots in the industry
2. Do the robot motion analysis
3. Relate mathematical modeling and trajectory planning scheme in robots
4. Recognize the different types of sensors and cameras used in the field of robotics
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B19EC7 CO1 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
052 CO2 3 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Introduction to robotics [14 Hrs]
Definition, anatomy of robot, classification configurations, robot links and joints, robot specifications,
resolution accuracy and repeatability, simple numerical problems, robot drive systems, hydraulic,
pneumatic and electric drive systems, wrist and its motions, end effectors, types of end effectors,
mechanical grippers, methods of constraining parts in grippers, types of gripper mechanisms, simple
numerical problems, vacuum cups, magnetic grippers, adhesive grippers, hooks, scoops and other
gripper devices, tool as end effectors, examples.
Unit -2: Robot motion analysis & Robot control [14 Hrs]
Direct kinematics and inverse kinematics, 3D homogeneous transformations, rotation, translation and
displacement matrix, composite rotation matrix, rotation matrix about an arbitrary axis, links, joints and
their parameters, Denavit-Hertenberg (D-H) representation, application of D-H matrices to different
robot configurations.
Basic control systems and models, transfer function with examples, transfer function for spring-mass-
damper system, transient response of a second order system, transfer function of a robot joint, different
types of controllers, proportional (P) controller, integral (I) controller, derivative (D) controller, PID
controller, simple numerical problems
Unit -3 Robot trajectory planning & Robot sensors [14 Hrs]

Trajectory planning, definition, steps in trajectory planning, joint space techniques, use of a p-degree
polynomial as interpolation function, cubic polynomial trajectories, linear function with parabolic blends,
joint space verses Cartesian space trajectory planning, simple numerical problems on joint space
trajectory planning. Classification of robot sensors and their functions, touch sensor, tactile sensor,
binary sensor, analog sensor, proximity sensor, range sensor, force and torque sensor.
Unit -4 Robot sensors and Machine Vision & Robot programming [14 Hrs]
Machine vision, functions of machine vision system, sensing and digitizing, imaging devices, analog to
digital signal conversion, quantization and encoding, simple numerical problems, image storage, image
processing and analysis, image data reduction, segmentation, feature extraction, object recognition,
robotic machine vision applications, inspection, identification, visual servoing and navigation.
Introduction to robot programming, robot cell layout, work cell control and interlocks, manual
programming, lead through and walkthrough programming, off-line programming, VAL programming
language, example, AML and VAL-II robot programming languages, examples, Programming with
graphics, example.
Text Books:
1. Mikell P. Groover, Mitchel Weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Nicholas G. Odrey, “ Industrial Robotics,”,
McGraw-Hill Publications, International Edition, 2008.
2. James G. Keramas, “ Robot Technology Fundamentals”, Cengage Learning, International Edition
1999.
Reference Books:
1. Fu K. S., Gonzelez R. C., Lee C. S. G: Robotics, “ Control, Sensing, Vision, Intelligence “, McGraw
Hill Book Co., International edition, 2008.
2. Appu Kuttan K. K, “ Robotics, International Publications”, First Edition, 2007
3. R. K. Mittal, I. J. Nagrath, “ Robotics and Control”, Tata-McGraw-Hill Publications, 2007
B19EC7053 L T P C
IOT & Cyber physical system
Prerequisites:
Embedded systems, Computer concept networking course
Descripti
Course Description:
IoT is the technology enabling the inter-connection of all types of devices through the internet to
exchange data, optimize processes, monitor devices in order to generate benefits for the industry, the
economy, and the end user. It is composed of network of sensors, actuators, and devices, forming new
systems and services. Many protocols are used for faithful transmission data based on the applications.
The Cyber Physical Systems (CPS) is an engineering discipline and specifies the integrations of and
interaction between computation and physical processes. CPS integrates the dynamics of the physical
processes with those of the communications, computation and networking, and analysis techniques for
the integrated systems.
Course Objectives:

1. Provide knowledge about Internet of Things, embedded systems design and prototyping
2. Describe Internet-of-Things and Communication protocols.
3. Explain the ease of security and privacy features importance in IoT
4. Gain expertise in integrating sensing, actuation and software.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the IoT system architecture and system design embedded through embedded
prototyping
2. Analyze the Internet-connected products using appropriate tools.
3. Classify different network protocols
4. Analyze the challenges with respect to Security and Privacy through Cyber physical
systems
Code COs 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
B18EC70 CO1 4 3 3 1 3 3 1
53 CO2 3 4 3 1 2 3 3 1
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 4 3 1 2 3 1 1
Course Contents:
Unit -1: Introduction to IoT and Embedded prototyping [7L+7P]

Introduction to IOT, Wireless sensor networks, Applications of WSN, Roles in WSN, Calm and Ambient
technology;Embedded prototyping: Embedded systems, Processor embedded in to system, Embedded
hardware units and software system, Examples of embedded system, System on Chip, Complex system
design and processors, Design process and examples in Embedded systems, Classifications of embedded
systems, Skills required for embedded system designer.
Unit -2: Internet communications [7L+7P]

Internet Communications: An Overview ,IP ,TCP ,The IP Protocol Suite (TCP/IP) ,UDP ;IP Addresses : DNS
,Static IP Address Assignment ,Dynamic IP Address Assignment ,IPv6,MAC Addresses ;TCP and UDP Ports
:An Example: HTTP Ports ,Other Common Ports ;Application Layer Protocols :HTTP , HTTPS; Encrypted
HTTP, Performance, ,Libraries, Debugging.
Unit -3: Overview of Security and Privacy in Cyber physical systems [7L+7P]
Defining security and Privacy, Defining Cyber physical systems, Examples of security and privacy in
action, Approaches to secure cyber physical systems, ongoing security and privacy challenges for cyber
physical systems; Local network security for Cyber physical systems, Internet wide secure
communication, Security and privacy for cloud interconnected Cyber physical systems.
Unit -4: Data Security and Privacy Challenges in IoT and Distributed systems [7L+7P]
Context awareness for adaptive access control management in IoT Environments: Introduction, Security
challenges in IoT environment, Surveying access control models and solutions for IoT; Data privacy issues
in distributed security monitoring systems: Information security in distributed data collection systems,
Technical approaches for assuring information security, Approaches for building trust in data collection
systems.
Case studies
a. Current challenges in IOT.
b. Battery life for IOT devices.
c. Memory management for IOT devices.
Text Books:
1. Raj Kamal ‘Embedded systems, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Antonio Liñán Colina, Alvaro Vives, Antoine Bagula, Marco Zennaro and Ermanno
PietroSemesteroli ,”IoT in 5 days Revision 1.0,” March 2015.
3. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, Wiley, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, ‘The Internet of Things: Key Applications and
Protocols’, Wiley, 2015.
2. Kurose, James F Ross, Keith W, ‘Computer networking: a top-down approach’, 5th edition,
international edition, Boston, Mass Pearson, cop. 2010.
3. Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, ‘Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software
Introduction’, Wiley, 2006.
4. ‘Design Automation for Embedded Systems’, Springer.
5. IEEE, IEEE Internet of Things Journal
6. Elsevier, Journal of Network and Computer Applications.
7. Elsevier, Computer Law & Security Review
8. ACM, ACM Transactions on Internet Technology (TOIT)

ECE Handbook 2019 Scheme

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ECE Handbook 2019 Scheme

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ECE Handbook 2019 Scheme

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

School of Electronics & Communication

Rukmini Knowledge Park,

Dr. P. Shyama Raju

Sl. No. Particulars Page No.

1 Message from the Hon’ble Chancellor

Message from the Vice- Chancellor

3 Message from Director

4 Rukmini Educational Charitable Trust

9 Regulations Governing B.Tech. programmes

10 Curriculum- B. Tech (Electroics and Communication Engineering)

The benefits of choosing Electronics and Communication Engineering are as follows.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge including design of

After successful completion of the programme, the graduates shall be able to

(i) L= Lecture (ii) T= Tutorial (iii) P=Practice; where:

L stands for Lecture session consisting of classroom instruction.

4. Courses of study and Credits

4.1.2. The total duration of a semester is 20 weeks inclusive of semester-end examination.

4.1.5. Different Courses of Study are labeled and defined as follows:

b. Foundation Course (FC):

c. Hard Core Course (HC):

e. Open Elective Course:

f. Project Work / Dissertation:

5. Eligibility for Admission:

Sl. Program Duration Eligibility

(B) Passed B. Sc Degree from a recognized University

(C) Provided that in case of students belonging to B.

(E) Provided further that students, who have passed

6.2. The medium of instruction shall be English.

7. Credits and Credit Distribution

Sl. Course Title Number of

The details as given in the table

Component Description Conduction Weight Percentage

C1 Quizzess At the end of each class 10

C2 Test-1: IA1 6th week from the starting 15

Test-2: IA2 12th week from the 15

C3 1 Assignment 7th week 05

C4 SEE including practical between 17th Week-20th 50

Results to be Announced By the end of 21st Week

Note: IA or CIA includes C1,C2, C3

10. Evaluation of Practical’s and Minor Project / Major Project / Dissertation

10.3.1. A practical examination shall be assessed on the basis of:

a) Knowledge of relevant processes;

a) Continuous Internal assessment (CIA) = 50 marks

i Conduction of regular practical throughout the semester 20 marks

ii Maintenance of lab records 10 marks

iii Laboratory test and viva 20 marks

i Conduction of semester end practical examination 30 marks

ii Write up about the experiment / practical conducted 10 marks

iii Viva Voce 10 marks

10.4. Evaluation of Minor Project / Major Project / Dissertation:

1 First project presentation describing the Should be done a semester Weightage: 0%

11. Provision for Appeal

 The Registrar (Evaluation) - Ex-officio Chairman / Convener

12. Eligibility to Appear for Semester End Examination

12.2. Requirements to Pass a Course

13. Provision to Carry Forward the Failed Subjects / Courses:

13.1. Re-Registration and Re-Admission:

14. Attendance Requirement:

15. Absence during Mid Semester Examination: